TW201124584A - Control method of a laundry machine - Google Patents

Control method of a laundry machine Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201124584A
TW201124584A TW99126790A TW99126790A TW201124584A TW 201124584 A TW201124584 A TW 201124584A TW 99126790 A TW99126790 A TW 99126790A TW 99126790 A TW99126790 A TW 99126790A TW 201124584 A TW201124584 A TW 201124584A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
drum
laundry
predetermined
rotation
mode
Prior art date
Application number
TW99126790A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI424107B (en
Inventor
In-Ho Cho
Hyung-Yong Kim
Eun-Jin Park
Ig-Geun Kwon
Sang-Il Hwang
Han-Su Jung
Kyung-Chul Woo
Byung-Keol Choi
Myong-Hun Im
Soo-Young Oh
Moon-Hee Hong
Woo-Young Kim
Sang-Heon Lee
Original Assignee
Lg Electronics Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from KR1020090073979A external-priority patent/KR20110017468A/en
Priority claimed from KR1020090073980A external-priority patent/KR20110016329A/en
Priority claimed from KR1020090073827A external-priority patent/KR101611279B1/en
Priority claimed from KR1020090073976A external-priority patent/KR20110016326A/en
Priority claimed from KR1020090073981A external-priority patent/KR101632210B1/en
Priority claimed from KR1020090073828A external-priority patent/KR101674935B1/en
Priority claimed from KR1020090073977A external-priority patent/KR101638901B1/en
Priority claimed from KR1020090073826A external-priority patent/KR101155001B1/en
Priority claimed from KR1020090073978A external-priority patent/KR101092454B1/en
Priority claimed from KR1020090073960A external-priority patent/KR101625046B1/en
Priority claimed from KR1020090073959A external-priority patent/KR101595027B1/en
Priority claimed from KR1020090080128A external-priority patent/KR101712905B1/en
Priority claimed from KR1020090079827A external-priority patent/KR101634179B1/en
Priority claimed from KR1020090079915A external-priority patent/KR20110022363A/en
Priority claimed from KR1020090105116A external-priority patent/KR101731332B1/en
Application filed by Lg Electronics Inc filed Critical Lg Electronics Inc
Publication of TW201124584A publication Critical patent/TW201124584A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI424107B publication Critical patent/TWI424107B/en

Links

Classifications

    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06FLAUNDERING, DRYING, IRONING, PRESSING OR FOLDING TEXTILE ARTICLES
    • D06F35/00Washing machines, apparatus, or methods not otherwise provided for
    • D06F35/005Methods for washing, rinsing or spin-drying

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Textile Engineering (AREA)
  • Control Of Washing Machine And Dryer (AREA)
  • Main Body Construction Of Washing Machines And Laundry Dryers (AREA)

Abstract

A laundry machine and a control method thereof are provided in which laundering ability may be improved while also improving efficiency and noise/vibration. The laundry machine employs a plurality of drum motions by varying drum rotational speed, drum rotational direction, and drum starting and stopping point, to provide different motion of laundry items in the drum.

Description

201124584 六、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】 [0001】本案關於一洗衣機及其控制方法。 【先前技術】 [0002]洗衣機係一般用來清洗及/或擰乾紡織品的機器。洗 • 衣機可包括一滾筒可旋轉地安裝於一機櫃,滾筒用來容納 待洗衣物於其内以進行處理。在一上開式洗衣機,滚筒大 致上係垂直向設置’具有一開口在洗衣機的一頂端,以透 過該開口置入待洗衣物。在一前開式洗衣機,滾筒大致上 係水平向或稍微傾斜設置,具有一開口在其一前端,以透 過該開口置入待洗衣物。滚筒的運動,以及待洗衣物、洗 衣水與清洗劑,與滾筒内部之間的摩擦,可幫助去除待先 衣物的髒污。 ' 【發明内容】 本發明之主要目的,係提出一種操作具有一可旋轉、 筒之一洗衣機之方法,包含以下步驟:依據滾筒速度、2 筒旋轉方向、滾筒旋轉的量、滾筒旋轉方向的改變、r α 用以克服滾筒動#及改變滾筒方向的Α於零之力的量= 義複數個滾筒運轉;依據複數個清洗條件的—疋 / —者或一 201124584 選擇的清洗模式來選擇該些複數個滾筒運轉中的至少三個 該滾筒運轉;以及’依據選擇的至少三個該滾筒運轉來操 作該洗衣機。 本發明之又一目的,係提出一種操作一洗衣機實施複 數個滾筒運轉的方法,該些複數個滾筒運轉包括一滾動運 轉、一滾翻運轉、一步進運轉、一旋擺運轉、一摩擦運轉、 一過濾運轉以及一擠壓運轉,該方法包含以下步驟:執行 該過濾運轉與該滾動運轉、步進運轉、旋擺運轉或摩擦運 轉的至少一者的組合;執行該滚動運轉與該步進運轉或摩 擦運轉的至少一者的組合;或者,與該步進運轉或該摩擦 運轉的至少一者一起執行該旋擺運轉。 本發明之再一目的,係提出一種洗衣機,包含:一桶; 一滾筒可旋轉地安裝於該桶内,該滾筒具有一旋轉軸延伸 穿過該滾筒的一中心,使得當該滾筒旋轉時,在該滾筒外 侧的一參考點相對於該桶移動;一控制器配置成依據一選 Φ 擇的清洗模式來控制該滾筒的運轉,其中該控制器係配置 成旋轉該桶進行至少下列一者:一步進運轉,在其中該滾 筒以一第一速度沿著一第一方向旋轉,使得該參考點繞該 旋轉轴凌轉約180度至一第一位置,暫時停止於該第一位 置’並接著恢復沿著該第一方向的旋轉;一摩擦運轉,在 其中該滾筒以一第二速度沿著該第一方向旋轉,使得該參 考點從一初始參考位置旋轉至相距該初始參考位置繞該旋 轉轴大於約90度且小於約180度的一第二位置,暫時停止 於該第二位置,而後沿著一第二方向旋轉以便返回行經該 201124584201124584 VI. Description of the invention: [Technical field to which the invention pertains] [0001] The present invention relates to a washing machine and a control method therefor. [Prior Art] [0002] A washing machine is a machine generally used for washing and/or wringing textiles. The washing machine may include a drum rotatably mounted to a cabinet for containing the laundry to be disposed therein for processing. In an open-type washing machine, the drum is substantially vertically disposed to have an opening at a top end of the washing machine to allow the laundry to be placed through the opening. In a front-opening washing machine, the drum is substantially horizontally or slightly inclined, having an opening at a front end thereof for inserting the laundry through the opening. The movement of the drum, as well as the friction between the laundry, the washing water and the cleaning agent, and the inside of the drum, helps to remove the dirt from the clothes to be removed. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION The main object of the present invention is to provide a method for operating a washing machine having a rotatable barrel, comprising the steps of: changing according to the speed of the drum, the direction of rotation of the cylinder, the amount of rotation of the drum, and the direction of rotation of the drum. , r α is used to overcome the roller movement # and the amount of force that changes the direction of the roller to zero. = a plurality of drums running; according to a plurality of cleaning conditions - 疋 / - or a cleaning mode selected by 201124584 to select these At least three of the plurality of drum runs are operated; and 'the washing machine is operated in accordance with at least three of the selected drum operations. Another object of the present invention is to provide a method for operating a plurality of drums in a washing machine, the plurality of drums including a rolling operation, a rolling operation, a stepping operation, a swing operation, a friction operation, and a a filtering operation and a squeezing operation, the method comprising the steps of: performing a combination of the filtering operation and at least one of the rolling operation, the stepping operation, the swinging operation, or the frictional operation; performing the rolling operation and the stepping operation Or a combination of at least one of the frictional operations; or the swinging operation is performed with at least one of the stepping operation or the frictional operation. Still another object of the present invention is to provide a washing machine comprising: a tub; a drum rotatably mounted in the tub, the drum having a rotating shaft extending through a center of the drum such that when the drum rotates, A reference point outside the drum moves relative to the barrel; a controller is configured to control operation of the drum in accordance with a selected cleaning mode, wherein the controller is configured to rotate the barrel for at least one of the following: a stepping operation in which the drum rotates in a first direction at a first speed such that the reference point is rotated about the rotation axis by about 180 degrees to a first position, temporarily stopping at the first position 'and then Recovering the rotation along the first direction; a frictional operation in which the drum rotates in the first direction at a second speed such that the reference point rotates from an initial reference position to the initial reference position about the rotation a second position having an axis greater than about 90 degrees and less than about 180 degrees, temporarily stopped at the second position, and then rotated along a second direction to return to travel through the 201124584

初始參考位置至相距該初始參考位置沿著該相對方向繞該 旋轉轴大於約90度且小於約18〇度的—第三位置暫時停 止於該第三位置’且其後沿著該第一方向旋轉丨或者一擠 壓運轉,在其中該滾筒以一第三速度沿著該第一方向旋轉 -第-預定時間量,使得該滾筒内的待洗衣物自行散開並 攀附至該滾筒之一内圓周表面,然後以一第四速度旋轉一 第一預定時間1,使得該待洗衣物暫時從該滾筒之該内圓 周表面被鬆開,然後再以該第三速度旋轉以便拉回該待洗 衣物朝向該滾筒之該内圓周表面。 【實施方式】 I-洗衣機 [0009】以下參照所附圖式詳細說明如本案所具體及充分 描述的一種洗衣機及其控制方法。圖丨是依據本案所詳述 的第一具體實施例之一洗衣機之一分解圖,對於不同的具 體實施例的控制方法而言亦可加以應用。 [0010]參照圖1 ’依據一第一具體實施例之一洗衣機 100’包括一機櫃11〇用來定義其外觀,於機櫃11〇中提供 一桶120以盛裝洗衣水於其内,及在桶丨2〇内提供一可旋 轉滾筒130。機櫃110定義出洗衣機1〇〇的外觀。一門113 係提供於機櫃110的一開口 114處,而一使用者係打開門 113以將待洗衣物放入機櫃110。 5 201124584 [0011】桶120係設於機櫃110中以盛裝洗衣水於其内。滾 筒130可於桶120中旋轉,並可容納待洗衣物於其内。在 此情況下,滾筒130中可提供複數個升降桿135,以在清 洗時將待洗衣物舉起及丟落。滾筒130包括複數個通孔131 以讓盛裝於桶中的洗衣水120能通過。桶12〇可由設在桶 120之一外側的一或多個彈簧所支撐。一馬達14〇是安裝 在桶120的一後表面,且馬達14〇能轉動滾筒13〇〇當馬 • 達14〇旋轉滾筒Π0而產生振動時,桶120係與滾筒13〇 連帶振動。當滚筒130在旋轉時,滾筒13〇及桶12〇產生 的振動,可被位於桶120下面的一減震器吸收。 [0012]如圖1所示,桶12〇與滾冑13〇可實質上平行地設 於機樞11〇的-底板。可替代地,桶12〇與滾筒的後 部可置於一傾斜的方位上,使滾筒130的開口端略朝向上 方,以方便將待洗衣物裝入滾筒13〇。 【0013]-控制面板115可提供於機櫃前方的一預定部 分。使用者可透過控制面板115選擇洗衣機的一模式,或 確〜有關洗衣機的資訊。例如,一模式選擇區U 7用以供 使用者選擇可提供於控制面板115上的一特定的清洗模 式:再者’―選項選擇區118可提供選擇模式讓使用者調 整每一循環或步驟的操作條件’以及一顯示區119可提供 於控制面I丨$ p ,、,β 上以顯示當前的洗衣機的操作資訊。洗衣 更夕、田節係為述於細2年1()月8日公告的美國專利⑸ 6 201124584 12曰提出申請的美 露内容在此併入本 案號6,460,382 B1,以及2010年2月 國專利申請案號12/*7〇4,923,其全部揭 案以作爲參考。 [⑽14】圖2為依據本案所詳述之一洗 况双機的的其他具體 實施例之一分解圖。此處所詳述的依壚 町伋摞不同的具體實施例 之-洗衣機,彳包括由-機櫃固^地支樓的-桶,或藉由 一具彈性的結構,如懸吊單元,而支撐於一機櫃上的一^,An initial reference position to a third position that is greater than about 90 degrees and less than about 18 degrees about the axis of rotation about the initial reference position is temporarily stopped at the third position 'and thereafter along the first direction Rotating 丨 or a squeezing operation in which the drum is rotated at the third speed in the first direction for a predetermined amount of time such that the laundry in the drum self-scatters and climbs to the inner circumference of one of the rollers The surface is then rotated at a fourth speed for a first predetermined time 1 such that the laundry is temporarily released from the inner circumferential surface of the drum and then rotated at the third speed to pull back the laundry orientation The inner circumferential surface of the drum. [Embodiment] I-Washing Machine [0009] A washing machine and a control method thereof, which are specifically and fully described in the present invention, will be described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings. Figure 1 is an exploded view of one of the first embodiment of the washing machine in accordance with the detailed description of the present invention, and may be applied to control methods of different specific embodiments. [0010] Referring to FIG. 1 'A washing machine 100' according to a first embodiment includes a cabinet 11 for defining its appearance, a tub 120 is provided in the cabinet 11 to hold the washing water therein, and in the tub A rotatable drum 130 is provided in the magazine. The cabinet 110 defines the appearance of the washing machine. A door 113 is provided at an opening 114 of the cabinet 110, and a user opens the door 113 to place the laundry into the cabinet 110. 5 201124584 [0011] A tub 120 is disposed in the cabinet 110 to contain laundry water therein. The drum 130 is rotatable in the tub 120 and can accommodate the laundry therein. In this case, a plurality of lifting rods 135 may be provided in the drum 130 to lift and drop the laundry to be washed during cleaning. The drum 130 includes a plurality of through holes 131 to allow the washing water 120 contained in the tub to pass. The tub 12 can be supported by one or more springs disposed outside one of the tubs 120. A motor 14 is mounted on a rear surface of the tub 120, and the motor 14 is capable of rotating the drum 13 to rotate the drum 120 with the drum 13 产生. When the drum 130 is rotating, the vibration generated by the drum 13 and the tub 12 吸收 can be absorbed by a damper located below the tub 120. As shown in Fig. 1, the tub 12 〇 and the rim 13 〇 can be disposed substantially parallel to the bottom plate of the armature 11 。. Alternatively, the tub 12 〇 and the rear of the drum may be placed in an inclined orientation such that the open end of the drum 130 is slightly upwardly to facilitate loading of the laundry into the drum 13 〇. [0013] The control panel 115 can be provided in a predetermined portion in front of the cabinet. The user can select a mode of the washing machine through the control panel 115, or confirm the information about the washing machine. For example, a mode selection area U 7 is provided for the user to select a particular cleaning mode that can be provided on the control panel 115: again, the option selection area 118 can provide a selection mode for the user to adjust each cycle or step. The operating conditions 'and a display area 119 can be provided on the control surfaces I 丨 $ p , , , β to display the current operating information of the washing machine. The laundry is also the United States Patent (5) 6 201124584 12, which is published on the 8th of the 1st, and is published in the US Patent No. 6,460,382 B1, and the February 2010 national patent. Application No. 12/*7, 4, 923, the entire disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference. [(10)14] Fig. 2 is an exploded view of another embodiment of a washing machine in accordance with one of the details of the present invention. The washing machine, which comprises a different embodiment of the Yijing Town, as detailed herein, includes a bucket that is secured by a cabinet, or is supported by a resilient structure, such as a suspension unit. a ^ on the cabinet,

因此並非固定地鎖在其上, 結構可能以藉由懸申單元和 如圖2所示。而且,桶的支撐 完整的固定結構之間來支撐。 亦即,桶可藉由後述的一懸吊單元彈性地支撐,它可被穩 固地支撐,而相較於前述彈性支撐狀態為更具剛性的支撐 狀態。在替代的具體實施例中,該洗衣機可不具有一機櫃。 例如,可由一壁結構,而非一機櫃,界定出一内建式洗衣 機的一安裝空Therefore, it is not fixedly locked thereto, and the structure may be by the suspension unit and as shown in FIG. Moreover, the support of the bucket is supported between the complete fixed structures. That is, the tub can be elastically supported by a suspension unit to be described later, which can be stably supported, and is in a more rigid support state than the aforementioned elastic support state. In an alternative embodiment, the washing machine may not have a cabinet. For example, a wall-mounted structure, rather than a cabinet, defines an installation space for a built-in laundry machine.

形成一獨立外觀的一機櫃。 [0015]參照圖2,一桶可包括一桶前部200和包含桶前部 200的後部的一桶後部220。桶前部2〇〇與桶後部22〇可透 過螺絲組裝或其他適當的機構,並於其内形成一預定空間 以容納一滾筒。桶後部220包括在其後表面形成的一開 口,且一後部墊圈250可連接於該開口的内圓周。後部墊 圈250可連接到一桶背230,且桶背230可包括一穿孔, 其具有穿過其中心的一軸桿。 201124584 [隱l·後部塾圈250係密封的,並且連接到桶背23〇及桶 後部220各者’以防止洗衣水從桶内漏出。由於滾筒旋轉 時桶背230會震動’桶背· 23〇可遠離桶後部22〇 一預定距 離以不碰到桶後部220。而且,後部墊圈25〇可由柔性材 料構成,以使得㈣230能相對移動,而不干預到桶後部 220。後部墊圈250可包括一波紋區,其係可擴展到一足夠 長度以允許桶背230的相對運轉。此具體實施例呈現了連 _ 接至桶背230的後部墊圈250,但非限於本發明。後部墊 圈250係用以密封桶與包括一軸桿351及一承載機殼4〇〇 的一傳動部分(未圖示)之間的間隔,並使得該傳動部分 對應於該桶作相對移動。因此,僅當提供該功能情況下, 後部墊圈250的形狀及連接物件的可作無限制的變化。一 柔性材料280將於下文中稱為前墊圈,可安裝在桶前部2〇〇 的前方。 ^ [〇〇17]滾筒可配置有一滾筒前部300,一滾筒中心32〇和 一滾筒後部34(^球平衡器31〇與33〇可分別安裝在滾筒 的前端和尾端。該滾筒後部340可連接到一星形輪35〇且 該星形輪350可連接到該轴桿351。藉由轴桿351傳遞一 旋轉力而使該滾筒係可於該桶内作旋轉。 …軸桿351可連接到一馬達,並穿過桶背23〇。在一些 具體實施例中’該馬達可同心地連接到軸桿3 5 1。在一些 具體實施例中,該馬達可直接連接到軸桿3 5丨,並尤其, 201124584 馬達的一轉軸在可直接連接到軸桿351。在替代的具體實 施例中,該馬達和轴桿351可間接地相互連接,例如,他 們可藉由一皮帶。 ’19]承載機殼400可以固定在桶背23〇,以在該馬達和 桶背230之間可旋轉地支持該轴桿…固^盤可固定至承 載機殼400。而轉軸可位於該固定盤附近。如上所述,該 轉轴可以直接連接到軸# 351,而該馬達係—外轉轴式馬 鲁達而可與該軸桿直接連接。承載機殼彻可藉由懸吊單元 而被-底座600所支持。該懸吊單元可包括一直立懸吊裝 置及一傾斜懸吊裝置’係用以支持承載機殼4〇〇對應於一 向前與向後的方向。例如,該懸吊單元依據此具體實施例 可包括一個垂直的(直立的,如圖2)懸吊器5〇〇、及 520與兩個傾斜(具角度的或傾斜的,如圖2)懸吊器々π 及530,用以支持承載機殼4〇〇對應於一個向前與向後方 •^該懸吊單元可以—預定彈性變型連接至底座_而使 該滾筒可作向前/向後的及/或向左/向右的運動,且因此非 固疋地連接著。亦即,該懸吊單元可具有足夠的預定彈性 而由該底座支撐,以允許在對應於連接至該底座的點而向 前/向後,及向左/向右的方向旋轉一預定角度。對於此彈性 支持而言,直立懸吊裝置可藉由一橡膠襯套或其他適當的 機構而安裝至該底座。 [ S] 9 201124584 [0020] 該懸予單元的該直立懸吊裝置可彈性地暫停滾筒 的振動,且該傾斜懸吊裝置可能阻減該振動。亦即,如在 包括一彈簧和阻尼構件的一振動系統中,該直立懸吊裝置 可作為彈簧且該傾斜懸吊裝置可作為阻尼構件。 [0021] 該桶係支撐於該機櫃,且該滾筒的振動可被懸吊單 元阻減。因此,依據此具體實施例之該洗衣機,可在該桶 和該滾筒之間具有一實質地獨立支撐結構,或者其可具有 • 使該滾筒的振動不直接傳送至該桶的一結構。 Π.滚筒旋轉運轉 [0022】如本案所具體及充分描述的滾筒驅動運轉的多樣 化及其組合,可顯著地改善清洗能力、嗓音/振動、能耗、 以及客戶滿意度。可改進清洗能力的一控制方法將於下文 說明。手洗效果可用待洗衣物的各種運動模式加以實現。 隹例如,該手洗效果可實現揉搓及/或解開糾結及/或衝擊及/ 或擺動及/或摩擦及/或擠壓/過濾的一組合。 [0023】這些不同的待洗衣物的運動模式可採取不同的滾 筒驅動運轉,及不同滾筒驅動運轉的組合。該滾筒驅動運 轉可包括旋轉方向與轉速的組合。因滾筒驅動運轉之故, 位於滾筒内的待洗衣物可能有不同的落下方向、落下地點 與落下距離。因為如此,待洗衣物在該滾筒内可具有不同 [S] 10 201124584 的運動。該滾筒驅動運轉可藉由,例如,控制旋轉方向及/ 或驅動該滾筒的馬逹速度而實現。 [0024] 當滾筒旋轉時,待洗衣物被一或多個該滾筒的内圓 周表面的升降板135舉起。正因如此,該滾筒的旋轉方向 可被控制,且對待洗衣物的衝擊可因此而不同。亦即,施 加於待洗衣物的一機械外力,如待洗衣物之間產生的摩 擦、待洗衣物與水之間產生的摩擦,及待洗衣物的落下衝 擊各有不同。換言之,用來清洗待洗衣物而對待洗衣物的 衝擊或擦洗程度各有不同,且待洗衣物的分佈或於滾筒内 翻轉的程度可因此而有不同。 [0025] 因此,洗衣機的這種控制方法可提供不同的滾筒驅 動運轉,且滾筒驅動運轉係根據每一循環及形成該循環的 一特定步驟而有所不同。如此,可視待洗衣物的類型,髒 >可等級,及其他因素等而定,而利用一最佳的機械外力來 清洗待洗衣物。正因如此,待洗衣物的清洗效率得以改善。 此外,可避免典型的滾筒驅動運轉所需的額外的時間。 [0026] 在一些具體實施例中,實現這些不同的滚筒驅動運 轉時,馬達140可為一直接連接型。亦即,該馬達可具有 固定在桶120的一後表面的一固定盤,及直接旋轉滾筒12〇 的轉軸。由於可控制直接連接式馬達的旋轉方向與扭矩, 可避免時間延遲或反彈,而接著適當地控制滚筒驅動運轉。 201124584 [0027] 反之,允許時間延遲点^ * τ町间延遲或反彈的滾筒驅動運轉,例 如,一滾翻運轉或旋轉運Μ,·5Γ ,、,、* 释運轉可以透過一間接連接型馬達 來實現,議-滑輪而使得扭矩可藉由該滑輪傳遞給一 軸桿。然而,間接連接型馬達可能適用情形有限。 [0028] 可透過控制馬達140來眚招兮、奋拉 Ηυ采貫現該滾筒驅動運轉。因 此’該馬達的控制方法孫可之 驅 忐係可夕樣化,而接著實現各滾筒 動運轉。 [0029] 待洗衣物的運動握+ » 建動模式及相該待洗衣物的運動模 式的滾筒驅動運轉將詳細介紹如下。 闕若待洗衣物和滾筒之間㈣擦最麟 洗衣物的-揉搓運動模式。例如,當滾筒以一預定或較小 的速度於一預定方向上不停旋轉,待洗衣物可被滾動移動 義:見=效果。如果驅動滾筒進行滾翻運轉的轉速被定 義為一參考逮度,該預定速度即可為一參考速度。例如, 一滾筒驅動運轉用來以— 兹艟·々或較小的速度在-預定方向 旋轉該滾请,可以定義為「滾動運#^ 剛可實現-解開糾結運動模式,例如 該滾翻運轉可以定義為一運轉,係用以在-預定方hi 參考速度不停旋轉該沪 向以一 拖落距離及―”大;:。該解開収運動模式以一” 物。 中等大小的摩擦的方式撤落滚筒内的待洗衣 [S] 12 201124584 [〇〇32] 一衝擊運動模式可藉由腺、奋故 精由將滾筒内的待洗衣物拋落 一最大拋落距離來達成,如’若該滾筒以參考 快的速度旋轉,以將待洗衣物舉起到滾筒内的最高點1 後突然剎住滾筒,即可達到此_ 法Γ 衝擎效果。這種滾筒驅動 運轉可定義為「步進運轉」。 [0033】 若滾筒在順時針/逆_ # 士 ^ 逆時針方向以低於參考速度的一 預定速度作旋轉,即可實斑 . 了實現—擺動運動模式。此-滾筒驅 動運轉可定義為「旋擺運轉」。 [0034】當待洗衣物和滾筒之間的座搲掛^ + ]的摩擦增加時,即得以實現 一摩擦運動模式。例如,如里 U如如果在順時針方向以參考速度或 更快的速度旋轉的滾筒突然刹車’然後朝逆時針方向旋轉 時’待洗衣物會從滾筒中的一預定高點,沿著滾筒的内圓 周表面被滚移。此„承料.宏^ 衷湾驅動運轉可被定義為「摩擦運 轉」。 ’、 [〇〇35】右田以參考速度或更快的速度旋轉該滾筒時同時 供應洗衣水,即可達成一擠壓和過濾運動模式。當該滚筒 以一相對較高的速度旋轉時,待洗衣物可被開展、或分散, 並緊附著㈣的内圓周表面’然後洗衣水嗔人滾筒而穿透 待洗衣物,然後待洗衣物可被擠壓以增進沖洗效果。此一 滾筒驅動運轉可被定義為「過濾運轉」。 [0036]用以實現上述待洗衣物的各種運動模式的各種滾 筒驅動運轉將參照圖式說明如下。 13 201124584 _η ® 3是如本案所具體及充分描述的各種滾筒驅動 運轉之一示意圖。 [0038]圖3(a)是-滾動運轉之—示意圖。在滾動運轉 時,馬達140沿一預定方向不停旋轉滾筒13〇,且位於沿 著滾筒的旋轉方向旋轉的滾筒的内圓周表面的待洗衣物, 被從約小於一角度90。對應於旋轉中的滾筒至滾筒的最低 點的滾筒的一位置處拋落。 # [〇〇39]亦即,當馬達140以低於—參考轉速(滾翻轉速) 的一速度,如大約4〇rpm,旋轉該滾筒,位於滾筒13〇最 低點的待洗衣物被提高到沿著滾筒13〇的旋轉方向的一預 定兩度,然後待洗衣物會從自滾筒的最低點對應於滾筒的 旋轉方向小於90。的滾筒的位置處,滾移至滾筒的最低點。 視覺上,在滾筒係一順時針方向轉動情況下,待洗衣物係 在滾筒的一第三象限内不停地滾動。 • [0040】在滚動運轉中,待洗衣物係利用與洗衣水的最大摩 擦,與其他清洗物件的最大摩擦,及與滾筒的'内圓周表面 的最大摩擦來清洗。此滾動運轉使待洗衣物能充分的翻轉 以產生一輕揉搓似的清洗效果。依據與該滾筒的半徑的一 關係,可決定出該滾筒驅動運轉的滾筒轉速。亦即,滾筒 轉速越大,對該滾筒内的待洗衣物產生的離心力越大。對 滚筒内的待洗衣物所施加的離心力與重力的力量大小的差 異,區分了待洗衣物被拋落的點以及該滾筒内的待洗衣物 201124584 的對應的運轉。該滾筒的轅叙 门旳轉動力與滾筒之間的摩擦及待洗 衣物亦可加以考慮。因此,可 a 了决疋出在滾動運轉中之該滾 筒的轉速,以使產生的雜心、士 & & 的離心力和摩擦力需小於重力(1G)。 闕® 3(b)是一滾翻運轉之一示意圖。在滾翻運轉 中馬達140沿著-預定方向不停地旋轉滾筒⑶,且位 於滾筒的内圓周表面上的爲+ 衣上的得冼衣物從相對於該滾筒的旋轉 方向到該滾筒的最低點大約9『至u〇。的位置處被拋落。Form a cabinet with a separate appearance. Referring to FIG. 2, a tub may include a tub front portion 200 and a tub rear portion 220 including a rear portion of the tub front portion 200. The front portion 2 of the tub and the rear portion 22 of the tub can be assembled by screws or other suitable mechanism and a predetermined space is formed therein to accommodate a roller. The barrel rear portion 220 includes an opening formed in a rear surface thereof, and a rear gasket 250 is connectable to the inner circumference of the opening. The rear gasket 250 can be coupled to a bucket back 230, and the bucket back 230 can include a perforation having a shaft therethrough. 201124584 [The hidden l. rear ring 250 is sealed and connected to the barrel back 23 〇 and the barrel rear 220 each to prevent the washing water from leaking out of the barrel. The barrel back 230 may vibrate as the drum rotates. The barrel back 23 〇 can be away from the barrel rear 22 〇 a predetermined distance so as not to touch the barrel rear portion 220. Moreover, the rear gasket 25A can be constructed of a flexible material such that the (four) 230 can move relative to each other without interfering with the barrel rear portion 220. The rear gasket 250 can include a corrugated region that can be expanded to a sufficient length to allow relative operation of the tub back 230. This particular embodiment presents a rear gasket 250 that is coupled to the barrel back 230, but is not limited to the invention. The rear gasket 250 is for sealing the gap between the tub and a transmission portion (not shown) including a shaft 351 and a carrying case 4, and causes the transmission portion to move relative to the barrel. Therefore, the shape of the rear gasket 250 and the attachment member can be changed without limitation only when the function is provided. A flexible material 280, hereinafter referred to as a front gasket, can be mounted in front of the front 2' of the tub. ^ [〇〇17] The drum may be provided with a drum front portion 300, a drum center 32〇 and a drum rear portion 34 (the ball balancers 31〇 and 33〇 may be respectively mounted at the front and rear ends of the drum. The drum rear portion 340 It can be connected to a star wheel 35 〇 and the star wheel 350 can be connected to the shaft 351. The shaft 351 can transmit a rotating force to rotate the drum system in the barrel. Connected to a motor and through the barrel back 23〇. In some embodiments, the motor can be concentrically coupled to the shaft 35. In some embodiments, the motor can be directly coupled to the shaft 3 5 In particular, 201124584 a shaft of the motor is directly connectable to the shaft 351. In an alternative embodiment, the motor and shaft 351 can be indirectly connected to each other, for example, they can be by a belt. The carrying case 400 may be fixed to the tub back 23A to rotatably support the shaft between the motor and the tub back 230. The fixing disc may be fixed to the carrying case 400. The rotating shaft may be located near the fixed disc As described above, the shaft can be directly connected to the shaft # 351, and the motor system - The outer shaft type Maruda can be directly connected to the shaft. The carrying shell can be supported by the base 600 by the suspension unit. The suspension unit can comprise an upright suspension device and a tilt suspension The lifting device is adapted to support the carrying case 4A corresponding to a forward and backward direction. For example, the hanging unit may comprise a vertical (upright, as in Figure 2) suspension 5 according to this embodiment. 〇〇, and 520 with two inclined (angled or inclined, as shown in Figure 2) hangers 々 π and 530, to support the carrying case 4 〇〇 corresponds to a forward and backward • ^ hang The suspension unit can be connected to the base in a predetermined elastic manner so that the drum can be moved forward/backward and/or left/right, and thus non-fixedly connected. That is, the suspension unit can be Having sufficient predetermined resilience to be supported by the base to allow rotation of a predetermined angle in a forward/backward, and left/rightward direction corresponding to a point connected to the base. For this elastic support, upright suspension The lifting device can be installed by a rubber bushing or other suitable mechanism [S] 9 201124584 [0020] The upright suspension device of the suspension unit can elastically suspend the vibration of the drum, and the tilting suspension device may hinder the vibration. That is, as in the case of including a spring And a vibration system of the damping member, the upright suspension device can be used as a spring and the inclined suspension device can serve as a damping member. [0021] The barrel is supported by the cabinet, and the vibration of the drum can be blocked by the suspension unit Accordingly, the washing machine according to this embodiment may have a substantially independent support structure between the tub and the drum, or it may have a structure that causes vibration of the drum not to be directly transmitted to the tub.滚筒.Roller Rotation Operation [0022] The variety and combination of drum drive operations, as specifically and fully described in this context, can significantly improve cleaning capabilities, voice/vibration, energy consumption, and customer satisfaction. A control method that can improve the cleaning ability will be explained below. The hand wash effect can be achieved by various movement modes of the laundry. For example, the hand-washing effect can achieve a combination of entanglement and/or untangling and/or impact and/or oscillating and/or friction and/or squeezing/filtering. [0023] These different laundry modes of movement can take on different combinations of drum drive operations and different drum drive runs. The drum drive operation can include a combination of rotational direction and rotational speed. Due to the driving operation of the drum, the laundry to be placed in the drum may have different falling directions, falling positions and falling distances. Because of this, the laundry can have different movements in the drum [S] 10 201124584. The drum drive operation can be achieved, for example, by controlling the direction of rotation and/or the speed of the stirrup driving the drum. [0024] When the drum rotates, the laundry is lifted by the lifting plate 135 of the inner circumferential surface of one or more of the rollers. As such, the direction of rotation of the drum can be controlled and the impact on the laundry can be varied accordingly. That is, a mechanical external force applied to the laundry, such as the friction generated between the laundry, the friction between the laundry and the water, and the falling impact of the laundry are different. In other words, the degree of impact or scrubbing of the laundry to be washed is different, and the degree of distribution of the laundry or the degree of inversion in the drum may be different. Thus, such a control method of the washing machine can provide different drum driving operations, and the drum driving operation differs according to each cycle and a specific step of forming the cycle. Thus, depending on the type of laundry, dirty > grade, and other factors, an optimum mechanical external force is used to wash the laundry. For this reason, the cleaning efficiency of the laundry is improved. In addition, the extra time required for a typical drum drive operation can be avoided. In some embodiments, the motor 140 can be a direct connection type when these different drum drive operations are implemented. That is, the motor may have a fixed disk fixed to a rear surface of the tub 120, and a rotating shaft directly rotating the drum 12''. Since the direction and torque of the direct-connected motor can be controlled, time delay or bounce can be avoided, and then the drum drive operation is appropriately controlled. 201124584 [0027] Conversely, the drum drive operation that allows the delay or rebound of the time delay point ^ * τ, for example, a roll-over operation or a rotary operation, · 5 Γ , , , * * release operation can be through an indirect connection type motor The pulley is realized so that the torque can be transmitted to the shaft by the pulley. However, indirect connection motors may have limited application. [0028] The drum driving operation can be continuously performed by controlling the motor 140. Therefore, the control method of the motor, Sun Kezhi, can be changed, and then the respective drums can be operated. [0029] The movement grip of the laundry + » The construction mode and the drum drive operation of the movement mode of the laundry will be described in detail below.阙 If you want to wash between the laundry and the roller (4), wipe the most basic laundry - 揉搓 movement mode. For example, when the drum is continuously rotated in a predetermined direction at a predetermined or small speed, the laundry can be moved by scrolling: see = effect. If the rotational speed at which the drive roller performs the rollover operation is defined as a reference catch, the predetermined speed may be a reference speed. For example, a drum drive operation is used to rotate the roll in a predetermined direction at a speed of - or a small speed, which can be defined as "rolling operation #^ just achievable-unwrapping tangential motion mode, for example, the rollover operation It can be defined as a running, which is used to rotate the Shanghai direction at a predetermined speed and the reference speed is a drop distance and "" big; The unwinding movement mode is a thing. The medium-sized friction is used to remove the laundry in the drum [S] 12 201124584 [〇〇32] An impact movement mode can be used in the drum by the gland The laundry is thrown away by a maximum throwing distance, such as 'If the drum rotates at a reference speed to lift the laundry to the highest point in the drum 1 and then suddenly brake the drum, this can be achieved. _ Γ Γ 冲 擎. This roller drive operation can be defined as "stepping operation". [0033] If the drum rotates clockwise/reverse _#^ counterclockwise at a predetermined speed lower than the reference speed, the real spot can be realized. This - the drum drive operation can be defined as "swing operation". [0034] When the friction of the seat cushion between the laundry and the drum is increased, a frictional motion mode is achieved. For example, if the U suddenly rotates in a clockwise direction at a reference speed or a faster speed and then rotates counterclockwise, the laundry will go from a predetermined high point in the drum, along the drum. The inner circumferential surface is rolled. This „support. Macro ^ 湾 Gulf drive operation can be defined as “friction operation”. ‘, [〇〇35] Right field can supply a washing and squeezing movement mode by rotating the drum at a reference speed or a faster speed. When the drum is rotated at a relatively high speed, the laundry can be carried out, or dispersed, and adhered to the inner circumferential surface of the (four), and then the washing water smashes the drum and penetrates the laundry, and then the laundry can be Squeezed to enhance the rinsing effect. This drum drive operation can be defined as "filter operation". The various roller driving operations for realizing the various movement modes of the laundry described above will be explained below with reference to the drawings. 13 201124584 _η ® 3 is a schematic representation of the various drum drive operations as described and fully described in this case. [0038] Figure 3 (a) is a schematic view of - rolling operation. During the rolling operation, the motor 140 continuously rotates the drum 13 沿 in a predetermined direction, and the laundry to be washed on the inner circumferential surface of the drum which is rotated in the rotational direction of the drum is from about less than an angle 90. A position corresponding to the drum of the rotating drum to the lowest point of the drum is dropped. # [〇〇39] That is, when the motor 140 rotates the drum at a speed lower than the reference rotational speed (rolling rotational speed), such as about 4 rpm, the laundry at the lowest point of the drum 13 is raised to the edge. A predetermined two degrees of rotation of the drum 13 turns, and then the laundry will be less than 90 from the lowest point of the drum corresponding to the direction of rotation of the drum. At the position of the drum, roll to the lowest point of the drum. Visually, in the case of a clockwise rotation of the drum, the laundry is continuously rolling in a third quadrant of the drum. • [0040] In the rolling operation, the laundry is cleaned with maximum friction with the washing water, maximum friction with other cleaning articles, and maximum friction with the inner circumferential surface of the drum. This rolling operation allows the laundry to be fully inverted to produce a slick cleaning effect. Based on the relationship with the radius of the drum, the drum rotation speed of the drum driving operation can be determined. That is, the greater the rotational speed of the drum, the greater the centrifugal force generated by the laundry in the drum. The difference between the centrifugal force applied to the laundry in the drum and the force of the gravity distinguishes the point at which the laundry is dropped and the corresponding operation of the laundry 201124584 in the drum. The sliding force of the roller and the friction between the roller and the laundry to be washed can also be considered. Therefore, it is possible to determine the rotational speed of the roller during the rolling operation so that the centrifugal force and friction force of the generated miscellaneous, gentleman &&&&&&&&&&&&阙® 3(b) is a schematic diagram of a rollover operation. In the roll-over operation, the motor 140 continuously rotates the drum (3) in a predetermined direction, and the garment on the inner circumferential surface of the drum is + the garment on the garment from the rotation direction with respect to the drum to the lowest point of the drum. 9 "To u〇. The location was thrown away.

如果滚筒被控制沿著-預定方向以一適當的轉速旋轉,可 於待洗衣物與在滾翻運轉中的滾筒之間產生機械外力。因 為如此’滚翻運轉可用於清洗與沖洗。 [0042】亦即’裝入滾筒13〇的待洗衣物在馬達刚驅動 前係位於該滾Μ 130的最低點。當馬達14〇對滾筒13〇施 加—扭矩’滾冑Π0開始旋轉’且設於滚筒的内圓周表面 的升降桿135將待洗衣物從該滾筒的最低點舉起到一預定 高度。若馬達140以一參考轉速轉動滾筒13〇,例如大 約以46RPM的速度’待洗衣物可被舉起到相對於該滾筒的 旋轉方向大約90。至11(Γ的位置,然後被拋落至該滚筒的 最低點。在滚翻運轉中,可決定該滾筒轉速,以使產生的 離心力大於在滾動運轉中所產生的離心力並且小於重力 [0043】可看得見地,如果滚筒是以順時針方向旋轉進行滾 翻運轉’待洗衣物係依序地從該滾筒的最低點被舉起到第 三象限與第二象限之一部分。之後,待洗衣物被拋落到該 [S] 15 201124584 滾筒的最低點。因此,滾翻運轉使得待洗衣物可藉由與先 衣水的摩擦所產生的衝擊與拋落衝擊來清洗。因為如此 在滾翻運轉中,大於滾動運轉之機械外力的一機械外力可 用來執行清洗與沖洗。而且,滾動運轉可有效地分離糾結 的待洗衣物和均勻地分散待洗衣物。 卿】® 3(〇是—步進運轉之—示意圖。在步進運轉 中,馬達140沿著一預定方向轉動滾筒13〇,而位於滾筒 • 的内圓周表面待洗衣物係被控制從相對於該滾筒的旋轉方 向的最兩點(大約1 80。)拋落到該滾筒的最低點。_旦馬 達140以高於參考轉速(滾翻轉速)之一速度,例如,大 約6〇顧或以上的速度,來轉動滾筒13Q,待洗衣物藉由 離心力而旋轉而不會掉落,直到達到滚筒的最高點。在步 進運轉中,滾筒是以一預定速度作旋轉,而不會抛落待洗 衣物’然後再突然煞車,以在待洗衣物掉落時使施予待洗 ® 衣物的衝擊達到最大。 陶在以預定速度(大約60RPM或更快)旋轉滾筒13〇 而使待洗衣物能到達接近滾筒的最高點而不掉落待洗衣 物’在待洗衣物位於靠近該滾筒的最高點時(相對於該滚 筒的旋轉方向鮮的位置),馬達⑷施予—反轉扭矩給滚 筒⑽。因此,待洗衣物是沿著滾筒的旋轉方向從該滾筒 130的最低點被舉起,$筒會被馬達的反轉扭矩而暫時停 止’而待洗衣物從滾筒130的最高點被拋落到最低點。該 [ 16 201124584 步進運轉可達到藉由當待洗衣物從最大高度差被拋落所產 生的衝擊來清洗待洗衣物。在此步進運轉產生的一機械外 力’係大於在上述滾動運轉或滾翻運轉中所產生的機械外 力。 [0046] 可看得見地,在步進運轉中,藉由滚筒旋轉而從該 ;衰筒的最低點移到最高點後,步進運轉的滾筒内的拋落距 離疋最大的’而步進運轉的機械外力可有效地施予少量的 ® 待洗衣物。在步進運轉中的馬it 140可利用相對於該馬達 旋轉方向的—相反方向產生的一扭矩以執行相反相位煞 車供應至該馬達的電流之一相位可經反相,以在該馬達 的相反旋轉方向產生一反轉扭矩,且該相反相位煞車啟動 了欲被施加的突然煞車。該相反相位煞車可用來對待洗衣 物施加強勁的衝擊。 [47] 因此,利用扭矩在順時針方向旋轉滾筒後,對滾筒 鲁施加逆時針方向的扭矩會使滾筒突然煞車。之後’再對滾 琦%轉的順時針方向施加一扭矩以達到步進運轉。該步進 轉可用來利用經由滾筒上形成的通孔1 3 1吸入的水與待 衣物之間的摩擦來清洗該待洗衣物,以及利用待洗衣物 丨達該滾筒的最高點而掉落所產生的衝擊來清洗該待洗衣 匕步進運轉可產生-如「衣物衝擊」般的清洗效果。 _8]圖3 (d)為一旋擺運轉之一示意圖。在旋擺運轉 中,馬達uo在順時針及逆時針方向交替轉動滚筒13〇, 17 201124584 而待洗衣物被拋落在一個相對於該滾筒的旋轉方向約小於 90。的位置。亦即’一旦馬達14〇以一速度低於參考轉速(滾 翻轉速),例如,約40RPM,於逆時針方向轉動滾筒13〇, 位於該滾筒13〇的最低點待洗衣物會沿著逆時針方向被舉 起至一預定高度。在待洗衣物到達相對於該滾筒的逆時針 方向約90的位置之前,該馬達停止該滾筒的旋轉,而待洗 衣物會從對應於該滚筒的逆時針方向約小於9〇。的位置被 φ 拋落到該滾筒的最低點。 [0049]因此,馬達14Q以低於參考轉速的—速度㈠衰翻轉 速)’例如,約40RPM,於順時針方向轉動滾筒13〇,待洗 衣物會沿著順時針方向被舉起至一預定高度。在待洗衣物 到達相對於該滾筒的逆時針方向約9〇。的位置之前,該馬達 停止該滾筒的旋轉’而待洗衣物會從對應於該滾筒的順時 針方向約小於90。的位置被拋落到該滾筒的最低點。 _ [〇〇5G】因此’該旋擺運轉係、為該旋轉與對應於—第一方向 的停止,以及該旋轉與對應於—第二(相反的)方向停止 可重複的-運轉。可看得見地,重複地,從該滚筒的第三 象限舉起至第二象限一部分的待洗衣物係被輕輕地抛落, 且從該滾筒的第四t限被再舉起至第一&限一部分的待洗 衣物係被輕輕地拋落。 陶]在-些具體實施例中,馬達刚可使用電阻制動及 應用到馬達140的-負載,使馬達14〇的機械磨耗可降低, Γ 18 201124584 而施予待洗衣物的衝擊可被調整。使用電阻制動,如果供 給馬達的一電流是關閉的,該馬達即因轉動慣量而具有如 -發電機的功能,而在電源被關閉前,電流在馬達的線圈 中的流動方向將會變成一相反方向,沿著干擾該馬達的旋 轉之方向的-力(弗萊明右手定則)將用來對該馬達煞車。 不同於相反相位煞車’ t阻制動不會產生突然剎車,而是 緩和地改變了該滾筒的旋轉方向。因此,在旋擺運轉中, 待洗衣物可如® 8形狀在該滾筒的第三和第四象限中被移 動。此旋擺運轉可產生如「旋擺待洗衣物」般的清洗。 网目3 (e)是―摩擦運轉之—示意圖。在摩擦運轉 中’馬達"〇以順時針和逆時針方向交替地轉動滾筒13〇, 且待洗衣物從對應於該滾筒的轉動方向大力%。的位置被 拋落。 网亦即,當馬達14G以_個速度高於參考轉速(滚翻 轉速)’例如,約6〇職或更快的速度,於逆時針方向轉 動滾筒咖,位於該滾筒130的最低點的待洗衣物在逆時 針方向被舉起-預定高度。在待洗衣物通過一個對應於該 滚筒的逆時針方向約9〇。的位置後,馬達係提供滾筒的一個 反轉扭矩以暫時油彳* u& 時地如止滾请,而位於滾筒的内圓周表面的 {洗衣物會可迅速地掉p尤其因此,位於 表面的待洗衣物從對應於該滚筒的順時針方二 = S] ㈣㈣的最低點1此,在料運轉 19 201124584 中’待洗衣物可從一預定高度被迅速拋落。馬達140可利 用相反相位煞車以對滾筒煞車。 [0054]在摩擦運轉中,該滾筒的旋轉方向會改變迅速,而 待洗衣物在一段長時間内不會脫離滾筒的内圓周表面。因 為如此’藉由待洗衣物和滾筒之間的最大摩擦,可實現一 強勁摩擦式的清洗效果。在摩擦運轉中,經由第三象限移 到第一象限的一部分的待洗衣物會被迅速拋落,然後再經 • 由第四象限移到第一象限的一部分之後,再被拋落。因此, 視覺上的摩擦運轉,被舉起的待洗衣物係沿著滾筒的内圓 周表面反覆地被拋落。 [0055】圖3(f)是一過濾運轉之一示意圖。在過濾運轉中, 馬達140轉動滾筒13〇使得待洗衣物不會從滾筒的内圓周 表面被拋落,且洗衣水會被喷入滚筒内。亦即,在過濾運 轉中,當洗衣水是喷入滾筒肖,待洗衣物是攤開的且保持 鲁緊密接觸滾筒的内圓周表面。水是藉由離心力而從滾筒的 通孔131排出該桶。由於過濾運轉會攤開/擴大待洗衣物的 表面積並允許水穿過待洗衣物,洗衣水可均句地提供給待 洗衣物。 [S] 陶圖3(g)是一擠壓運轉之一示意圖。在擠壓運轉 中,馬達140轉動滾筒13〇而利用離心力使得待洗衣物攀 附滾㈣内圓周表面而不會被抛落,錢在馬達降低該滚 筒的轉速U0以從滾筒的内圓周表面暫時地分開待洗衣 20 201124584 物。這個過程係在該滾筒的轉動期間反覆地將水喷入滾筒 内。亦即,在過遽運轉中,滾筒係以一足夠高的速度不停 地旋轉使待洗衣物不會從滚筒的内圓周表面掉落。反之, 在擠壓運轉令,該滾筒的轉速會改變,而使待洗衣物反覆 地攀附並分離於滾筒13〇的内圓周表面。 [0057]在過遽運轉和擠壓運轉中將洗衣水喷人滾筒n 可藉由例如一個循環通道及一泵來執行。循環通道之一端 #與泵相連,而該栗可與桶12〇的下表面連通,使洗衣水可 透過猶環通道的另-端而從該桶喷入該滾筒。 陶在替代的具體實施例中,洗衣水可經由連接至位於 機櫃的外側的-外部供水來源的供應管道而喷人的該滾 筒亦即,供應管道的一端係連接至外部的供應源,且其 另一端連接於㈣。若有提供一㈣來喷入洗衣水至該滾 筒,在過濾與擠壓運轉其中之一或兩者中,均可喷入洗衣 φ 水至該滾筒。 【0059]圖4是一步進運轉之一細部示意圖。 ’首先,如圖4(a)〜(c)所示,待洗衣物被從該 滾筒130的一最低點移動至一最高點。如前所述相對於桶 120固定不動地鄰接滾筒130,容納在滾筒13〇内的待洗衣 物係從桶120的最低點附近的一位置被移動到桶12〇的最 间點。對於待洗衣物的這種移動而言,馬達1對該滾筒 沿著—預定方向施加一轉動力,稱為一扭矩,如此圖所示 21 201124584 為一順時針方向,且滾筒130連同待洗衣物沿著該預定方 向旋轉,以舉起待洗衣物。 [0061】待洗衣物可與該滚筒一起旋轉,藉由與升降桿及滾 筒13〇的内圓周表面之一摩擦力,而緊密接觸滾筒130的 内表面。以每分鐘約6〇轉或更快的速度旋轉滾筒13〇,待 洗衣物能被舉起到該滾筒13〇的最高點而不會脫離滾筒 130,因為此轉速能產生一預定離心力,足以使在到達滾筒 籲 130的最咼點前防止待洗衣物脫離滾筒130。 [0062】可改變該滾筒的轉速以產生大於重力的離心力,使 待洗衣物與滾筒能從滾筒13〇的最低點,其係桶丨2〇最低 點附近的該滾筒的内表面之一預定點,一起旋轉至桶的最 高點的120。當滚筒130突然煞車時,在待洗衣物到達該 滚筒130的最高點或到達之前,待洗衣物從該滾筒13〇的 最南點被抛洛至該滚筒130的最低點。 • [0063]特別地,馬達I40對滾筒130施加一反轉扭矩以對 滾筒130突然煞車。參照圖3 (c)所描述,該反轉扭矩是 透過用來供應相反相位的電流至馬達丨4〇的相反相位煞車 所產生的。相反相位煞車’係利用在相對於該馬達的一旋 轉方向的一個相反方向所產生一扭矩的一種馬達煞車的類 型。供應至該馬達的一電流的相位可被反相,以在相反於 該馬達的旋轉方向產生一反轉扭矩,且相反相位煞車啟動 了欲施加至該馬達的突然煞車。例如,如圖所示,一電流 22 201124584 係供應至料達以在料針方向㈣該滾筒,錢一電流 係供應至該馬❹在逆時針方向突崎動滾筒。 [0064]相對於馬遠〗L- 運140的相反相位煞車的時間點,可與滚 筒130内的待洗衣物的位置㈣相關。因為如此,可提供 认備用來決定或預測待洗衣物的位置,以及提供一感測 裝置’例如’霍爾效應感測器(hall effect sensor)用來決定 轉軸的旋轉角度,為這種裝置之—例。該控制部可透過If the drum is controlled to rotate at a suitable rotational speed in a predetermined direction, a mechanical external force can be generated between the laundry to be washed and the roller in the rolling operation. Because of this, the rollover operation can be used for cleaning and rinsing. That is, the laundry to be loaded into the drum 13 is located at the lowest point of the rim 130 just before the motor is driven. When the motor 14 is applied to the drum 13 - the torque "roll 0 starts to rotate" and the elevating rod 135 provided on the inner circumferential surface of the drum lifts the laundry from the lowest point of the drum to a predetermined height. If the motor 140 rotates the drum 13 以 at a reference speed, for example, at about 46 RPM, the laundry can be lifted by about 90 with respect to the direction of rotation of the drum. To 11 (Γ position, then dropped to the lowest point of the drum. In the roll-over operation, the drum speed can be determined so that the centrifugal force generated is greater than the centrifugal force generated during the rolling operation and less than the gravity [0043] Obviously, if the drum is rotated in a clockwise direction to perform a roll-over operation, the laundry is sequentially lifted from the lowest point of the drum to one of the third quadrant and the second quadrant. After that, the laundry is thrown. It falls to the lowest point of the [S] 15 201124584 roller. Therefore, the roll-over operation allows the laundry to be washed by the impact and the throwing impact caused by the friction with the water of the garment. Because it is more than rolling in the rolling operation A mechanical external force of the mechanical external force of the operation can be used to perform cleaning and rinsing. Moreover, the rolling operation can effectively separate the tangled laundry and uniformly disperse the laundry. Qing]® 3 (〇是—Stepping operation - Schematic In the stepping operation, the motor 140 rotates the drum 13〇 in a predetermined direction, and the inner circumferential surface of the drum • is controlled from the drum relative to the drum The two points of the direction of rotation (about 180) are thrown to the lowest point of the drum. The motor 140 is at a speed higher than the reference speed (rolling speed), for example, about 6 or more speeds. Rotating the drum 13Q, the laundry is rotated by the centrifugal force without falling until reaching the highest point of the drum. In the stepping operation, the drum is rotated at a predetermined speed without throwing the laundry 'then Then suddenly brake the car to maximize the impact of the laundry to be washed when the laundry is dropped. The pottery rotates the drum 13 at a predetermined speed (about 60 RPM or faster) so that the laundry can reach the drum. The highest point does not drop the laundry 'When the laundry is located near the highest point of the drum (relative to the direction of rotation of the drum), the motor (4) applies - reverses the torque to the drum (10). The laundry is lifted from the lowest point of the drum 130 in the direction of rotation of the drum, the cylinder is temporarily stopped by the reverse torque of the motor, and the laundry is dropped from the highest point of the drum 130 to the lowest point. The [ 1 6 201124584 Stepping operation can achieve cleaning of the laundry by the impact of the laundry being thrown from the maximum height difference. The mechanical external force generated by the stepping operation is greater than the above-mentioned rolling operation or rolling operation. The mechanical external force generated in the drum. [0046] It can be seen that, in the stepping operation, the throwing distance in the stepping drum is moved from the lowest point of the damper to the highest point by the rotation of the drum.疋Maximum' and the stepping mechanical external force can effectively apply a small amount of ® laundry. The horse 140 in the stepping operation can be executed with a torque generated in the opposite direction relative to the direction of rotation of the motor. In contrast, one of the phases of the current supplied to the motor by the phase brake may be reversed to generate a reverse torque in the opposite direction of rotation of the motor, and the opposite phase brake initiates a sudden braking to be applied. This opposite phase brake can be used to apply a strong impact to the laundry. [47] Therefore, by using the torque to rotate the drum in a clockwise direction, applying a counterclockwise torque to the drum causes the drum to suddenly brake. Then, a torque is applied to the clockwise direction of the roll to achieve the stepping operation. The stepping rotation can be used to wash the laundry by friction between the water sucked through the through hole 133 formed in the drum and the laundry to be washed, and to drop the highest point of the roller by using the laundry to be dropped. The resulting impact is used to clean the washing machine and the stepping operation can produce a cleaning effect such as "clothing impact". _8] Figure 3 (d) is a schematic diagram of a swing operation. In the swinging operation, the motor uo alternately rotates the drum 13〇, 17 201124584 in a clockwise and counterclockwise direction while the laundry is thrown to a less than 90 in a direction of rotation relative to the drum. s position. That is, once the motor 14 is rotated at a speed lower than the reference rotation speed (rolling rotation speed), for example, about 40 RPM, the drum 13 is rotated counterclockwise, and the lowest point of the drum 13 is in the counterclockwise direction. Raised to a predetermined height. The motor stops the rotation of the drum before the laundry reaches a position of about 90 with respect to the counterclockwise direction of the drum, and the laundry to be washed is less than about 9 inches from the counterclockwise direction corresponding to the drum. The position is dropped by φ to the lowest point of the drum. [0049] Therefore, the motor 14Q rotates the drum 13 in a clockwise direction at a speed lower than the reference speed (for example, a decay speed), for example, about 40 RPM, and the laundry is lifted in a clockwise direction to a predetermined time. height. The laundry is about 9 Torr in the counterclockwise direction relative to the drum. Before the position, the motor stops the rotation of the drum' and the laundry will be less than about 90 from the clockwise direction corresponding to the drum. The position is dropped to the lowest point of the drum. _ [〇〇5G] Therefore, the swing operation system, the rotation and the stop corresponding to the first direction, and the rotation and the second (opposite) direction stop repeatable operation. Obviously, repeatedly, the laundry to be lifted from the third quadrant of the drum to a portion of the second quadrant is gently dropped, and is lifted from the fourth t-limit of the drum to the first & A portion of the laundry is gently dropped. In some embodiments, the motor can just use resistive braking and the load applied to the motor 140, so that the mechanical wear of the motor 14〇 can be reduced, Γ 18 201124584 and the impact of the laundry can be adjusted. With resistance braking, if a current supplied to the motor is turned off, the motor has a function as a generator due to the moment of inertia, and the flow direction of the current in the coil of the motor becomes opposite before the power is turned off. The direction, along the force that interferes with the direction of rotation of the motor (Fleming's right hand rule) will be used to brake the motor. Unlike the opposite phase brake, the brake does not produce a sudden brake, but gently changes the direction of rotation of the drum. Therefore, in the swinging operation, the laundry can be moved in the third and fourth quadrants of the drum as in the shape of the <RTIgt; This swing operation can produce a cleaning like "swinging laundry". Mesh 3 (e) is a schematic diagram of "friction operation". In the frictional operation, the 'motor' rotates the drum 13 交替 alternately in a clockwise and counterclockwise direction, and the laundry is vigorously rotated from the direction of rotation corresponding to the drum. The position was thrown away. That is, when the motor 14G rotates the drum coffee counterclockwise at a speed higher than the reference rotation speed (rolling rotation speed), for example, about 6 〇 or faster, the laundry at the lowest point of the drum 130 is to be washed. The object is lifted in a counterclockwise direction - a predetermined height. The laundry is passed through a counterclockwise direction corresponding to the drum by about 9 。. After the position, the motor provides a reverse torque of the drum to temporarily stop the oil 彳* u& time, such as stop rolling, while the laundry on the inner circumferential surface of the drum can quickly fall off p, especially on the surface The laundry is from the lowest point 1 corresponding to the clockwise side of the drum = S] (four) (four), and in the material operation 19 201124584, the laundry can be quickly dropped from a predetermined height. The motor 140 can brake with the opposite phase to brake the drum. [0054] In the frictional operation, the direction of rotation of the drum changes rapidly, and the laundry does not leave the inner circumferential surface of the drum for a long period of time. Because of this, a strong friction cleaning effect can be achieved by the maximum friction between the laundry and the drum. In the frictional operation, the laundry to be moved to a portion of the first quadrant via the third quadrant is quickly thrown off, and then moved by the fourth quadrant to a portion of the first quadrant before being thrown. Therefore, in the visual frictional operation, the lifted laundry is repeatedly thrown down along the inner circumferential surface of the drum. [0055] Figure 3 (f) is a schematic illustration of a filtration operation. In the filtering operation, the motor 140 rotates the drum 13 so that the laundry is not thrown off from the inner circumferential surface of the drum, and the washing water is sprayed into the drum. That is, in the filtration operation, when the washing water is sprayed into the drum, the laundry is spread out and remains in close contact with the inner circumferential surface of the drum. The water is discharged from the through hole 131 of the drum by centrifugal force. Since the filtration operation spreads/expands the surface area of the laundry and allows the water to pass through the laundry, the laundry water can be uniformly supplied to the laundry. [S] Tao Tu 3 (g) is a schematic diagram of a squeeze operation. In the squeezing operation, the motor 140 rotates the drum 13 〇 to use the centrifugal force to cause the laundry to adhere to the inner circumferential surface of the roller (4) without being thrown off, and the money lowers the rotational speed U0 of the drum at the motor to temporarily temporarily from the inner circumferential surface of the drum. Separate to be washed 20 201124584. This process repeatedly sprays water into the drum during the rotation of the drum. That is, in the overrunning operation, the drum is continuously rotated at a sufficiently high speed so that the laundry does not fall from the inner circumferential surface of the drum. On the contrary, in the squeezing operation, the rotational speed of the drum is changed, and the laundry is repeatedly attached and separated from the inner circumferential surface of the drum 13A. [0057] The washing water spray roller n can be performed by, for example, a circulation passage and a pump during the overrunning operation and the squeezing operation. One end of the circulation passage # is connected to the pump, and the pump can communicate with the lower surface of the barrel 12A so that the wash water can be sprayed from the barrel into the drum through the other end of the loop. In an alternative embodiment, the wash water may be sprayed through a supply pipe connected to an external water supply source located outside the cabinet, that is, one end of the supply pipe is connected to an external supply source, and The other end is connected to (4). If one (4) is provided to spray the wash water into the drum, the laundry φ water can be sprayed into the drum in one or both of the filtration and extrusion operations. [0059] FIG. 4 is a schematic view of a stepping operation. First, as shown in Figs. 4(a) to (c), the laundry is moved from a lowest point to a highest point of the drum 130. The drum 130 is fixedly held relative to the tub 120 as described above, and the laundry contained in the drum 13 is moved from a position near the lowest point of the tub 120 to the most point of the tub 12 。. For this movement of the laundry, the motor 1 applies a rotational force to the drum in a predetermined direction, which is called a torque, so that 21 201124584 is a clockwise direction, and the drum 130 together with the laundry Rotate in the predetermined direction to lift the laundry. The laundry can be rotated together with the drum to closely contact the inner surface of the drum 130 by friction with one of the inner circumferential surfaces of the lifting rod and the drum 13 。. Rotating the drum 13 以 at a speed of about 6 rpm or faster, the laundry can be lifted up to the highest point of the drum 13 而 without leaving the drum 130 because the rotation speed can generate a predetermined centrifugal force enough to make The laundry is prevented from coming off the drum 130 before reaching the last point of the drum call 130. [0062] The rotational speed of the drum can be varied to produce a centrifugal force greater than gravity, such that a point at which the laundry and the drum can be licked from the drum 13, a predetermined point of the inner surface of the drum near the lowest point of the barrel 2 , rotate together to the highest point of the barrel of 120. When the drum 130 suddenly brakes, the laundry is thrown from the southernmost point of the drum 13 to the lowest point of the drum 130 before the laundry reaches the highest point or arrival of the drum 130. • [0063] In particular, the motor I40 applies a reverse torque to the drum 130 to suddenly brake the drum 130. Referring to Figure 3 (c), the reverse torque is generated by the opposite phase braking used to supply the opposite phase current to the motor 丨4〇. The opposite phase brake employs a type of motor brake that produces a torque in an opposite direction relative to a direction of rotation of the motor. The phase of a current supplied to the motor can be reversed to produce a reverse torque in the direction of rotation opposite the motor, and the opposite phase brake initiates a sudden braking to be applied to the motor. For example, as shown, a current 22 201124584 is supplied to the drum in the direction of the needle (four), and a current is supplied to the stirrup in a counterclockwise direction. [0064] The time point of the opposite phase braking with respect to Ma Yuan L-Yun 140 may be related to the position (4) of the laundry in the drum 130. Because of this, a backup can be provided to determine or predict the position of the laundry, and a sensing device such as a hall effect sensor is used to determine the rotation angle of the rotating shaft. -example. The control department can pass

使用該感測裝置來決定該滾筒的旋轉角度,並在滾筒旋轉 至角度180時或在其之前,控制馬彡14〇作相反相位煞 車因此在順時針方向旋轉的滚筒會受到逆時針方向扭 矩而迅速V止。待洗衣物所受到之離心力被移除,然後待 洗衣物會被拋落到最低點。 【〇〇65】因此,如圖4 (d)所示,滚筒130係不停地在順 時針方向旋轉’而待洗衣物係反覆地旋轉/抛落。雖然圖4 不該滾筒疋順時針方向旋轉,該滚筒亦可逆時針方向旋 轉以執行步進運轉。步進運轉會對馬彡14Q產生—較大的 負荷,而減低步進運轉的一淨作用比。 [0066】淨作用比係為—馬達驅動時間對馬達⑷的總驅 動時間及停止時間的一比率。若淨作用比是「】」,這表示 該馬達係被驅動而沒有停止時間。考量該馬達的負載,可 執行步進運轉可進行約淨作用比的的比率。例如,該The sensing device is used to determine the angle of rotation of the drum, and when the drum is rotated to or before the angle 180, the horse is controlled to rotate in the opposite direction so that the drum rotating in the clockwise direction is subjected to counterclockwise torque. Quickly stop. The centrifugal force to be subjected to the laundry is removed, and then the laundry is thrown to the lowest point. [〇〇65] Therefore, as shown in Fig. 4(d), the drum 130 is continuously rotated in the clockwise direction while the laundry is repeatedly rotated/thrown. Although Fig. 4 does not rotate the drum in a clockwise direction, the drum can also be rotated counterclockwise to perform a stepping operation. The stepping operation will generate a large load on the stirrup 14Q, and reduce the net effect ratio of the stepping operation. The net effect ratio is a ratio of the total drive time and the stop time of the motor drive time to the motor (4). If the net effect ratio is "]", this means that the motor is driven without stopping time. Considering the load of the motor, the ratio of the net action ratio can be performed by stepping. For example, the

23 201124584 馬達可在驅動10秒鐘後,停止3秒鐘。其他 的比率和驅動 /停止時間亦是適當的。 [0067]在待洗衣物落下到該滾筒的最低點之前,亦即,备 待洗衣物被拋落時,滾筒13〇開始旋轉以執 田 J f"—次步進 運轉。在此情況下’滾胃130旋轉至一預定角度,隨後待 洗衣物到達該滚筒的最低點。從此點開始,待洗衣物 和滾筒會—起旋轉°然而’滚筒因其係設;t而會旋轉到 但待洗衣物不會旋轉到180。,亦即,該滾筒13〇的 最高點,而它不能從最高點被拋落以獲得所需的清洗能力。 t〇〇68]因為如此,在待洗衣物到達該滾筒的最低點後,滾 筒130如圖4 (d)所示係被控制再次旋轉。亦即,在待洗 衣物到達該滾筒的最低點前,該滾筒先保持靜止不動。更 具體地,在待洗衣物正要開始落下的片刻,該滚筒13〇便 如止。從拋落的點直到待洗衣物到達了該滾筒的最低點的 時間内,滾筒保持停止和不旋轉。其停止時間可大於待洗 衣物從滾筒的最高點落下至最低點(點丨)所需的時間。 此滾筒可保持停止,如0.4秒,或在一些具體實施例 中為0·6秒’以確保在停止狀態下有足夠的時間。這使得 應用步進運轉能更精確地產生最大的衝擊,因而可達到所 需的清洗能力。 [〇〇69】® 5是-摩擦運轉之-細部示意圖。23 201124584 The motor can be stopped for 3 seconds after being driven for 10 seconds. Other ratios and drive/stop times are also appropriate. [0067] Before the laundry is dropped to the lowest point of the drum, i.e., when the laundry is thrown away, the drum 13 turns to start to operate in a step-by-step manner. In this case, the stomach roll 130 is rotated to a predetermined angle, and then the laundry reaches the lowest point of the drum. From this point on, the laundry and the drum will rotate together. However, the drum will rotate due to its setting; t will not rotate until the laundry does not rotate to 180. That is, the highest point of the drum 13 ,, and it cannot be thrown from the highest point to obtain the required cleaning ability. T〇〇68] Because of this, after the laundry reaches the lowest point of the drum, the drum 130 is controlled to rotate again as shown in Fig. 4(d). That is, the drum remains stationary until the laundry reaches the lowest point of the drum. More specifically, the drum 13 is as short as the laundry is about to start falling. From the point of the drop until the time when the laundry reaches the lowest point of the drum, the drum remains stopped and does not rotate. The stop time may be greater than the time required for the laundry to fall from the highest point of the drum to the lowest point (point 丨). This roller can remain stopped, such as 0.4 seconds, or in some embodiments, 0.6 seconds to ensure sufficient time in the stopped state. This allows the stepping operation to produce the maximum impact more accurately, thus achieving the required cleaning capacity. [〇〇69]® 5 is a schematic diagram of the friction operation.

[SJ 24 201124584 [0070]首先,如圖第 5(a)〜y,,, ^ D K aj Q c)所不,待洗衣物係從 滾筒130的最低點移動到後,滾筒13〇的順時針方向上9〇。[SJ 24 201124584 [0070] First, as shown in Fig. 5(a) to y,, ^ DK aj Q c), the laundry is moved from the lowest point of the drum 130 to the rear, and the drum 13 is clockwise. 9 inches in the direction.

或超過90。的轉角的—位置。如所述相對於桶12(),鄰近滾 筒130保持不動’滾筒13〇内的待洗衣物係從桶12〇的最 低點附近的滚筒内表面的預定點,移動至内滾筒表面上沿 著該滾筒120的順時針方向旋轉9〇。或超過的點。為了 產生待洗衣物的這種運動,馬達施加—轉動力,亦即,沿 著一預定方向(順時針方向)對滚筒13〇施加一扭矩,然 後滾筒130連同待洗衣物一起旋轉以舉起待洗衣物。 网待洗衣物係經由升降桿及與滾筒的内圓周表面的 摩擦緊密接觸滾筒130的内圓周表面,而與滾筒一起旋 轉,而不會脫離滾筒130。為此,滾筒以約6〇RpM或更快 的速度旋轉,以產生;^夠的離心力,使待洗衣物不會脫離 滾筒"0。滾筒的轉速可依據關於滾筒的大小,如内徑, 設定成以產生大於重力的一離心力。因此,待洗衣物能與 滚筒從該滾筒的最低點—起旋轉至相對於該滾筒的最低點 為90°或更大轉角的位置。 剛待洗衣物然後從9『或更大轉角的位置落下至該最 低點為了以此拋落待洗衣物,當待洗衣物到達9『或更大 滚筒旋轉的位置時’滚冑130會突然煞車。馬達Μ。提供 滾筒130-反轉扭矩以對該滾筒突然煞車。如上所述參照Or more than 90. The corner of the position - the location. As described with respect to the tub 12 (), the adjacent drum 130 remains stationary 'the laundry in the drum 13 系 is moved from the predetermined point of the inner surface of the drum near the lowest point of the tub 12 , to the inner drum surface along the The drum 120 is rotated clockwise by 9 turns. Or more than the point. In order to generate such movement of the laundry, the motor applies a rotational force, that is, a torque is applied to the drum 13 in a predetermined direction (clockwise direction), and then the drum 130 rotates together with the laundry to lift up Laundry. The net laundry is in close contact with the inner circumferential surface of the drum 130 via the lifting rod and the friction with the inner circumferential surface of the drum, and rotates together with the drum without coming off the drum 130. To this end, the drum is rotated at a speed of about 6 〇 RpM or faster to produce a sufficient centrifugal force so that the laundry does not come off the drum "0. The rotational speed of the drum can be set to produce a centrifugal force greater than gravity depending on the size of the drum, such as the inner diameter. Therefore, the laundry can be rotated from the lowest point of the drum to a position of 90 or more with respect to the lowest point of the drum. Just wait for the laundry and then drop from the position of 9" or larger corner to the lowest point in order to throw off the laundry. When the laundry reaches the position of 9" or larger drum rotation, the roll 130 will suddenly brake. . Motor Μ. A drum 130-reverse torque is provided to suddenly brake the drum. Refer to

25 201124584 圖3 (e),該反轉扭矩係藉由用以供應至馬達14〇的相反 相位電流的相反相位制動所產生的一反轉扭矩。 [〇〇73]該控制部可利用如上所述之一感測裝置來決定該 滾筒的一旋轉角度。當該滾筒的旋轉角度為9〇β或以上時, 該控制部會控制馬達140作相反相位煞車。因此,順時針 方向旋轉的滾筒130會在逆時針旋轉方向被施加一扭矩, 以暫時停止而移除對待洗衣物的離心力。如圖5(c)所示, • 待洗衣物因逆時針方向的扭矩不會被垂直拋落,但相對滾 筒的内圓周表面會傾斜地被拋落至該滾筒的最低點。由於 傾斜地落下,在落下期間中,待洗衣物與該滾筒的内表面 會具有相對較大的摩擦,且待洗衣物之間及待洗衣物與洗 衣水之間的同步摩擦亦相對較大。 [0074】目此’如圖5 ( d)所示,滾筒13〇係以逆時針方 向不停地旋轉,且上述的待洗衣物會反覆地旋轉/落下的。 • 圖5繪不出滾筒係先以順時針方向旋轉,但之前仍以 時 針方向旋轉❶摩擦運轉對產生馬達14〇較大的負荷,如步 進運轉,而摩擦運轉的淨作用比會減少,例如,摩擦運轉 後停止3秒可重複,而摩擦運轉的淨作用比可被控制在7 % °其他的處置亦是適當的。 [0075]在待洗衣物落下到達該滾筒的最低點,亦即,卷、 洗衣物被拋落,滾筒13〇開始其相反方向旋轉以執行下 步進運轉。在這種情況下,滾筒130旋轉到預定角度, 26 [S] 20112458425 201124584 Figure 3 (e), the reverse torque is a reverse torque produced by the opposite phase braking of the opposite phase current supplied to the motor 14〇. [〇〇73] The control unit may determine a rotation angle of the drum by using one of the sensing devices as described above. When the rotation angle of the drum is 9 〇 β or more, the control unit controls the motor 140 to perform reverse phase braking. Therefore, the drum 130 rotating in the clockwise direction is applied with a torque in the counterclockwise direction to temporarily stop the centrifugal force of the laundry. As shown in Fig. 5(c), • The counter-clockwise torque of the laundry is not thrown vertically, but the inner circumferential surface of the drum is inclined to be thrown to the lowest point of the drum. Due to the oblique falling, during the falling period, the laundry and the inner surface of the drum will have relatively large friction, and the synchronous friction between the laundry and the laundry and the washing water is relatively large. [0074] As shown in Fig. 5(d), the drum 13 is continuously rotated in the counterclockwise direction, and the above-mentioned laundry is repeatedly rotated/dropped. • Figure 5 does not show that the drum system first rotates in a clockwise direction, but before it is still rotated in the clockwise direction, the frictional operation produces a large load on the motor 14〇, such as stepping operation, and the net effect ratio of the friction operation is reduced. For example, it can be repeated for 3 seconds after the friction operation, and the net effect ratio of the friction operation can be controlled at 7%. [0075] When the laundry is dropped to the lowest point of the drum, i.e., the roll and the laundry are thrown off, the drum 13 is rotated in the opposite direction to perform the next step operation. In this case, the drum 130 is rotated to a predetermined angle, 26 [S] 201124584

在這之後,待洗衣物到達該滾筒130的最低點。從這點開 始’待洗衣物與滾筒會一起旋轉。雖然滾筒因其被設定而 旋轉到90。,待洗衣物不會旋轉到9〇β,即該滾筒13〇的最 高點,而其無法從最高㈣落以獲得所f的清洗能力。 陶因為如此,在待洗衣物到達該滾筒的最低點之後, 如圖5⑷所示,滾筒13〇會再旋轉。亦即,滾筒被控制 保持靜止不動’直到待洗衣物到達該滾筒的最低點。更具 體地’在待洗衣物正開始落下時,該滾筒將會停止。從待 洗衣物被拋落的時間點直到待洗衣物到達該滾筒的最低 點’該滾筒仍處於停止狀態而不旋轉。該滾筒的停止狀態 的時間會比待洗衣物落下至該滾筒的最低點所耗費的時間 更長。因此,該滾筒保持的停止狀態可設定為,例如〇2 秒,這小於在步進運轉中該滾筒的停止狀態的時間。 謂如此該滾筒保存的停止狀態已設定,步進運轉可更 精確執行,以產生滾筒内表面和待洗衣物之間的最大摩 擦、待洗衣物之間的最大摩擦、及待洗衣物和洗衣水之間 的最大摩擦,而可因而達成所需的清洗能力。 圖6疋相較於圖3所示的清洗能力與每一運轉的振 [0078] ’更輕鬆地將移 。垂直軸表示振 其相同待洗衣物 動等級之-示意圖。水平軸表示清洗能力 動到左邊的待洗衣物中包含的髒污物分離 動或噪音水平,越向上移動其水平越高, 的清洗時間將減少。After that, the laundry reaches the lowest point of the drum 130. From this point on, the laundry and the drum will rotate together. Although the drum is rotated to 90 as it is set. The laundry is not rotated to 9 〇 β, which is the highest point of the drum 13 ,, and it cannot fall from the highest (four) to obtain the cleaning ability of f. Because of this, after the laundry reaches the lowest point of the drum, as shown in Fig. 5 (4), the drum 13 turns again. That is, the drum is controlled to remain stationary until the laundry reaches the lowest point of the drum. More specifically, the drum will stop when the laundry is starting to fall. From the point in time when the laundry is dropped until the laundry reaches the lowest point of the drum, the drum is still in a stopped state without rotating. The stop state of the drum is longer than the time it takes for the laundry to fall to the lowest point of the drum. Therefore, the stop state in which the drum is held can be set to, for example, 〇2 seconds, which is less than the time in which the drum is stopped in the stepping operation. That is to say, the stop state of the drum storage has been set, and the stepping operation can be performed more accurately to generate the maximum friction between the inner surface of the drum and the laundry, the maximum friction between the laundry, and the laundry and the washing water. The maximum friction between them can thus achieve the required cleaning power. Figure 6 is easier to move than the cleaning capability shown in Figure 3 with each running vibration [0078]. The vertical axis represents a schematic diagram of the same level of motion to be washed. The horizontal axis indicates the cleaning ability. The dirt or noise level contained in the laundry to the left is increased. The higher the level is, the higher the cleaning time will be.

27 201124584 當待洗衣物有極髒污物時,步 適於執行以減少清洗時严m 踝運轉係 S π洗模式。步進運轉和摩擦運 ::的振動/嚼音水平,通常不會用來洗敏感織物及 /或減;噪音和振動。 [0080】 滾動運轉且右p招味 H良好的清洗能力和低振動等級,以使 符洗衣物的損害減少和降 …古… 降低馬達負載。因此,滾動運轉可 、1洗模式,尤其’可在初始清洗階段助於去污 劑溶解,並潤濕待洗衣物。 剛滾翻運轉具有-較摩擦運轉低的清洗能力,及相較 於摩擦運轉和㈣運轉的—巾振料級。㈣運轉直有較 低的振動等級,作复士爷釦π址 八^ μ 八比滚翻運轉需要一較長的清洗時間。 因為如此’滾翻運轉可適用於所有的清洗模式,並有效率 地在一清洗模式中均勻分散待洗衣物。 剛擠壓運轉切1似於滾㈣轉的清洗能力及一 較滾翻運轉高的振動等級。擠壓運轉反覆地進行向前拉動 待洗衣物與從滾筒的内圓周表面分離待洗衣物的運 此運作中’洗衣水在穿過待洗衣物後排出該滾筒之外。因 此,擠壓運轉可應用於沖洗。 卿】過濾運轉具有—⑽壓運轉低的清洗能力,及 似於滾動運轉的嚷音水平。在過據運轉中,水穿過待洗衣 物並排出該滚筒’待洗衣物會緊密接觸滾筒的内圓周表 面。因此’該過攄運轉可被應用到—潤濕待洗衣物的模式 S1 28 201124584 【0084]旋擺運轉具有最低的振料級與清洗能力,且可應 用在低噪音、低振動的清洗模式,及一清洗敏感或纖細衣 物的模式。 [麵5]如上所述,每個滾筒驅動運轉具有其個別的優點, 且更佳的是’那些不同的滾筒驅動運轉都用來最大化這些 優點。根據洗衣量的關係的每個滾筒驅動運轉亦可能有優 點和缺點。即便在同一模式與循環的情況下,可根據洗衣 % 量的關係不同地施加各種滾筒驅動運轉。 [00叫纟滾筒式洗衣機,可以透過門而從外部看到滾筒的 内部。不同的滾筒驅動運轉可適用於以下將詳述的一清洗 模式。因此,使用者可看到在乎β向抽认办 J有到在㈣内執仃的各種的滾筒驅 動運轉。亦即,可從視覺上辨識出一輕柔衝擊式清洗(滾 翻運轉)一㈣衝擊式清洗(步進運轉)、_輕=摩擦= 清洗(滚動運轉)、以及一強勁摩擦式清洗(摩擦運轉τ)。 籲目為如此,使用者可察覺到的清洗功能良好,這可提高使 用者的滿意度,並大大提高清洗效率。 III.洗衣機的模式 陶7]以下將討論洗錢的各種的控财法,_,本案 所具體及充分描述的—洗衣機的各種模式。 ' Α·模式Α (標準模式) 29 201124584 [0088】參照圖7A,以下將詳細描述模式a。模式Α β不 具任何輔助選項的一標準模式,可用於清洗普通待洗衣 物。模式Α包括一清洗循環、一沖洗循環及一自旋循環。 使用者可從一模式選擇區m(S71〇)選擇該標準模式。 A·1節清洗循環(S730 ): ’清洗循環包括一供水步驟(S733 )係提供洗衣水與27 201124584 When the laundry is extremely dirty, the step is suitable to perform the process of reducing the cleaning time. Stepping and Friction: The vibration/chewing levels are usually not used to wash sensitive fabrics and/or reduce; noise and vibration. [0080] The rolling operation and the right p scent H good cleaning ability and low vibration level, so that the damage of the laundry is reduced and reduced... The motor load is reduced. Therefore, the rolling operation can be performed in a 1 wash mode, especially in the initial cleaning stage to assist in the dissolution of the detergent and to wet the laundry. The fresh-rolling operation has a cleaning ability lower than that of the frictional operation, and a towel-like vibration level compared to the frictional operation and (4) operation. (4) The operation has a relatively low vibration level, and the VS site is used for the sergeant. The eight^μ eight-to-one roll-over operation requires a long cleaning time. Because of this, the roll-over operation can be applied to all cleaning modes and efficiently disperses the laundry in a cleaning mode. The squeezing operation is similar to the cleaning ability of the rolling (four) rotation and the vibration level higher than the rolling operation. The squeezing operation repeatedly pulls forward the laundry to be separated from the inner circumferential surface of the drum. In this operation, the laundry water is discharged outside the drum after passing through the laundry. Therefore, the squeezing operation can be applied to rinsing. Qing] The filtration operation has - (10) low cleaning ability, and a sound level similar to rolling operation. In the operation, the water passes through the laundry and exits the drum. The laundry will closely contact the inner circumferential surface of the drum. Therefore, the over-running operation can be applied to the mode of wetting the laundry. S1 28 201124584 [0084] The swinging operation has the lowest vibration level and cleaning capability, and can be applied to a low-noise, low-vibration cleaning mode. And a mode of cleaning sensitive or slender clothing. [Face 5] As described above, each of the drum driving operations has its individual advantages, and more preferably, those different drum driving operations are used to maximize these advantages. There may also be advantages and disadvantages for each drum drive operation depending on the amount of laundry. Even in the same mode and cycle, various drum drive operations can be applied differently depending on the amount of laundry. [00 is called a drum type washing machine, and the inside of the drum can be seen from the outside through the door. Different drum drive operations are applicable to a cleaning mode as will be described in more detail below. Therefore, the user can see that various types of drum driving operations, which are performed in the (4), are performed in the (4). That is, a gentle impact cleaning (rolling operation), a (four) impact cleaning (stepping operation), a light = friction = cleaning (rolling operation), and a strong friction cleaning (friction operation) can be visually recognized. τ). As a result, the user can perceive a good cleaning function, which improves user satisfaction and greatly improves cleaning efficiency. III. Mode of washing machine Tao 7] The following will discuss various control methods of money laundering, _, the specific and fully described in this case - various modes of washing machine. 'Α·Mode Α (Standard Mode) 29 201124584 [0088] Referring to FIG. 7A, mode a will be described in detail below. Mode Α β A standard mode that does not have any auxiliary options and can be used to clean normal laundry. The mode includes a wash cycle, a rinse cycle, and a spin cycle. The user can select the standard mode from a mode selection area m (S71〇). A·1 cleaning cycle (S730): 'The cleaning cycle includes a water supply step (S733) to provide laundry water and

去污劑到-桶m或滾冑13G以溶解去污劑於洗衣水中, 以及-清洗步驟(S742 )係用以驅動該滾筒來清洗該待洗 在該供水步驟中,水是從一外部供水來源與去污劑 起供應至洗衣機°藉由提高供水步驟的效率以進行清洗 步驟的準備’可達到清洗循環的效率,包括清洗效率和清 洗時間的減少》 決定洗衣量(§731): [0090】如上所述,供皮牛驟从― 此,、 ’、步驟的完成係準備主清洗步驟。因 作。秋、、和%全地達成去污劑溶解、洗蘇潤濕及類似運 的火旦考里到該滚筒的承載量及供應到滾筒的洗衣水 制一、# 帮中的滾筒内的待洗衣物的量來控 展崎驅動運韓。介 選擇ρ士 、Ρ’可依據滾筒内待洗衣物的量來 有致地執行去污劑 鳇。 劑*解及洗滌潤濕的一滚筒驅動運Detergent to barrel m or tumble 13G to dissolve detergent in the wash water, and - washing step (S742) is used to drive the drum to wash the water to be washed in the water supply step, the water is supplied from an external water Source and detergent are supplied to the washing machine. By preparing the cleaning step by increasing the efficiency of the water supply step, the efficiency of the cleaning cycle can be achieved, including the reduction of cleaning efficiency and cleaning time. The amount of laundry is determined (§731): [0090 】 As described above, the feeding of the cows from the ",,", the completion of the steps is to prepare the main cleaning step. Because of it. In autumn, and all the way to achieve the detergent dissolution, washing and wetting, and the like, the load capacity of the drum and the washing water supplied to the drum, the laundry in the drum in the #帮The amount of the object to control the exhibition of the Kawasaki drive Han. Selecting 士士,Ρ' can perform detergent 有 according to the amount of laundry in the drum. Agent* solution and washing and wetting a roller drive

30 201124584 [0091】 用以決定容納於呤.吞松 於該滾筒的待洗衣物的量之一洗 量決定步驟’可於供水步 驟則執仃。依據決定的待洗衣物 的量’在供水步驟中可區 別出該滾筒驅動運轉。 [0092】可透過測量用以驅叙今、吞杜 呢動該滾筒的電流來決定一洗衣 量。例如,測量用來執行 袞翻運轉的電流。為了執行翻滾 運轉,一控制部控制滾筒以一 頂疋轉速%轉’例如46RPM。 依據滾筒内待洗衣物的量, 』里驅動該滾筒以該轉速所需的一30 201124584 [0091] A washing amount determining step </ RTI> is used to determine the amount of laundry to be accommodated in the drum. The drum drive operation can be distinguished in the water supply step depending on the determined amount of laundry to be washed. [0092] The amount of laundry can be determined by measuring the current used to drive the drum. For example, measure the current used to perform the flip operation. In order to perform the tumbling operation, a control unit controls the drum to rotate by a top rpm [for example, 46 RPM. According to the amount of laundry in the drum, the one required to drive the drum at the rotation speed

電流值會不同。因此,根據一 ^ ^ 将疋的運轉下以一特定的 轉速驅動一特定的滾筒所愛 _ ^ ^ 门所需的—電流流量,可決定出待洗 衣物的量® 剛如果洗衣量是相對較大的,於供水步驟的初始階 段,會提供足夠的洗衣水給待洗衣物,而清洗效率可進一 步改善。滾筒驅動運轉會依據供水步驟的洗衣量而不同, 且供水步驟的參數亦可適當地決定。 A.1.2 供水(S733 ): Λ.1.2.1決定去污劑類型(S734 ): [0094】在供水步驟的初始階段,可執行—去污劑類型決定 步驟以決定在供水步驟的初始階段所提供的去污劑是液體 式或粉末式。執行此步驟是用以決定在進行清洗循環後的 -滾筒驅動運轉或沖洗循環中的沖洗次數。在洗衣機的初 始運作時,使用者可透過顯㈣119得知有關於清洗循環 [S] 31 201124584 和沖洗循環的資訊。因 ^ , 此去巧'劑類型決定步驟可在 污劑 供水步驟的初始階段中 執订’特別地,其係可在一去 加強溶解步驟之前。 A.1.2.2去污劑加強溶解(s735 ): [0095】當於供水步驟中提供唼/ 奴供洗衣水和去污劑時,可執行去 污劑溶解步騾。為了提高清 无循核的效率,在供水步騾的 初始階段,去污劑應更 双地疋全溶解。因此,可在供水 步驟中,執行該去污劑加強溶解 鮮,驟以加強去污劑的溶解。 [_帛來移動滾筒内的待洗衣物以加強去污劑溶解的 一運轉’稱為滾筒驅動運轉,可㈣來對洗衣水和待洗衣 物k供一強勁機械外力的一運 碟轉。例如,在去污劑加強溶 解步驟中可執订-步進運轉,係用以沿著旋轉的滾筒反 覆舉起待洗衣物’且依照對該滾筒執行的一煞車以從滾筒 的内圓周表面拋落待洗衣物。 管代地,不執行一步進運 轉,而可執行用以沿著旋轉的渰饵 狄得的,袞涛舉起待洗衣物,再依照 該滾筒的煞車與反向旋轉以再舉 丹竿起待洗衣物之一摩擦運 轉。步進運轉和摩擦運轉均為用來 用來對旋轉的滾筒突铁敏車 的運轉’以突然改變待洗衣物的移動方向,而對待洗衣物 施加強勁的衝擊。此外’步進運轉與摩擦運轉亦可用來對 洗衣水施加強勁的衝擊。因此,方 货水步驟的初始階段提 [S3 32 201124584 供強勁機械外力 的效率。 以加強去污劑溶解,因而提高清洗循環 [〇〇97】在替代的具體實施例中,去污劑加強溶解步驟可藉 由步進運轉和摩擦運轉的重複接續組合來執行。在這料 況下,兩種類型的滾筒驅動運轉會是反覆的级合,而洗衣 水水流的模式可更多元化,以提高清洗循環的效率。 [0098] 在-典型的供水步财,驅動滾筒進行滾翻運轉, #係'不停地沿著-預定方向以預定速度旋轉滚筒,以舉起和 抛落待洗衣物。然而,在滾翻運轉中將溶解去污劑於洗衣 水的時間,會比在任一步驟或摩擦運轉或其組合中更大。 例如,在例示的洗衣機之一滾翻運轉中溶解去污劑的時間 大約15分鐘,而利用相同的洗衣機在步進運轉或摩擦運轉 中溶解去污劑的時間可在9至1〇分鐘。因此,步進運轉或 摩擦運轉可更快速地溶解去污劑於洗衣水,而可減少該特 φ 定清洗模式的相應的時間。 [0099] 在該步進和摩擦運轉中’待洗衣物被抛落且對待洗 衣物施加拋落衝擊’而旋轉並停止該滾筒會產生洗衣水中 的強大旋渦。 【〇_料,可在去污劑加強溶解步驟中執行-循環步 驟’用以循環桶中盛裝的洗衣水且再提供洗衣水至滾筒。 在該循環步驟令’在滾筒下方盛裝的洗衣水會供應至滾筒 的内部’進一步加強去污劑溶解和洗滌潤洱。 …、 [S ] 33 201124584 [00101】在—些具體實施 — J ψ 去〉了劑加強溶解步驟可進 行’例如約2分鐘或装你、奋&amp; &quot; 、备的時間,直到供水已完成。 八7可在去污劑加強溶 7成,或者因為之後的洗 條濁濕步驟其水位會降极 會降低而可另外再提供供水。去污劑加 強溶解步驟可進行—相 ,.. '丑的時間,以便不會顯著損傷 衣物織品。因此,每個以上模式的去污劑加強溶解步 靜中之—滾筒驅動運轉,可為取決於滾筒内的待洗衣物之 量的摩擦運轉。 [00102】亦即,如果決定沾、、土 +曰 、衣量係在一個預定的或更低的 水平,可執行去污劑加強 野艾驟因為少量的待洗衣物, 可使用以供應強勁機械外力 / 衷靖驅動運轉可更有效率, 因為f量的待洗衣物可保持與洗衣水㈣的接觸。特別 地’少量的待洗衣物表示待洗衣物與洗衣水接觸的一表面 面積小,而去污劑溶解及洗條潤濕可在相對短的時間内透 過已施加的機械外力來翻轉待洗衣物而達成。因此,步進 運轉或摩擦運轉能提高清洗 尤双丰,且洗衣的時間因而相對 減少。 [00103】反之,如果在洗衣量決定+骚+ 置决疋步驟中決定的洗衣量是一 預定的或更高的水平,則可跳 過去Θ劑加強溶解步驟。亦 即,如果待洗衣物的量相對較大,在機械外力不足以使待 洗衣物與洗衣水充分接觸’因為洗衣水不能供應給/或被— 足罝的糾結的待洗衣物所吸收。 34 201124584 [00104】因此’如果洗衣量在一預定或更高的水平則省略 去污劑加強溶解步驟,而立即啟動洗滌潤濕步驟。如果洗 衣置在預疋或更高的水平,使用供水步驟中的循環步 驟,待洗衣物能更佳地與洗衣水接觸以加強去污劑溶解。 A·1·2.3 洗滌潤濕(S736 ): 卿】在供水步驟中,可執行充分地以洗衣水潤濕待洗衣 的步驟it #溶解去污劑。在一滾筒式洗衣機的例 子中待洗衣物不—定完全淹沒於洗衣水而因此可在清 洗循環的-初始階段迅速中快速進行洗務潤濕。在去污劑 加強溶解步驟之德,;隹V- yj. 進饤一待洗衣物潤濕加強步驟以促 進洗蘇潤濕。此步驟可名:批士 〇 “ 在供水步驟已進行至一預定程度或 至供水步驟已完成之後’以確保待洗衣物已充分地飽和。 可替代地,在去污劑加強溶解步驟可在供水已完成後進 仃。水位會在洗務澗濕步驟中降低,且會進行額外的水的 供應。 污劑加強溶解㈣中,部分地進行洗 ^潤濕步驟,且—水位可提高以使洗衣水能被足夠地收集 筒驅 〇例 運轉 ^内。因為如此,該促進洗務潤濕的步驟可在去污劑 加強溶解步驟之後進行。洗務潤濕加強步驟中的一滾 _轉’可被㈣成與去污劑加強溶解步驟中的不同 如mi#'加強步驟的滚筒驅動運轉可包括一滚動 [S] 35 201124584 及/或一過濾運轉。在一些具體實施例中,過濾運轉和滾動 運轉可連續地進行。 [00107]過濾運轉,係為將待洗衣物寬廣地分散以增大待洗 衣物的面積之一運轉’而因為此過濾運轉可用來均勻地潤 濕待洗衣物。滚動運轉,係為將待洗衣物反覆地翻轉以使 滚筒下盛裝的洗衣水均勻地接觸待洗衣物之一運轉,且該 滾動運轉可同時適用於洗滌潤濕。為了盡可能利用這些效 果,不同的滾筒驅動運轉,亦即,以一預定順序反覆的/連 續的進行過濾與滾動運轉’可最大化洗滌潤濕加強步驟的 效果。 [00108]如果洗衣量是—葙金沾t _ 疋預疋的或更咼的水平,洗滌潤濕加 強步驟的滾筒驅動運轉可包括過遽運轉。亦即,在過滤運 轉中’ Ή衣物的表面面積被增大及在過濾、運轉中供應洗 衣水,並且待洗衣物 杓勻刀佈而不會糾結且洗衣水係均 地供應至待洗衣物。 替代地’或除了過濾運轉外 翻運轉亦可同時進行。 i運轉之外滾 [_9】如果洗衣量是低於 、Ά 、去 疋夂千,可在洗滌潤濕加強步 帮中進d慮及/或滾翻運轉。 [00110】使用者可從選項 淨作用比會依據這— 然而,供水步騍+ 選擇而有所不 π驟中的淨作 污程度而有所不同, 污程度,而馬達的 8選擇待洗衣物的-辦 用比可能不會依選定的髒 因為供水步驟中的淨作用比係由預設 36 201124584 以最佳化去污劑溶解及洗滌 物的非必要損壞的考量。如果淨作=忽略待洗衣 及洗條潤”會進行得不充分。丨下降’去污劑溶解 [00111]在標準模式中的供水步驟 步驟、去$ ^ ^ 了包括去5劑類型決定 :劑加強溶解步驟’以及上述的洗蘇潤濕加強步 劍加Γ 體實施例中’去污劑類型決定步驟、去污 劑加強溶解步驟、 去巧 潤濕加強步驟’可獨立於供水步 仃。在這種情況下,去 溶解步驟或在、|^ 讀“步驟、去污劑加強 滌潤濕步驟,可在水供應完成後進行。 α.ι·3 加熱(S74〇): [〇_清洗循環包括清洗步驟。為了準備清洗,在清洗和 供水步驟之間可進行_加熱步驟。 _3】加熱步帮可用來加熱洗衣水,其係利用設置於桶的 下方的加熱器或藉由利用供應至滾筒内部的蒸汽增加洗衣 水或滾筒的溫度。因為如此,加熱步驟可依需求而進行或 省略。亦即,如果利用冷空氣或水來洗待洗衣物,即可不 執灯加熱步驟。然@,如果在—選定的模式下的内定的洗 衣水的溫度係預設為高於冷水的溫度,或如果從選項選擇 區118選擇洗衣水的溫度是高於冷水的溫度,則可進行該 加熱步騍。The current value will be different. Therefore, according to the current flow rate required to drive the 滚筒^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ Large, in the initial stage of the water supply step, sufficient laundry water will be provided to the laundry, and the cleaning efficiency can be further improved. The drum driving operation differs depending on the amount of laundry in the water supply step, and the parameters of the water supply step can be appropriately determined. A.1.2 Water supply (S733): Λ.1.2.1 Determine the type of detergent (S734): [0094] In the initial stage of the water supply step, a detergent-type determination step can be performed to determine the initial stage of the water supply step. Detergents are provided in liquid or powder form. This step is performed to determine the number of flushes in the drum drive or flush cycle after the wash cycle. During the initial operation of the washing machine, the user can find out information about the cleaning cycle [S] 31 201124584 and the flushing cycle through the display (4) 119. Because of this, the degenerative 'agent type determining step can be imposed in the initial stage of the fouling water supply step', in particular, prior to the step of strengthening the dissolution step. A.1.2.2 Detergent Enhanced Dissolution (s735): [0095] When the hydrazine/slave supply of detergent water and detergent is provided in the water supply step, a detergent dissolution step can be performed. In order to improve the efficiency of non-recycling, the detergent should be completely dissolved in the initial stage of the water supply step. Therefore, in the water supply step, the detergent can be reinforced to enhance the dissolution of the detergent. [_ 帛 移动 moving the laundry in the drum to enhance the dissolution of the detergent] is called a drum driving operation, and (4) is a turning operation of the laundry water and the laundry k for a strong mechanical external force. For example, in the detergent reinforced dissolution step, a step-stepping operation is performed to lift the laundry to be repeated along the rotating drum and to smash from the inner circumferential surface of the drum in accordance with a brake performed on the drum Falling into the laundry. On behalf of the ground, do not perform a stepping operation, but can be used to rotate along the bait, the Tao lifts the laundry, and then according to the roller and reverse rotation of the drum to take up again One of the laundry is rubbing. Both the stepping operation and the rubbing operation are used to operate the rotating drum to the iron-sensitive vehicle to suddenly change the moving direction of the laundry, and to exert a strong impact on the laundry. In addition, stepping and friction can also be used to exert a strong impact on the washing water. Therefore, the initial stage of the cargo water step [S3 32 201124584 provides efficiency for strong mechanical external forces. In order to enhance the dissolution of the detergent, thereby increasing the cleaning cycle [0097] In an alternative embodiment, the detergent intensifying dissolution step can be performed by a repeated combination of stepping and frictional operation. In this case, the two types of drum drive operations will be repeated cascades, and the pattern of the wash water flow can be more diversified to increase the efficiency of the wash cycle. [0098] In a typical water supply step, the drive drum is subjected to a roll-over operation, and the #system is continuously rotated at a predetermined speed in a predetermined direction to lift and drop the laundry. However, the time during which the detergent will dissolve the detergent in the roll-over operation will be greater than in either step or frictional operation or a combination thereof. For example, the time for dissolving the detergent in one of the illustrated washing operations of the washing machine is about 15 minutes, and the time for dissolving the detergent in the stepping or rubbing operation using the same washing machine may be 9 to 1 minute. Therefore, the stepping operation or the rubbing operation can dissolve the detergent in the washing water more quickly, and the corresponding time of the special cleaning mode can be reduced. [0099] Rotating and stopping the drum during the stepping and rubbing operation of the laundry to be thrown off and applying a throwing impact to the laundry produces a strong vortex in the wash water. [〇_料, can be performed in the detergent-enhancing dissolution step-cycle step] to recycle the washing water contained in the tub and supply the washing water to the drum. In this recycling step, the "washing water contained under the drum is supplied to the inside of the drum" further enhances the detergent dissolution and washing and drying. ..., [S ] 33 201124584 [00101] In some implementations - J ψ 了 剂 剂 剂 增 增 增 增 增 增 增 增 增 增 增 增 增 增 增 增 增 增 增 增 增 增 增 增 增 增 增 增 增 增 增 增 增 增 增 增 增 增 增 增 增 增. Eighty-seven can be dissolved in the detergent, or because the subsequent water-washing step will reduce the water level and the water supply will be provided. The detergent-enhancing dissolution step can be carried out - phase, .. 'ugly time so as not to significantly damage the fabric. Therefore, each of the above modes of detergent enhances the dissolution-spinning operation of the drum, which can be a frictional operation depending on the amount of laundry in the drum. [00102] That is, if it is decided that the dip, soil + 曰, the amount of clothing is at a predetermined or lower level, the detergent can be used to strengthen the wild AI step because a small amount of laundry can be used to supply a strong machine. The external force/central drive operation can be more efficient, because the amount of laundry to maintain the contact with the washing water (4). In particular, 'a small amount of laundry indicates that a surface area of the laundry to be in contact with the washing water is small, and the detergent dissolution and the wet strip washing can reverse the laundry by the applied mechanical external force in a relatively short time. And reached. Therefore, the stepping operation or the rubbing operation can improve the cleaning and the laundry time is relatively reduced. [00103] On the other hand, if the amount of laundry determined in the laundry amount determination + sai + setting step is a predetermined or higher level, the sputum enhancing dissolution step may be skipped. That is, if the amount of the laundry is relatively large, the mechanical external force is insufficient to sufficiently contact the laundry with the washing water 'because the washing water cannot be supplied to/or absorbed by the entangled laundry of the ankle. 34 201124584 [00104] Therefore, if the laundry amount is at a predetermined or higher level, the detergent reinforcing step is omitted, and the washing and wetting step is immediately started. If the laundry is placed at a pre-baked or higher level, using the recycling step in the water supply step, the laundry can be better contacted with the wash water to enhance the dissolution of the detergent. A·1·2.3 Washing Wetting (S736): In the water supply step, the step of sufficiently drying the laundry to be washed with washing water can be performed. #Dissolve the detergent. In the case of a drum type washing machine, the laundry is not completely submerged in the washing water, so that the washing and wetting can be quickly performed in the initial stage of the cleaning cycle. In the detergent to enhance the dissolution step, 隹V- yj. Into the laundry wetting enhancement step to promote the wetting of the wash. This step can be named: “Just the water supply step has been carried out to a predetermined level or until the water supply step has been completed” to ensure that the laundry is sufficiently saturated. Alternatively, the detergent can be dissolved in the water supply step. After the completion of the post-feeding, the water level will be lowered during the washing and wetting step, and additional water supply will be provided. The dirt strengthens the dissolution (4), partially performs the washing and wetting step, and the water level can be increased to make the washing water It can be adequately collected for the operation of the cartridge drive. Because of this, the step of promoting the wetting of the detergent can be performed after the detergent-enhancing step. The roll-turning step in the wetting and strengthening step can be (d) The drum drive operation, which is different from the detergent reinforcement treatment step, such as the mi#' reinforcement step, may include a rolling [S] 35 201124584 and/or a filtration operation. In some embodiments, the filtration operation and rolling The operation can be continuously performed. [00107] The filtration operation is to operate the laundry to be widely dispersed to increase the area of the laundry to be washed, and because the filtration operation can be used to uniformly wet the laundry. Rolling operation is to repeatedly reverse the laundry to make the washing water under the drum evenly contact one of the laundry, and the rolling operation can be applied to the washing and wetting at the same time. In order to utilize these effects as much as possible. Different drum drive operations, that is, repeated/continuous filtration and rolling operations in a predetermined sequence can maximize the effect of the scrubbing enhancement step. [00108] If the amount of laundry is - sheet metal dip _ 疋At a pre-twisted or helium level, the drum driving operation of the washing and moistening step may include an overrunning operation, that is, in the filtration operation, the surface area of the laundry is increased and the washing water is supplied during filtration and operation. And the laundry is evenly smeared without tangling and the laundry water is supplied to the laundry. Alternatively, or in addition to the filtration operation, the valgus operation can also be performed simultaneously. i Run outside the roll [_9] If the amount of laundry It is lower than Ά, 疋夂 疋夂 , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , Step 骒 + select and not have the degree of net smear in the spurt, the degree of pollution, while the motor's 8 choices to be washed - the ratio of use may not be selected according to the dirty because of the net in the water supply step The effect ratio is determined by the preset 36 201124584 to optimize the dissolution of the detergent and the unnecessary damage of the laundry. If the net work = neglecting the laundry and washing the strip will not proceed sufficiently.丨 Drop the 'detergent dissolved [00111] step in the water supply step in the standard mode, go to $ ^ ^ to include the 5 dose type decision: the agent strengthens the dissolution step 'and the above-mentioned washing and wetting strengthening step sword plus 实施 implementation In the example, the 'stain remover type determining step, the detergent-enhancing dissolution step, and the de-wetting enhancement step' can be independent of the water supply step. In this case, the desolvation step or the "step", detergent decontamination step can be carried out after the water supply is completed. α.ι·3 Heating (S74〇): [〇_Cleaning The cycle includes a washing step. In order to prepare for cleaning, a heating step may be performed between the washing and watering steps. _3] The heating step can be used to heat the washing water by using a heater disposed below the tub or by utilizing the supply to The steam inside the drum increases the temperature of the washing water or the drum. Because of this, the heating step can be carried out or omitted as needed. That is, if the laundry is washed with cold air or water, the heating step can be omitted. If the temperature of the predetermined wash water in the selected mode is preset to be higher than the temperature of the cold water, or if the temperature of the wash water selected from the option selection area 118 is higher than the temperature of the cold water, the heating step can be performed. .

37 201124584 [00114】在加熱步驟中的滾筒驅動運轉,可依據待洗衣物的 量而改變。不涂洗衣量多寡,均可在加熱步驟_進行一滾 翻運轉。然而,如上所述,如果洗衣量為預定水平或更少, 可在加熱步驟中進行該滾動運轉。亦即,假設待洗衣物是 相對】量,在該滾筒的下半部反覆地翻滾待洗衣物並加熱 和m洗,會比分散待洗衣物更有效率。可替代地,在加熱 步驟中以小里的待洗衣物’可使用滾翻與滾動運轉的組 β,而在有大量的待洗衣物時,可使用滾動運轉。 [00115】加熱步驟可包括一加熱準備步驟係用以準備在供 水步驟之後的加熱。這意味在完全洗滌潤濕後,供水步驟 即已元成。因此,其可在供水步驟後更精確地決定待洗衣 物的量,因為從洗滌潤濕前的乾的待洗衣物,無法辨識出 濕的待洗衣物的洗衣量。例如,在洗滌潤濕前,決定出的 濕的待洗衣物的量會大於洗滌潤濕前的實際的量。因此, 在些具體實施例中,在清洗前,可在加熱步驟中進行一 更精確的洗衣量決定步驟。若省略加熱步驟,可進行相應 於加熱準備步驟的一步驟,以決定待洗衣物的確切的量。 亦即,若省略加熱步驟,可在補充供水步驟後,於清洗步 驟别進行精確的洗衣量決定步驟。 Α.1‘4 清洗(S742 ): 38 201124584 [00116】當該供水步驟和上述的加熱步驟完成後,可進行用 以清洗該待洗衣物的清洗步驟。在清洗步驟中的一滾筒驅 動運轉可為一連續的步驟及/或烘乾及/或滚動運轉的組 合’以施加強勁機械外力並移動待洗衣物於不同的模式, 以增進清洗效率。 [00117]可替代地,在清洗步驟中的滾筒驅動運轉可為一連 續的過濾運轉及滾翻運轉的組合,不停地供應洗衣水給待 # 洗衣物以加強去污劑所產生的清洗效率,及施予待洗衣物 的機械外力所產生的清洗效率。 [00118】因此,在清洗步驟中的滾筒驅動運轉可依據的洗衣 量而不同’因為滾筒驅動運轉能夠根據洗衣量產生不同的 最佳的清洗效果。該洗衣量可為在供水步驟前或在加熱步 驟中決定出的洗衣量。在清洗步驟中,滾筒驅動運轉可依 據在供水步驟後決定的洗衣量而不同。 鲁[00119]如果洗衣量係一預定水平或更高,滾筒驅動運轉可 包括過濾運轉及/或滾翻運轉。如果洗衣機未配置循環洗衣 水’則只可進行翻滾運動。在一大的待洗衣物的量的情況 下,洗衣水可均勻地提供給待洗衣物,且機械外力可同時 施加至待洗衣物,以增進清洗效率。 [00120】如果洗衣量係—預定水平或更低,滾筒驅動運轉可 包括一步進運轉及/或一滾動運轉,在待洗衣物以各種模式 移動而在機械外力施加下而提高清洗效率。在一些具體實 39 201124584 施例中, 行。 該滾翻運轉射與步進運轉及/或滾動運轉一起執 [00121]如上所述’在標準模式中,在供水步驟、加熱步驟 及清洗步驟中的滾筒驅動運轉,可更加多樣化,而可相應 提升清洗循環的效率。此外,每個步驟中的滾筒驅動運轉, 可依據滾筒内的待洗衣物的量而不同,且因而可進行最佳 化的清洗循環。37 201124584 [00114] The drum driving operation in the heating step may vary depending on the amount of laundry. It is possible to perform a rolling operation in the heating step without the amount of laundry. However, as described above, if the amount of laundry is a predetermined level or less, the rolling operation can be performed in the heating step. That is, assuming that the laundry is in a relative amount, it is more efficient to tumbling the laundry and heating and m washing in the lower half of the drum than to disperse the laundry. Alternatively, the group β of the rolling and rolling operation may be used in the heating step with a small amount of laundry, and the rolling operation may be used when there is a large amount of laundry. [00115] The heating step can include a heating preparation step to prepare for heating after the water supply step. This means that after the complete washing and wetting, the water supply step is completed. Therefore, it is possible to more accurately determine the amount of laundry to be washed after the water supply step because the laundry amount of the wet laundry is not recognized from the dry laundry before the washing. For example, the amount of wet laundry to be determined prior to washing wetting will be greater than the actual amount prior to washing wetting. Thus, in some embodiments, a more precise laundry amount determination step can be performed in the heating step prior to cleaning. If the heating step is omitted, a step corresponding to the heating preparation step can be performed to determine the exact amount of the laundry. That is, if the heating step is omitted, an accurate laundry amount determining step can be performed in the washing step after the supplementary water supply step. 1.1 '4 Cleaning (S742): 38 201124584 [00116] When the water supply step and the above heating step are completed, a washing step for washing the laundry may be performed. A drum drive operation in the cleaning step can be a continuous step and/or a combination of drying and/or rolling operations to apply a strong mechanical external force and move the laundry to a different mode to enhance cleaning efficiency. [00117] Alternatively, the drum driving operation in the washing step may be a combination of a continuous filtering operation and a rolling operation, continuously supplying the washing water to the laundry to enhance the cleaning efficiency of the detergent. And the cleaning efficiency caused by the mechanical external force applied to the laundry. [00118] Therefore, the drum driving operation in the washing step can be varied depending on the amount of laundry' because the drum driving operation can produce different optimum cleaning effects depending on the amount of laundry. The amount of laundry may be the amount of laundry determined before the water supply step or during the heating step. In the washing step, the drum driving operation may differ depending on the amount of laundry determined after the water supply step. Lu [00119] If the amount of laundry is a predetermined level or higher, the drum driving operation may include a filtering operation and/or a rolling operation. If the washing machine is not equipped with circulating laundry water, then only the tumbling motion can be performed. In the case of a large amount of laundry, the washing water can be uniformly supplied to the laundry, and mechanical external force can be simultaneously applied to the laundry to improve the cleaning efficiency. [00120] If the amount of laundry is a predetermined level or lower, the drum driving operation may include a stepping operation and/or a rolling operation to increase the cleaning efficiency when the laundry is moved in various modes to be applied under mechanical external force. In some concrete implementations, the 2011. The roll-over operation is performed together with the stepping operation and/or the rolling operation. [00121] As described above, in the standard mode, the drum driving operation in the water supply step, the heating step, and the cleaning step can be more diverse, and correspondingly Improve the efficiency of the cleaning cycle. Further, the drum driving operation in each step can be made different depending on the amount of laundry to be washed in the drum, and thus an optimized washing cycle can be performed.

[2】如果使用者從選項選擇區118選擇了待洗衣物的 一辩污程纟’加熱步驟與清洗步驟的淨作用&amp;會有所不 同。若在㈣程度相對低的,清況下淨作肖比係非不必要的 馬’待洗衣物會受到不必要的損壞。 A·2沖洗循環(S750 ): [00123] t照圖7A,在模式a中的一種沖洗循環之控制方 _ 法將詳述如下。依據此具體實施例,沖洗循環可執行作為 連同上述的清洗循環的一單一模式的一部分,或它可獨立 地執行。為了簡便說明,以下將詳述在標準模式中提及的 清洗循環之後的一種沖洗循環的控制方法。 Α.2·1.第一沖洗(S751 ): [0124】▲該清洗擔環已完成時,可執行用以供應水及驅動 該滾筒執行沖洗的一第一沖洗步驟。 [S] 40 201124584 [00125]在每—個清洗循環、沖洗循環及自旋循環中,可在 標準模式中進行-或多個自旋步驟。例如,可執行清洗循 環後的自旋和沖洗循環中的自旋。這些自旋步㈣稱為「中 級自旋」,以與標準模式中的最後—次循環的自旋循環作區 別。[2] If the user selects a defense process for the laundry from the option selection area 118, the net effect &amp; the heating step and the cleaning step will be different. If the degree is relatively low at (4), the net is not unnecessary for the horse. The laundry will be unnecessarily damaged. A·2 flush cycle (S750): [00123] According to Fig. 7A, the control method of a flush cycle in mode a will be described in detail below. In accordance with this embodiment, the flush cycle can be performed as part of a single mode in conjunction with the purge cycle described above, or it can be performed independently. For the sake of simplicity of explanation, a control method of a flushing cycle after the washing cycle mentioned in the standard mode will be described in detail below. Α.2·1. First rinsing (S751): [0124] ▲ When the cleaning fulcrum has been completed, a first rinsing step for supplying water and driving the drum to perform rinsing may be performed. [S] 40 201124584 [00125] In each of the wash cycles, rinse cycles, and spin cycles, one or more spin steps can be performed in the standard mode. For example, spins in the spin and rinse cycles after the purge cycle can be performed. These spin steps (4) are called "intermediate spins" to distinguish them from the last-cycle spin cycles in the standard mode.

[00126]—自旋等級可依據該滾筒的轉速來決定。典型地, 中級自旋可進行約每分鐘2〇〇至轉,且例如在、一敏感 模式約每分鐘400 #,在一個柔弱模式約每分鐘_轉, 在-中等模式約每分鐘,以及在—強勁模式約每分 鐘1000轉i中級自旋的—滾筒轉速,係基於在由當前的 操作參數而定的運作期間的—低共振頻率和—高共振頻率 而選定的。 [00127】共振頻率是洗衣機的_種物理特徵值,而洗衣機的 振動在接近共振頻率時會大幅增加。如果滾筒以接近共振 頻率旋轉而待洗衣物分佈不均勻,洗衣機的振動會突然地 增加。因此 如果自旋以高於共振頻率的一預定轉速執行, -待洗衣物解關結步驟通常會執行以將滾筒内的待洗衣 物分配均自,且會感測到振動。如果感測到的振動小於一 預定值,可執行一加速步驟以超過一共振頻率頻帶 (resonance frequency band) 〇 [00128】由於供水與沖洗在該沖洗循環中重複更多次,在沖 洗中間段執行的中級自旋所需的時間會變得更長。為了解 201124584 決研洗完成後殘餘去污劑的疑慮’在沖洗循環中可執行至 夕二次或更多次的沖洗步驟。在這次執行的中級自旋會對 冲洗循環增加大量的時間,導致過長的沖洗循環。依據此 具體實施例’在供水和沖洗的中間段執行的中級自旋的轉 速會有所區別。亦即’滾筒可在一預定的特定中級自旋中 以低於一低共振頻率的—預定轉速旋轉,及在一其他的預 定的特定中級自旋中以高於一高共振頻率的一預定轉速旋 [00129】f特定中級自旋以低於一低共振頻率的一轉速進 行時 辅助的待洗衣物解開糾結步驟、振動量感測步驟 及加速步驟的所需時間可為非必要的,因此有可能減少沖 洗循環所需的時間。中級自旋的轉速可被設定為大約100 一轉速進行時,可減少沖 如果特定中級自旋以低於一低共振頻率的 可減少沖洗循環所需的時間,但洗衣水包 • 含去污劑可能無法完全排出。[00126] The spin level can be determined based on the rotational speed of the drum. Typically, the intermediate spin can be performed at about 2 turns per minute, and for example, in a sensitive mode about 400# per minute, in a weak mode about every minute _ turn, in a medium mode about every minute, and in - The strong mode is about 1000 rpm, the intermediate spin - the drum speed is selected based on the low resonance frequency and the high resonance frequency during the operation determined by the current operating parameters. [00127] The resonance frequency is a physical characteristic value of the washing machine, and the vibration of the washing machine is greatly increased as it approaches the resonance frequency. If the drum rotates near the resonance frequency and the laundry is unevenly distributed, the vibration of the washing machine suddenly increases. Thus, if the spin is performed at a predetermined rotational speed above the resonant frequency, the step of unwinding the laundry is typically performed to distribute the laundry within the drum and to sense the vibration. If the sensed vibration is less than a predetermined value, an acceleration step may be performed to exceed a resonance frequency band. [00128] Since the water supply and the flush are repeated more times in the flush cycle, the middle portion of the flush is performed. The time required for the intermediate spin will become longer. In order to understand the doubts about the residual detergent after the completion of the 201124584 study, the rinsing step can be performed two or more times in the rinsing cycle. The intermediate spins performed this time add a significant amount of time to the flush cycle, resulting in an excessively long flush cycle. The speed of the intermediate spins performed in the middle section of the water supply and flushing will vary according to this embodiment. That is, the drum can be rotated at a predetermined specific intermediate spin at a predetermined rotational speed lower than a low resonant frequency, and at a predetermined predetermined intermediate spin in a predetermined predetermined intermediate spin at a predetermined rotational speed higher than a high resonant frequency. Spinning [00129] f The specific intermediate spin is performed at a speed lower than a low resonance frequency, and the time required for the assisted laundry untangling step, the vibration amount sensing step, and the acceleration step may be unnecessary, so It may reduce the time required for the flush cycle. The speed of the intermediate spin can be set to approximately 100 rpm to reduce the time required to reduce the flush cycle if a particular intermediate spin is below a low resonant frequency, but the wash bag • contains detergent It may not be completely drained.

衣水自待洗衣物排出。The clothing water is discharged from the laundry.

洗衣水可從待洗衣物排出。 。例如’該轉迷可被設定為大約 42 201124584 每分鐘1000轉。不管使用者的選擇,該高速度自旋步驟玎 不停地以尚速度旋轉滾筒,亦即,大約每分鐘1 〇〇〇轉,使 付在沖洗前能盡可能徹底地將去污劑殘留排出。The washing water can be discharged from the laundry. . For example, the fan can be set to approximately 42 201124584 1000 revolutions per minute. Regardless of the user's choice, the high-speed spin step continually rotates the drum at a constant speed, that is, about 1 rpm, so that the detergent residue can be discharged as thoroughly as possible before rinsing. .

[00132]當該尚速度自旋已完成’可在供水後進行一第一滚 筒驅動步驟(S753 )以驅動該滾筒以沖洗待洗衣物。一沖 洗水位可算是比較高的水位’使該水位透過門為可見的, 讓待洗衣物能淹沒於洗衣水内。因此,可提供一大量的洗 衣水於沖洗循環的一初始階段中以沖洗待洗衣物。 [00133】在第一滾筒驅動步驟的一滾筒驅動運轉可為一摩 擦及/或旋擺運轉,以移動最大待洗衣物的量浸入洗衣水 中,以增進沖洗效能。此摩擦及/或旋擺運轉係對應在待洗 衣物浸入洗衣水後的一反覆地手揉搓待洗衣物的程序。滾 翻及步進運轉對應一反覆將肖洗衣物移進移出洗衣水的程 序。因此,該第一滾筒驅動步驟可控制該滾筒在摩擦及/或 旋擺運轉中’以-高水位驅動,讓使用者能直接觀看到充 分的沖洗在進行。在替代的具體實施例中,用以將桶内裝 洗衣水循環到滾筒中的一循環步驟可於第一滚筒驅動步驟 中執行。洗衣水係噴入滾筒以沖洗待洗衣物。此程序可被 稱為「噴射(spray)沖洗」。這也可對使用者展現,因其透過 門即可見在進行充分的沖洗。 [00134]當該第-滾筒驅動步驟已完成,可進行一第一脫水 及中級自旋㈣(S754 )e在排水期間,滾筒可在步進及/[00132] When the still speed spin has been completed, a first roller driving step (S753) may be performed after the water supply to drive the drum to flush the laundry. A flushing water level can be regarded as a relatively high water level, which makes the water level visible through the door, allowing the laundry to be submerged in the washing water. Therefore, a large amount of washing water can be supplied to wash the laundry in an initial stage of the flushing cycle. [00133] A drum driving operation in the first drum driving step may be a friction and/or a swing operation to immerse the washing water in a quantity to move the maximum laundry to improve the flushing performance. This friction and/or whirl operation corresponds to a procedure for repeatedly washing the laundry after the laundry is immersed in the laundry water. Rolling and stepping operations correspond to a process of moving the laundry into and out of the washing water. Thus, the first drum driving step can control the drum to be driven at a high water level during friction and/or swing operation, allowing the user to directly view the full flushing. In an alternative embodiment, a cycle of circulating the wash water in the tub into the drum can be performed in the first drum drive step. The washing water is sprayed into the drum to wash the laundry. This procedure can be referred to as "spray flushing." This can also be shown to the user as it is visible through the door for adequate flushing. [00134] When the first drum driving step is completed, a first dewatering and intermediate spin (four) (S754) e may be performed, and the drum may be stepped and/or during drainage.

43 201124584 或滾翻運轉時被驅動。待洗衣物被提高且拋落以增進清洗 效率,且會產生泡珠來提高沖洗效率。滾筒驅動運轉可依 據洗衣的量而不同。在一小的待洗衣物量的情況下,驅動 滾筒進行步進運轉以產生提高及拋落的最大距離。在—大 的待洗衣物量的情況下,可驅動滾筒進行滾翻運轉。 【00135】在第一脫水與中級自旋中,中級自旋會以大約每分 鐘100至110轉來執行。然後,可省略的該待洗衣物解開 多糾結步驟、該振動感測步驟及該加速步帮,且所需的時間 會明顯減少。 陣36]在替代的具體實施例中,在—標準模式中的第—脫 水與中級自旋步驟中’中級自旋會以高於低共振頻率的大 約母刀鐘400轉來進行。在這種情況下,當水被排出且待 洗衣物是充分地分散時,可進行步進及/或滾翻運轉。因為 如此’可省略該待洗衣物解開糾結步驟。即使在-轉速高 於低共振頻率’該中級自旋可與振動感測步驟及單—加= 步驟〜併進行-短暫的時間。這種中級自旋可以㈣高 的轉速進仃,以排出在高速度自旋步驟中未排出 殘留及髒污物户达 劑 然而,在一情況下,在振動感測步驟 得的振動量超出了— “ 了—允許範圍,可重複該振動感測步 而不會土 速步驟,而沖洗時間可能會不利地增長。 為如此,該振氣皆 、感測步驟可於大約每分鐘100至110轉的 44 201124584 滾筒速度下執行 會啟動加速步领 且因在振動步驟執行的—預定時間内不 可完成該第一脫水與中級自旋步驟。 A 2 2 楚一 —冲洗(S756 )和最終沖洗(S76〇): [_】—第二沖洗步驟(S756)可接著第—沖洗步驟。該 第二沖洗步驟可台&gt; 一第一滾筒驅動步驟(S757)及一第 二脫水與中級自絲此撕, 步驟(S758 )。該第二滾筒驅動步驟本質 上係與上述的第—狄 Μ , 袞肖驅動步驟相同。而且,該第二脫水 與中級自旋步驟本 _ 、 〃、第一脫水與中級自旋步驟相 同。然而’因為去污劑殘留已在高速度自旋步驟及第—脫 水與中級自旋步驟中被排出,中級自旋可在第二脫水與中 級自旋步驟中以大約每分鐘1〇〇 洗時間。 至⑴轉進仃,以減少沖 [00138】該沖洗循環可利用去污 只主成疋步驟的決定結 果。 [00139]如果去污劑是液體型式 平又夕云6劑會殘留而可 省略第二沖洗步驟,以減少沖洗循環所需的時間。如果去 内 污劑是粉末型式的’第一沖洗步驟和第二沖洗步驟可為 定進行的。 [00140]如果去污劑是液體型式,— 乐—汗洗步驟(S760 ) 可作為在第一沖洗步驟之後的一最終沖洗步驟。如果去污 劑是粉末型式,一個第三沖洗步驟 巧 」作為在第二沖洗步驟 [S] 45 201124584 之後的一最終沖洗步驟。然而,當泡沫在第三沖洗步驟被 偵測到(在—粉末型式去污劑情況下),可執行一第四沖洗 步驟為最終沖洗步驟。 [00141】最終沖洗步驟(S76〇 )的一水位可為一相對較低的 水位。在具有以一預定角度傾斜的滾筒的傾斜滾筒式洗衣 機清况中,—水位可為足夠供水到傾斜的滾筒的一預定尾 邛的預足水平。亦即,這樣的水位不是從洗衣機外可察 覺到,或可見的。然而,這樣的水位係預定的以便不會在 待洗衣物中產生任何更多的泡沫。即使已產生泡沫,泡沫 會產生於桶内而不會在滾筒内’防止泡泳過度的累積。因 此使用者可直觀地確定在最後沖洗步驟中沒有泡沫產 生,而沖洗表現的滿意程度可有所改善。 [001叫一第三排水步驟(S762 ),可在最後沖洗步驟中的 第三滾筒驅動步驟(S761)之後執行,以執行自旋循環。 可驅動該滾筒進行第三排水步驟中的步進及/或摩擦運轉 以均勻地分散待洗衣物。 A·3自旋循環(S770 ): [咖]參照圖7A,以下將詳述在標準模式中的自旋揭環 之-控制方法。該自旋循環可執行如一標準模式的一呻 刀,再加上清洗循環與沖洗循環,或為一獨立的單—模式 46 201124584 為了便於討論’在執行清洗循環及沖洗循環所組成的標準 模式之後的自旋循環的—控制方法將詳述如下。 A·3·1待洗衣物解開糾結(S771 ): [00144]自旋循壞可包括—待洗衣物解開糾結步帮,係透過 驅動滾筒以均勾地分散待洗衣物以解開糾結的待洗衣物。 該自旋循環提供減少了滾筒在一高速旋轉時產生的振動。 如果在自旋循環之前的排水步驟中驅動滾筒進行步進及/ 或摩擦運轉’待洗衣物报可能在步進及/或摩擦運轉中被解 開糾結至—預定的程度,而待洗衣物解開糾結步驟所需的 時間可大大減少。 A.3.2偏心率測量(S773 ): 剛sT在待洗衣物解開糾結步驟之後,在—職時間間) 以-預定轉速低於低共振頻率旋轉滾筒的偏心量,可透: 加速滚筒並蚊待洗衣.物在滾筒内是否均句分佈來 [00146]依據其他具體實施例 #知+模式中的一自旋; 環的一偏心率量測步驟,可在-待洗衣物解開糾結步驟, 進行。-大量的待洗衣物量的解開糾結可一直由沖洗循: 的滚筒驅動運轉來執行。因此, 该自妩循環可與偏心率. 測步驟一起開始,以減少自旋循 町吁間。如果測得的- 心量相較於一參考的偏心量是理 理^的,則可進行詳如後 47 201124584 的加速。如果測得的偏心量相較於一參考的偏心量是不理 想的,可進行待洗衣物解開糾結步驟。驅動滾筒可進行待 洗衣物解開糾結步驟中的步進運轉,以促進待洗衣物的解 開糾結,而偏心率量測步驟可在待洗衣物解開糾結步驟之 後重新啟動。 A.3.3加速和標準自旋(87.75): • [00147】在偏心率量測步驟之後,可進行一對滾筒旋轉加速 至一標準自旋轉速(加速步驟)的步驟。之後,一普通自 旋步驟係用來進行以標準自旋轉速旋轉滾筒而完成該自旋 循環。標準自旋的滚筒轉速可預設為大約每分鐘讓轉。 亦即,待洗衣物所含有的水量可盡可能降低以減少去污劑 殘留。標準自旋的轉速係依使用者的選擇而可變更,因為 標準自旋的轉速係關於在自旋循環已完成後的殘餘水分水 籲平和待洗衣物的敵折程度。因此,使用者可選定關於待洗 衣物的水分水平和皺折程度的普通自旋步驟的轉速。 Β·模式B (極髒污物模式): 陶8]參照圖8 ’嚴重的辩污將於如下 检辦》了物 模式B中從待洗衣物被移除。此外,極髒污物模式可在選 擇區117中被選定(S810)。 48 201124584 B.1清洗循環(S830 ): Β·1.1確定洗衣量(S831): [00149] 當選定該極髒污物模式時,可執行洗衣量決定步驟 以決定裝入滾筒内的待洗衣物的量。該方法確定的洗衣量 會近似於上述對應於該標準模式的方法,故重複說明將因 此而省略。該洗衣量決定步驟可在模式選擇步驟之前執行。 [00150] 控制部會將洗衣量決定步驟中所決定的洗衣量與 _ 一參考值進行比較,並根據其比較的結果,控制將詳述如 下的一供水步驟和一清洗步驟的滚筒驅動運轉。實際上, 一個大於一參考值的決定的洗衣量可被視為一個大的負 荷’而一個低於一參考值的決定的洗衣量可被視為—個小 的負荷。依據決定的洗衣量的每一個步驟的滾筒驅動運轉 將詳述如下。 • Β.1.2 供水(S833 ): [〇〇151】在一供水步驟中,控制部控制連接供水來源和桶的 水供應設備(例如, 水供應管道與供水閥)以供應洗衣水 至桶内。如果洗衣量決定步驟所測得的洗衣量小於一參考43 201124584 or driven during rollover operation. The laundry is raised and thrown to improve cleaning efficiency, and beads are generated to improve the rinsing efficiency. The drum drive operation can vary depending on the amount of laundry. In the case of a small amount of laundry, the drum is driven to perform a stepping operation to produce a maximum distance for lifting and throwing. In the case of a large amount of laundry, the drum can be driven to perform a rollover operation. [00135] In the first dehydration and intermediate spins, the intermediate spins are performed at approximately 100 to 110 revolutions per minute. Then, the laundry can be omitted to undo the multi-tangling step, the vibration sensing step, and the acceleration step, and the time required is significantly reduced. Array 36] In an alternative embodiment, the intermediate spin in the first-dewatering and intermediate spin steps in the -standard mode is performed at about 400 revolutions of the master cutter clock above the low resonance frequency. In this case, when the water is discharged and the laundry is sufficiently dispersed, the stepping and/or rolling operation can be performed. Because of this, the laundry entanglement step can be omitted. Even at - the speed is higher than the low resonance frequency' the intermediate spin can be combined with the vibration sensing step and the single-plus = step ~ and - for a short time. This intermediate spin can be fed at a high rotational speed to discharge the residual and dirty household agent in the high-speed spin step. However, in one case, the vibration amount in the vibration sensing step exceeds — “—The allowable range, the vibration sensing step can be repeated without the soil speed step, and the flushing time may increase unfavorably. To do so, the vibrating and sensing steps can be performed at approximately 100 to 110 revolutions per minute. 44 201124584 Execution at the drum speed will initiate the acceleration step and the first dehydration and intermediate spin steps will not be completed due to the vibration step. A 2 2 Chu 1 - Flush (S756 ) and Final Flush (S76 〇): [_] - the second rinsing step (S756) may be followed by a first rinsing step. The second rinsing step may be a &gt; a first roller driving step (S757) and a second dehydration and intermediate to the wire Step (S758). The second roller driving step is essentially the same as the above-described first-dipole driving step, and the second dehydration and intermediate spin step _, 〃, first dehydration and intermediate Spin step The same. However, because the detergent residue has been discharged in the high-speed spin step and the first-dehydration and intermediate spin steps, the intermediate spin can be about 1 每 in the second dehydration and intermediate spin steps. Wash time. To (1) turn into 仃 to reduce the rush [00138] The rinsing cycle can use the decontamination only to determine the result of the main sputum step. [00139] If the detergent is liquid type, Pingyun 6 will remain The second rinsing step can be omitted to reduce the time required for the rinsing cycle. If the decontaminating agent is in powder form, the 'first rinsing step and the second rinsing step can be determined. [00140] If the detergent is a liquid The type, the music-sweat step (S760) can be used as a final rinse step after the first rinse step. If the detergent is in powder form, a third rinse step is used as the second rinse step [S] 45 A final rinse step after 201124584. However, when the foam is detected in the third rinsing step (in the case of a powder type detergent), a fourth rinsing step can be performed as the final rinsing step. [00141] A water level in the final rinse step (S76〇) can be a relatively low water level. In the case of a tilt drum type washing machine having a drum inclined at a predetermined angle, the water level may be a pre-foot level sufficient to supply water to a predetermined tail of the inclined drum. That is, such a water level is not detectable or visible from outside the washing machine. However, such water levels are predetermined so as not to create any more foam in the laundry. Even if foam has been generated, the foam will be produced in the tub and will not be trapped inside the drum to prevent excessive accumulation of soaking. Therefore, the user can intuitively determine that no foam is generated in the final rinsing step, and the satisfaction of the rinsing performance can be improved. [001] a third draining step (S762), which can be performed after the third drum driving step (S761) in the last flushing step to perform the spin cycle. The drum can be driven to perform a stepping and/or rubbing operation in the third draining step to evenly disperse the laundry. A·3 spin cycle (S770): [Caf] Referring to Fig. 7A, the spin-loop-control method in the standard mode will be described in detail below. The spin cycle can perform a boring tool such as a standard mode, plus a wash cycle and a flush cycle, or a separate single-mode 46 201124584 for ease of discussion 'after performing the standard mode consisting of a wash cycle and a rinse cycle The spin cycle-control method will be detailed below. A·3·1 laundry to be untangled (S771): [00144] Spin-to-break can include: the laundry is untied and tangled, and the washing drum is used to disperse the laundry to untangled Laundry to be washed. This spin cycle provides reduced vibration generated by the drum as it rotates at a high speed. If the drum is driven to perform stepping and/or rubbing operation during the drainage step before the spin cycle, the laundry report may be untied to a predetermined degree in the stepping and/or rubbing operation, while the laundry solution The time required to open the entanglement step can be greatly reduced. A.3.2 eccentricity measurement (S773): just after the sT is untied and tangled, the eccentricity of the rotating drum is lower than the low resonance frequency at a predetermined speed. Whether the laundry is distributed in the drum or not. [00146] According to other specific embodiments, a spin in the mode is known; an eccentricity measuring step of the ring can be used to untie the tangling step in the laundry. get on. - The unwinding and tangling of a large amount of laundry can be performed by the drum drive operation of the flushing cycle. Therefore, the self-circulation cycle can be started with the eccentricity. The measurement step is used to reduce the spin-and-cho. If the measured amount of eccentricity is reasonable compared to the eccentricity of a reference, then the acceleration of the following 47 201124584 can be performed. If the measured amount of eccentricity is undesirable compared to the amount of eccentricity of a reference, the step of untangling the laundry can be performed. The driving roller can perform the stepping operation in the laundry untangling step to promote the untangling of the laundry, and the eccentricity measuring step can be restarted after the laundry is untied and tangled. A.3.3 Acceleration and Standard Spin (87.75): • [00147] After the eccentricity measurement step, a pair of drum rotation acceleration steps to a standard spin speed (acceleration step) may be performed. Thereafter, a normal spin step is used to complete the spin cycle by rotating the drum at a standard spin speed. The standard spin drum speed can be preset to rotate approximately every minute. That is, the amount of water contained in the laundry can be reduced as much as possible to reduce detergent residue. The standard spin speed can be changed according to the user's choice, because the standard spin speed is related to the degree of entrapment of the residual moisture after the spin cycle has been completed and the laundry. Therefore, the user can select the rotational speed of the ordinary spin step with respect to the water level and the degree of wrinkles of the laundry to be washed. Β·Mode B (very dirty mode): Tao 8] Refer to Figure 8 'Severe smear will be removed from the laundry in mode B as follows. Further, an extremely dirty mode can be selected in the selection area 117 (S810). 48 201124584 B.1 Cleaning Cycle (S830): Β·1.1 Determining the amount of laundry (S831): [00149] When the extremely dirty mode is selected, a laundry amount determining step may be performed to determine the laundry to be loaded into the drum. The amount. The amount of laundry determined by this method will approximate the above-described method corresponding to the standard mode, so the repeated description will be omitted. The laundry amount determining step can be performed prior to the mode selection step. [00150] The control unit compares the laundry amount determined in the laundry amount determining step with a reference value, and according to the result of the comparison, controls the drum driving operation which will be described in detail below as a water supply step and a cleaning step. In fact, a determined amount of laundry greater than a reference value can be considered as a large load' and a determined amount of laundry below a reference value can be considered as a small load. The drum driving operation for each step of the determined laundry amount will be described in detail below. • Β.1.2 Water Supply (S833): [〇〇151] In a water supply step, the control unit controls the water supply equipment (for example, the water supply line and the water supply valve) that connects the water supply source and the tub to supply the laundry water to the tub. If the amount of laundry measured by the laundry amount determining step is less than one reference

若放入該滾筒的待洗衣物糾結在—起,滾筒 的偏心的旋轉會被啟動,且 —起,滾筒 且控制部會控制滾筒驅動 以進行 49 201124584 在供水步驟中的滾翻運轉來解開待洗衣物的糾結^在滾翻 運轉中,滚筒沿著一預定方向旋轉且待洗衣物從一個對應 於該滾筒的旋轉方向大約90。或更多的位置被拋落到該滚 筒的最低點,以致使糾結的待洗衣物可被解開糾結且均勻 地分散。If the laundry to be placed in the drum is entangled, the eccentric rotation of the drum will be activated, and the drum and the control unit will control the drum drive to perform the rollover operation in the water supply step to solve the problem. Tangle of laundry ^ In the roll-over operation, the drum rotates in a predetermined direction and the laundry is about 90 from a direction of rotation corresponding to the drum. Or more locations are dropped to the lowest point of the drum so that the tangled laundry can be untangled and evenly dispersed.

[00153】控制部控制滾筒進行步進運轉及/或摩擦運轉的旋 轉,这樣會對裝於滾筒的待洗衣物施加一拋落衝擊。該步 進運轉和摩擦可用來順利地移除不溶性癖污物。因此,當 該滾筒以步進運轉及/或摩擦運轉驅動,不溶性辭污物可在 供水步驟中移除’而減少清洗時間並可提高清洗效率。 [00154]如上所述,供水步驟供應洗衣水至油並浸濕裝入 滾筒的待洗衣物。因為如此,控制部可驅動該滾筒進行在 步進運轉及/㈣料轉之後的料運轉,以進行洗務润 陶551 H㈣部可㈣該滾筒進行滾動運轉以在供 步驟溶解去污劑於洗衣水中,且除了滾動運轉,以# 步驟已完成前將待洗衣物浸濕於洗衣水中。 八 [嶋h果洗衣量係大於一參考值時,在供水步驟中, 制=可控制滾筒進行滾㈣轉以該㈣運轉。如果洗 量疋相對較大的’特別是,超過了參考值,用以對滾筒 然煞車的該滾筒運轉如步進運轉 。 〜 職㈤料$轉,會施加 大的馬達上的負載。推而廣之,步 進及/或摩擦運轉的原. 50 201124584[00153] The control unit controls the drum to perform the rotation of the stepping operation and/or the frictional operation, so that a throwing impact is applied to the laundry to be loaded on the drum. This stepping operation and friction can be used to smoothly remove insoluble dirt. Therefore, when the drum is driven in a stepping operation and/or a frictional operation, the insoluble repellent can be removed in the water supply step to reduce the cleaning time and improve the cleaning efficiency. [00154] As described above, the water supply step supplies the wash water to the oil and wets the laundry to be loaded into the drum. Because of this, the control unit can drive the drum to perform the material operation after the stepping operation and/or (four) material rotation, to perform the washing operation, the 551 H (four) portion can be (4) the drum is subjected to the rolling operation to dissolve the detergent in the step for washing. In the water, and in addition to the rolling operation, the laundry is soaked in the washing water before the # step is completed. 8. [When the amount of laundry is greater than a reference value, in the water supply step, the system can control the drum to roll (four) to the (four) operation. If the washing volume is relatively large, in particular, the reference value is exceeded, and the drum for running the drum is operated in a stepping manner. ~ Job (five) material $ turn, will apply a large load on the motor. Extend the original, step by step and / or friction running. 50 201124584

作用即拋落衝擊的應用將無法實現。因此,如果滾筒係裝 載一大的待洗衣物的量,則不進行該步進及/或摩擦運轉。 而且,如果滾筒係裝载—大的待洗衣物的量,肖由具有相 對較低的轉速的滾動運轉所產生的洗條潤濕效果無法有效 地實現’且亦^執行滾翻運轉以達到洗條潤濕。最終,如 果洗衣量超過參考值,可驅動該滾筒進行滾翻及/或該過濾 運轉,使其達到上述之待洗衣物的分散、不溶性薪污物的 移除、洗滌潤濕及去污劑溶解的效果。 Β·1_3 清洗(S835 ): [00157]纟供水步驟已完成後,可啟動極辦污物模式的一清 洗步驟。極辦污物模式的該清洗步驟可包括一浸泡步驟、 髒5物移除步驟及剩餘髒污物移除步驟。在這種情況下, 可在每個步驟中供應具有不同的溫度的洗衣水,而每個步 _ 驟可相應地執行。 Β·1·3·1 浸泡(S836 ): [00158】$ &gt;包步驟是—個將待洗衣物浸泡在冷水中以鬆脫 待洗衣物中包含的嚴重髒污物的程度。具有溫度,例如大 、’、勺15 C的相對冷的水係用於浸泡步驟,以鬆脫長時間附著 在待洗衣物的極髒污物中所含的蛋白質成份。如果這些蛋 白質成分接觸熱水,這些髒污物趨向於固定地凝固在待洗 m 51 201124584 衣物上而报難將它們從待洗衣物上分開。因為如此,浸泡 步驟可利用冷水,以防止極髒污物的蛋白質成份被固著在 待洗衣物上。 [00159】如果洗衣量小於一預定量時,馬達可驅動該滾筒進 订步進運轉。可在步進運轉後增加滾翻運轉及/或在滾動運 轉由於步進運轉具有極佳的清洗能力並能減少清洗時 間,可對附著在待洗衣物的嚴重的髒污物進行浸泡,並施 • 加一衝擊於待洗衣物。因此,該步進運轉具有誘導極髒污 物從待洗衣物上分離的作用。 [00160】如果洗衣量超過了參考值時,可在浸泡步驟中驅動 滾筒進行滾翻運轉及/或滾動運轉。亦即,如果測得的洗衣 量疋多於預定參考值時,由於沒有對馬達施加過載,故可 能不會執行步進運轉。如上所述,步進運轉對滾筒裡面的 待洗衣物施加一拋落衝擊,並以增進清洗效率。然而,如 • 果洗衣量較大時,可能不會進行步進運轉。當洗衣量超過 了參考值’步進運轉亦不會執行將詳述如下的髒污物移除 及剩餘髒污物移除的步驟。 Β.1.3.2髒污物移除(S837): [00161】在浸泡步驟後,可啟動一髒污物移除步驟 W你用以加The application of the effect of throwing impact will not be achieved. Therefore, if the drum is loaded with a large amount of laundry, the stepping and/or rubbing operation is not performed. Moreover, if the drum is loaded with a large amount of laundry to be washed, the wettability of the washing strip produced by the rolling operation with a relatively low rotational speed cannot be effectively achieved and the rolling operation is performed to achieve the washing strip. Wetting. Finally, if the amount of laundry exceeds the reference value, the drum can be driven to roll over and/or the filtration operation to achieve the above-mentioned dispersion of the laundry, the removal of the insoluble salary, the washing and wetting, and the dissolution of the detergent. effect. Β·1_3 Cleaning (S835): [00157] After the water supply step has been completed, a cleaning step for the extreme dirt mode can be initiated. The cleaning step of the extreme dirt mode may include a soaking step, a dirty material removal step, and a residual dirt removal step. In this case, washing water having different temperatures may be supplied in each step, and each step may be performed accordingly. Β·1·3·1 Soaking (S836): [00158] The $&gt; package step is a degree of immersing the laundry in cold water to loosen the severe dirt contained in the laundry. A relatively cold water having a temperature such as a large, &apos;, spoon 15 C is used in the soaking step to release the protein component contained in the extremely dirty soil to be washed for a long time. If these protein components are in contact with hot water, the dirt tends to solidify and solidify on the laundry to be washed and separate them from the laundry. Because of this, the soaking step utilizes cold water to prevent the protein components of extremely dirty materials from sticking to the laundry. [00159] If the amount of laundry is less than a predetermined amount, the motor can drive the drum to advance the stepping operation. It can increase the rollover operation after stepping operation and/or in the rolling operation. It has excellent cleaning ability and can reduce the cleaning time due to the stepping operation. It can soak the serious dirt attached to the laundry and apply it. Add one to the laundry. Therefore, this stepping operation has the effect of inducing the separation of extremely dirty dirt from the laundry. [00160] If the amount of laundry exceeds the reference value, the drum can be driven to perform a rollover operation and/or a rolling operation in the soaking step. That is, if the measured laundry amount 疋 is more than a predetermined reference value, the stepping operation may not be performed since no overload is applied to the motor. As described above, the stepping operation exerts a throwing impact on the laundry to be washed in the drum to improve the cleaning efficiency. However, if the amount of laundry is large, stepping may not be performed. When the amount of laundry exceeds the reference value' stepping operation, the steps of removing the dirt and removing the remaining dirt, which will be described in detail below, will not be performed. Β.1.3.2 Dirty removal (S837): [00161] After the soaking step, a dirty dirt removal step can be initiated.

置於35°C 熱洗衣水於35°C至40。(:的一定的溫度範圍内,移除嚴重的 髒污物。該洗衣水的溫度在髒污物移除步驟係設 S] 52 201124584 至贼之間,因為包含在極辨污物中的皮脂成分在溫度近 似於人體溫度下係易於移除。桶的底部表面提供的加熱器Place the hot wash water at 35 ° C to 40 ° C to 40 ° C. (: Within a certain temperature range, remove serious dirt. The temperature of the washing water is set in the dirt removal step S] 52 201124584 to the thief because of the sebum contained in the dirt The composition is easy to remove at temperatures close to human body temperature. The heater provided on the bottom surface of the barrel

或用來供應加熱水的L描^ L 町供水叹備如提供蒸汽至桶内的設備, 可用來提高洗衣水的溫度達預定範圍内。 [001叫纟髒污物移除步驟中,如果洗衣量為參考值或更 乂 ’該控制部可控制的馬達以驅動該滾筒進行滾翻運轉及/ 或滾動運轉。該滾翻運轉及/式 科次/次該滾動運轉可施加低負荷於 馬達’而減少清洗時間,呈右古、主 。j /、有呵仴洗效率。因為如此,可 達到清洗時間的縮減。 [00163】如果洗衣量比參考值多眸,相^丨加π 亨值夕時控制部可控制滚筒驅動 以進行滾翻運轉。如果一個 调大的待洗衣物的量,在髒污物 移除步驟中可能不會勃并田也、a . 用來以相對較低的速度旋轉滾筒 的滾動運轉,而因此會進行滚翻運轉。 # B.1.3·3剩餘髒污物移除(μ38): [00164】控制部可實現剝铃概〜1 貫見剩餘髒污物移除步驟,係在髒污物移 除步驟之後用來加熱洗衣水至大約⑽的溫度,並消毒、 漂白待洗衣物。在剩餘癖污物移除步驟中,該洗衣水的、、田 度可為大約6〇t或更高以進行消毒、漂白待洗衣物。 [00165]在剩餘髒污物蒋昤半碰山 ^ ^ 驟中,該控制部可控制滾筒驅 動進订步進運轉,岑為 次在冼衣$小於參考值時 運轉及/或滾翻運轉及/或滾動運轉。 步進 S] 53 201124584 [00166]如果洗衣量超過了參考值時,在剩餘髒污物移除步 驟中,控制部可控制滾筒驅動進行過濾運轉及/或滾翻運 轉。 B·2沖洗循環(S850 ): [00167】極髒污物模式的沖洗循環會近似於上述標準模弋 的沖洗循環及將詳述如下的其他模式的沖洗循環。因此, φ 將省略沖洗循環的重複說明。 Β·3自旋循環(S870 ): [00168】極髒污物模式的自旋循環會近似於上述標準模式 的自旋循環及將詳述如下的其他模式的自旋循環。因此, 將省略自旋循環的重複說明。 • C.模式c (快速煮沸模式): [00169】參照圖9,將詳述模式C。模式c可被稱為「快速 煮沸模式」,係用以在相對較短的時間内加熱洗衣水到預定 溫度,以達到待洗衣物的衛生沸騰的效果,亦如在一衛生 處理循環。 [00170】纟叙情況下,當殺菌和漂白待洗衣物時,會加熱 裝在桶内的洗衣水到—預設的「設定溫度」,然後進行清 洗。由於清洗時間相對較長,洗衣水加熱也消耗了不少電 54 201124584 力,其需要相當長的時間和較多的電力來加熱裝在桶内的 洗衣水到一預設溫度。在快速煮沸模式中,待洗衣物可進 行消毒及漂白,同時也能降低整體清洗時間和電力消耗。 無論洗衣水的溫度是多少,快速煮沸模式會於一預設時間 内加熱供應至桶内的洗衣水,而非加熱洗衣水直到洗衣水 到達預設溫度。若考量清洗能力,在這個清洗模式中,可 包括在快速煮沸模式中提供的一清洗步驟的一個依據洗衣 水的溫度的補償時間步驟’參照圖9詳述如下。 [00171】首先,使用者可從模式選擇區117選擇快速煮沸模 式(S910)。然後,該控制部執行一快速素沸模式的清洗步 驟的時間的設定步驟。這清洗時間設定步驟,允許控制部 來決定快速煮沸模式的清洗步驟所需的時間,其儲存在一 儲存裝置,如一記憶體中。此步驟可與模式選擇步驟或一 供水步驟同時進行。 C.1清洗循環(S930 ): c.1.1決疋洗衣量及設定清洗時間(S93i): [00172】田使用者選擇該快速煮彿模式,該控制部可執行一 洗衣量決定步驟用以衡量待洗衣物的量,及一清洗時間設 置步驟用Μ設定依據決定的洗衣量的快速煮沸模式的—清 洗步驟所需的時間。該控制部可利用如上所述的旋轉滾筒 55 201124584 置的時間來決定洗衣量,或在滾筒旋轉一預定時 間之後的剩餘旋轉的時間。 【嶋】纟清洗時間設定步驟,該控制部可選擇一清洗時 間,係相對於存在記憶體内的以適當次數測 快速煮彿模式的清洗步驟所需的不同的時間係儲存^存 汉備’如㈣體中,因&amp;,當選擇了快速煮沸模式,該控 制部可選擇儲存在記憶體中的一適當時間。 C.U 供水(S93 3): 【〇〇174]㈣速煮沸模式的清洗循環可包括-個供水步驟 用以供應洗衣水至桶内。在供水步驟中,控制部控制連接 於供水源及桶的供水設傭(如供水路徑和供水閥)以供應 水至桶。而且’該控制部控制在類似滚筒驅動運轉中的滾 筒進行例如上述的極辩污物模式的供水步驟的滚筒驅動運 轉,而因此將省略其進一步的詳細說明。 C.1.3水溫量測步驟/補償(S935 ): [00175]當該水係供應至桶,該控制部利用設於洗衣機的— 溫度感測器測量洗衣水的溫度,並比較測量的溫度與一參 考溫度來調整清洗步驟的時間。 [00176H列如’控制部可將測量的洗衣水的溫度與一參考溫 度進行比較,例如,高於大約5(rc。如果測得的溫度高於 [S] 56 201124584 參考溫度,例如,如果加熱的水係供應至桶,該控制部會 立即執行清洗步驟。然而,如果測量溫度低於參考溫度時, 控制部可執行用以調整清洗步驟的時間的一補償步驟。 陶7】如上所述’於此模式巾’無論水溫為何在預定時間 間隔加熱洗衣水後,可執行清洗步驟。因為如此,裝在桶 内的洗衣水的溫度可有所不同,這取決於在一加熱步驟已 完成後供應至桶的水的溫度,且由於水溫的不同而清洗能 力會有差異。因此’該補償步驟是提供減少因在加熱步驟 後洗衣水的不同溫度所造成的清洗能力的差異。如果洗衣 水的溫度低於參考溫度時’可增加清洗步驟的時間,以彌 補在較低的溫度的清洗能力。 卿】用來定義一溫度範圍的參考溫度的數量可適當地 調整。例如,在一具體實施例中,可提供一單一參考溫度, 且在替代的具體實施例中’可提供複數個參考溫度。若洗 衣水的溫度高於一第一參考溫度(例如5〇。〇,而其有三個 參考溫度,亦即,首先,在第二與第三參考溫度有提供時, 控制》P會可立即執行清洗步驟。當洗衣水的測量的溫度是 低於第-參考溫度而高於第二參考溫度,第二參考溫度(如 ,c)係低於第一參考溫度(例如和,以及當測量的溫 度低於第二參考溫度而高於第三參考溫度,第三參考溫度 (如30。〇係低於第二參考溫度(如40。〇,以及當測量 [S] 57 201124584 的溫度低於第三參考溫度時 設置步驟所預置的清洗步輝 ’會執行用以補償在清洗 的時間的該補償步驟。 時間 [00179]當已補償清洗步 7騍的時間,控制部可取決於洗衣水 的溫度而控制不同的補儅拄 幻顸償時間。清洗能力係大大的比例取 決於洗衣水的溫度。因為知+ . 囚為如此’洗衣水的測量溫度越低, 貝J補償的時間越長。參考溫度和補償步驟中增加的時間範 圍係依據洗衣機的容量及其他因素而可預先設定。Or used to supply heated water, the L ^ 供水 供水 供水 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如[001] In the dirty dirt removal step, if the amount of laundry is a reference value or ’ 'the control unit can control the motor to drive the drum to perform a rollover operation and/or a rolling operation. This roll-over operation and/or the number of times of this rolling operation can apply a low load to the motor' to reduce the cleaning time, and it is right and left. j /, have a good washing efficiency. Because of this, the reduction in cleaning time can be achieved. [00163] If the amount of laundry is more than the reference value, the control unit can control the drum drive to perform the rollover operation. If an amount of laundry is increased, it may not be in the dirt removal step, a. It is used to rotate the drum at a relatively low speed, and thus the rollover operation is performed. # B.1.3·3Residual dirt removal (μ38): [00164] The control unit can realize the stripping process~1 The residual dirt removal step is used to heat the laundry after the dirt removal step Water to a temperature of about (10) and disinfect and bleach the laundry. In the remaining scum removal step, the wash water may have a field of about 6 Torr or higher for disinfecting and bleaching the laundry. [00165] In the remaining dirty material, the control unit can control the drum drive to advance the stepping operation, and the operation is performed and/or the rollover operation is performed when the garment is less than the reference value. Or scrolling. Step S] 53 201124584 [00166] If the amount of laundry exceeds the reference value, the control unit may control the drum drive to perform the filtering operation and/or the rollover operation in the remaining dirt removal step. B.2 Flush Cycle (S850): [00167] The flush cycle of the very dirty mode will approximate the flush cycle of the above standard die and the flush cycle of the other modes as will be detailed below. Therefore, φ will omit the repeated description of the flush cycle. Β·3 Spin Cycle (S870): [00168] The spin cycle of the extremely dirty mode approximates the spin cycle of the above standard mode and the spin cycle of the other modes which will be described in detail below. Therefore, the repeated description of the spin cycle will be omitted. • C. Mode c (Quick Boiling Mode): [00169] Referring to Figure 9, Mode C will be detailed. Mode c, which may be referred to as a "rapid boiling mode", is used to heat the laundry water to a predetermined temperature in a relatively short period of time to achieve a hygienic boiling effect of the laundry, as in a sanitary treatment cycle. [00170] In the case of the case, when sterilizing and bleaching the laundry, the washing water contained in the tub is heated to a preset "set temperature" and then washed. Due to the relatively long cleaning time, the washing water heating also consumes a lot of electricity, which takes a considerable amount of time and more power to heat the washing water contained in the tub to a preset temperature. In the fast boil mode, the laundry can be sterilized and bleached, while also reducing overall cleaning time and power consumption. Regardless of the temperature of the washing water, the rapid boiling mode heats the washing water supplied to the tub within a predetermined time instead of heating the washing water until the washing water reaches a preset temperature. In consideration of the cleaning ability, in this cleaning mode, a compensating time step based on the temperature of the washing water which can be included in the washing step provided in the rapid boiling mode will be described in detail with reference to Fig. 9 as follows. [00171] First, the user can select the quick boiling mode from the mode selection area 117 (S910). Then, the control section performs a setting step of the time of the cleaning step of the fast prime boiling mode. This cleaning time setting step allows the control unit to determine the time required for the cleaning step of the fast boiling mode, which is stored in a storage device such as a memory. This step can be performed simultaneously with the mode selection step or a water supply step. C.1 cleaning cycle (S930): c.1.1 decision washing amount and setting cleaning time (S93i): [00172] The field user selects the quick boil mode, and the control unit can perform a laundry amount determining step for measuring The amount of laundry to be washed, and a cleaning time setting step are used to set the time required for the cleaning step in accordance with the fast boiling mode of the determined laundry amount. The control portion can use the time set by the rotary drum 55 201124584 as described above to determine the amount of laundry, or the time of remaining rotation after the drum is rotated for a predetermined time. [嶋] 纟 cleaning time setting step, the control unit can select a cleaning time, which is different from the time required for the cleaning step in the memory to detect the fast cooking mode in an appropriate number of times. As in (4), due to &amp;, when the fast boiling mode is selected, the control unit can select an appropriate time to store in the memory. C.U Water Supply (S93 3): [〇〇174] (4) The fast boiling mode cleaning cycle may include a water supply step to supply the laundry water to the barrel. In the water supply step, the control unit controls water supply commissions (such as a water supply path and a water supply valve) connected to the water supply source and the tub to supply water to the tub. Further, the control unit controls the drum driving operation of the drum in the drum driving operation, for example, in the water supply step of the above-described extreme decontamination mode, and thus a further detailed description thereof will be omitted. C.1.3 Water temperature measurement step/compensation (S935): [00175] When the water system is supplied to the tub, the control unit measures the temperature of the washing water using a temperature sensor provided in the washing machine, and compares the measured temperature with A reference temperature is used to adjust the time of the cleaning step. [00176H, such as 'control' can compare the measured temperature of the wash water with a reference temperature, for example, above about 5 (rc. If the measured temperature is higher than [S] 56 201124584 reference temperature, for example, if heating The water system is supplied to the tub, and the control unit immediately performs the washing step. However, if the measured temperature is lower than the reference temperature, the control portion may perform a compensation step for adjusting the time of the washing step. Tao 7] as described above In this mode towel, the washing step can be performed after the washing water is heated at predetermined intervals regardless of the water temperature. Because of this, the temperature of the washing water contained in the tub can be different depending on whether a heating step has been completed. The temperature of the water supplied to the barrel, and the cleaning ability may vary due to the difference in water temperature. Therefore, the compensation step is to provide a difference in the cleaning ability caused by the different temperatures of the washing water after the heating step. When the temperature is lower than the reference temperature, the cleaning time can be increased to compensate for the cleaning ability at a lower temperature. Qing is used to define a temperature range. The number of test temperatures can be adjusted as appropriate. For example, in a particular embodiment, a single reference temperature can be provided, and in alternative embodiments, a plurality of reference temperatures can be provided. If the temperature of the wash water is higher than one a reference temperature (for example, 5 〇. 〇, and it has three reference temperatures, that is, first, when the second and third reference temperatures are provided, the control 》P can immediately perform the cleaning step. When the laundry water is measured The temperature is lower than the first reference temperature and higher than the second reference temperature, and the second reference temperature (eg, c) is lower than the first reference temperature (eg, and, and when the measured temperature is lower than the second reference temperature, higher than a third reference temperature, a third reference temperature (eg, 30. The enthalpy is lower than the second reference temperature (eg, 40 〇, and when the temperature of the measurement [S] 57 201124584 is lower than the third reference temperature, the preset step is preset) The cleaning step will be performed to compensate for the compensation step at the time of cleaning. Time [00179] When the cleaning step 7骒 has been compensated, the control unit may control different supplements depending on the temperature of the washing water. Time payment The cleaning ratio is greatly dependent on the temperature of the washing water. Because the + is the prisoner's temperature, the lower the measured temperature of the washing water, the longer the compensation time of the shell J. The increased time range in the reference temperature and compensation steps is It can be preset according to the capacity of the washing machine and other factors.

C.1.4 加熱(S937 ):C.1.4 Heating (S937):

[咖】f在補償步驟中已補償該清洗步驟所預設的時 間’可執行一加熱步驟一預定時間間,用以藉由滚筒運轉 的方式移除待洗衣物中包含㈣污物的隔,並同時加熱洗 衣水該加熱步驟可為一獨纟的步驟執行,《為如後述的 丫 步驟的部分。只是為了便於討論,在此模式的描 該加熱步驟將以該清洗步驟的一部分而詳述如下。 C·1.5 清洗(S939 ): ]决速煮沸模式中的清洗步驟的一滾筒驅動運轉可 包括的該步進運轉及/或該滾翻運轉及/或該滾動運轉。 ^ 2】步進運轉具有良好的清洗能力,並對待洗衣物施加 衝擊,/由 *+ 使附著於待洗衣物的髒污物可分開,且可減少清 洗時間。μ_ 此’在清洗步驟的初始階段,控制部可旋轉滾 201124584 筒進行步進運轉 在绝種情況下,加熱步驟可在清洗步驟 的步進運轉後執行。 [00183]在步進運μ rb 中,滾筒以一預定速度旋轉使得待洗衣 物因離心力而不會 个貧從滾筒的内圓周表面被拋落。當 物位於接近滾筒 无衣 、问點,可對滾筒施加一反轉扭矩。 於步進運轉的淨乍 I作用比係經調整’在步進運轉巾 達的負載比在I他谨鍤丄 ^ 馬 、運轉大。因為如此,如果用以加熱洗衣 水的加熱步驟伤县 騍係疋繼續在步進運轉中,電力耗費量將详 加,且由於電湳的 9 电流的增加可能會出現一安全問題。因 步進運轉^ 疋成後’加熱步驟可進行一預定時間。 [〇m]力口熱步驟係在加熱器未在—預設加熱時間驅動時 : 並非必要直至洗衣水的溫度達到一預定值。迻使 π月先步驟所需的時間和電力是可準確預測的且使用者可 :知預測數據。此外’不管在清洗步驟中供應的洗衣水的 /m度凊洗步驟可大致進行相同的預設時間,使得可法,、 電力消耗和清洗時間。 減&gt; [00185] m ,ll j.. u此’控制部可控制滚翻運轉及/或待進行的滾動 運轉。在衿猫&amp; ^ &amp;種情況下,在加熱步驟啟動的同時會 _ 'S. Hi U 疋订滚翻[Caf] f has compensated for the preset time of the washing step in the compensating step. A heating step can be performed for a predetermined time to remove the partition containing the (four) dirt in the laundry by the operation of the drum. At the same time, the heating step of heating the washing water can be carried out in a separate step, "as part of the enthalpy step as described later. For ease of discussion, the heating step in this mode will be detailed below as part of the cleaning step. C·1.5 Cleaning (S939): The stepping operation and/or the rolling operation and/or the rolling operation which may be included in a drum driving operation of the cleaning step in the rapid boiling mode. ^ 2] The stepping operation has a good cleaning ability and exerts an impact on the laundry, / *+ makes the dirt attached to the laundry to be separated, and the cleaning time can be reduced. Μ_ This In the initial stage of the cleaning step, the control unit can rotate the roll. 201124584 The barrel is stepped. In the case of extinction, the heating step can be performed after the stepping operation of the cleaning step. [00183] In the stepping operation, the drum is rotated at a predetermined speed so that the laundry is not thrown away from the inner circumferential surface of the drum due to centrifugal force. When the object is located close to the drum, there is no clothing and a point of application, and a reverse torque can be applied to the drum. The net 乍I action ratio of the stepping operation is adjusted. The load ratio in the step running towel is higher than that of the horse. Because of this, if the heating step for heating the washing water is continued, the power consumption will be increased in detail in the stepping operation, and a safety problem may occur due to the increase of the electric current of the electric raft. The heating step can be performed for a predetermined period of time due to the stepping operation. [〇m] The heat step is driven when the heater is not driven by the preset heating time: It is not necessary until the temperature of the washing water reaches a predetermined value. The time and power required to move the π month first step is accurately predictable and the user can: predict the predicted data. Further, the /m degree washing step of the washing water supplied in the washing step can be roughly performed for the same preset time, making it possible, power consumption, and washing time. Subtraction &gt; [00185] m , ll j.. u This control unit can control the rollover operation and/or the rolling operation to be performed. In the case of 衿猫 &amp; ^ &amp;, when the heating step is started, _ 'S. Hi U 滚 滚 翻

或滾動運轉。滾翻運轉和滾動運轉施予馬達低負荷 而具有良好的清洗能力,與減少清洗時間。因A 鐘、紅 取翻運 /動運轉可達到減少清洗步驟所需的清洗時間的效 59 201124584 果,以及即使在使用不同溫度的洗衣水的清洗步驟進行中 適當的清洗能力的效果。 c.2沖洗循環(S950 ): [00186] 快速煮沸模式的一沖洗循環會近似於上述模式的 沖洗循環及其他後面描述的模式的沖洗循環。因此,將省 略其進一步的詳細說明。 C. 3自旋循環(S97〇): [00187] 决速煮沸模式的一自旋循環會近似於上述模式的 自旋循環及其他後面描述的模式的自旋循環。因此,將省 略其進一步的詳細說明。 D. 模式D (冷洗模式): # [〇〇188】參照圖10,將詳述一冷洗模式D。冷洗模式D係 用來不需加熱洗衣水而清洗待洗衣物,提供節約能源而不 會降低—所需的清洗能力。因此,此模式測量供應至桶的 洗衣水的溫度’將測量溫度與預設溫度進行比較,並相應 的調整操作參數,使能保持清洗能力。例如,如果依據比 較的結果,洗衣水的溫度沒有達到參考溫度,能足夠地補 償清洗時間以在冷洗模式中提供一目標清洗能力。 [S] 60 201124584 [00189]首先,使用者可從模式選擇區117選擇該冷洗模式 (S101 〇 )。當使用者選擇該冷洗模式,該控制部可順序地 或選擇性地進行一清洗循環、一沖洗循環及/或自旋循環。 D· 1清洗循環(第一具體實施例)(s丨〇3 〇 ): D.1」決定洗衣量/清洗時間設定(Si〇31): [00190] ‘使用者選擇該冷洗模式,該控制部可進行一洗衣 鲁 ϊ決定步驟係用以衡量待洗衣物的量,及一清洗時間設定 步驟係用以叹疋依據該量測的待洗衣物的量的冷洗模式的 一清洗步驟所需的時I在洗衣量決定步驟中,該控制部 可利用旋轉滾筒到預定位置的所花的時間或在滾筒的殘餘 旋轉所花的時間,如上所述,以衡量待洗衣物的量。在清 洗時間設定步驟,該控制部可從儲存在記憶體中的依據洗 衣量的合適的時間中,選擇對應於測量的洗衣量的一清洗 φ 時間。 供水(S1033 ): 洗模式的清洗循環可包括—供水步驟用以供應 供:水至桶。在供水步驟中’該控制部控制供水設備(如 供水路徑和供水閥)連接的供水來源與心供應水至桶。 而且’該控制部控制在類似滚筒驅動運轉的滾筒,以進行 201124584 極髒π物模式或上述的煮冻模式的供水步驟的滾筒驅動運 轉因此,將省略其進—步的詳細說明。 D.1.3水溫測量/清洗時間補償(si〇35): [00192】田該洗衣水係供應至桶,該控制部可利用設於洗衣 機的一溫度測量裝置來測量洗衣水的溫度。該控制部可將 測量的溫度與參考溫度進行比較(如饥)。如果測量的 • 絲水,皿度是參考溫度或以上’控制部可依據該洗衣量執 行清洗步驟而不補償清洗時間。如果測得的溫度低於參考 溫度時,控制部可執行清洗時間補償步驟。在這個例子中, 溫度「15。〇」是作為一臨#溫度的一個例子,#夠保證_ 清洗能力在冷洗和利用冷水的一清洗能力測試的一參考溫 度下。因此,如果測量洗衣水的溫度低於參考溫度時,控 制部可調節在清洗時間設定步驟中所設定的清洗步驟的時 • 間。例如,如果測量溫度低於參考溫度時,控制部可增加 一預定時間至清洗步驟的時間以防止因使用具有比參考值 低的溫度的冷洗衣水而使清洗能力變差。例如,如果測量 洗衣水的溫度小於大約10°c,在清洗時間補償步驟中可增 加10分鐘至清洗步驟的時間。如果,例如,所測溫度超過 10°C且小於15°c,可增加5分鐘至清洗步驟的時間。 D.1.4 清洗(S1037 ): 62 201124584 剛】當已補償清洗步驟的時間,上述的洗衣量決定步驟 中測得的洗衣量是與洗衣量參考值進行比較,並可執行包 括依據洗衣量的不同的滾筒驅動運轉的一清洗步戰。該洗 衣量參考值可依據允許步進運轉執行,同時考慮到該滾筒 的大小及馬達的輸出的一待洗衣物的量而預先設定。例 如,洗衣量參考值可是一洗衣機的清洗容量的一半(大約 5〜6公斤於一具有11公斤容晋的 谷$的洗衣機)。首先描述洗衣 量的測量值小於洗衣量參考值的—實例,然後再描述測量 值即為參考值或更多的一實例。 【麵】當洗衣量的測量值小於洗衣量參考值控制部控制 要在清洗步驟中進行的步進運轉及/或滾翻運轉及/或滾動 運轉。該步進運轉對於裝入滾筒内的待洗衣物施加拋落衝 擊,而即使是用冷水亦可易於移除待洗衣物中所含的辨污 物。如果在清洗步輝令待洗衣物糾結在一起,會產生該滾 筒的偏心旋轉。因此,該控制部會驅動滾筒進行滾翻運轉 及/或滾動運轉以解開糾結,並分散糾結的待洗衣物。 i〇_ t洗衣量的測量值是參考值或以上,控制部控制要 在清洗步驟中進行的過遽運轉及/或滾翻運轉。如果洗衣量 為參考值或以上’大的負荷量會使其難以達到在步進運轉 中的對待洗衣物的衝擊效果,及在滚動運轉中的沿著滾筒 的内圓周表面滚動待洗衣物的效果。因為如此,該過滤運 63 201124584 轉和滾翻運轉可單獨地或依序地進行,以達到保持清洗能 力的效果及分散待洗衣物的效果。 D.l’清洗循環(第二具體實施例)(S1130): [00196] 圖11是如此處所詳述的依據一第二具體實施例的 一冷洗模式的示意圖。 [00197] 與依據第一具體實施例的冷洗模式相較,依據第二 • 具體實施例的冷洗模式省略了 一清洗時間設置步驟與一補 償步驟’反而是在該洗衣水的溫度低於15 °C時利用加熱器 加熱洗衣水。亦即,在依據第二具體實施例的一冷洗模式 中’此決定洗衣量(S1131)且不設置清洗時間而立即進行 一供水步驟(S1133)。之後,測量該洗衣水的溫度(sn35) 以進行清洗步驟(S1137)。該滚筒的一滾筒驅動運轉可因 在依據的第二具體實施例的清洗步驟中的洗衣量而不同, • 其係近似於上述的第一具體實施例。該依據的第二具體實 施例的清洗步驟可進一步包括依據測量洗衣水的溫度的一 加熱步驟。 [麵]β下將詳述一個在清洗步驟中測得的洗衣量低於 參考值的案例,在其中該滾筒的滾筒驅動運轉包括步進運 轉及/或滾翻運轉及/或滾動運轉。 _9]當測量的洗衣水溫度小於參考值,在清洗步驟開始 後進行步進運轉。在該步進運轉後,可執行一加熱步驟利 64 201124584 用一加熱器或設於桶内的—水分供應設備以加熱洗衣水。 在步進運轉後開始加熱步驟,如上所述,因為步進運轉會 增加馬達的負因此’如果加熱步驟及步進運轉同時進 打時會發生-安全問題並使清洗能力惡化。而且,如果加 熱步驟是在步料轉前執行以避免上述問題,清洗時間將 ’加熱步驟係在 不利地增加。因此,在這個具體實施例中 步進運轉已完成後開始進行。Or scrolling. The roll-over operation and the rolling operation impart low load to the motor and have good cleaning ability and reduced cleaning time. The cleaning time required for the cleaning step can be reduced by the A clock and the red transfer/moving operation. The effect of proper cleaning ability during the cleaning step of the washing water using different temperatures is achieved. C.2 Flush Cycle (S950): [00186] A flush cycle of the fast boil mode will approximate the flush cycle of the above mode and other flush cycles of the modes described later. Therefore, further detailed explanations will be omitted. C. 3 Spin Cycle (S97〇): [00187] A spin cycle of the set-rate boiling mode approximates the spin cycle of the above mode and the spin cycle of other modes described later. Therefore, further detailed explanations will be omitted. D. Mode D (cold wash mode): # [〇〇188] Referring to Figure 10, a cold wash mode D will be described in detail. Cold Wash Mode D is used to clean the laundry without heating the washing water, providing energy savings without reducing the required cleaning power. Therefore, this mode measures the temperature of the wash water supplied to the tub'. The measured temperature is compared with the preset temperature, and the operating parameters are adjusted accordingly to enable the cleaning ability to be maintained. For example, if the temperature of the wash water does not reach the reference temperature based on the result of the comparison, the wash time can be adequately compensated to provide a target cleaning capability in the cold wash mode. [S] 60 201124584 [00189] First, the user can select the cold wash mode from the mode selection area 117 (S101 〇 ). When the user selects the cold wash mode, the control unit may sequentially or selectively perform a wash cycle, a flush cycle, and/or a spin cycle. D·1 cleaning cycle (first embodiment) (s丨〇3 〇): D.1” determines the laundry amount/washing time setting (Si〇31): [00190] 'The user selects the cold washing mode, The control unit may perform a laundry reckless determination step for measuring the amount of laundry to be washed, and a cleaning time setting step for sighing a cleaning step of the cold washing mode according to the measured amount of the laundry to be washed. When necessary I In the laundry amount determining step, the control portion can take the time taken to rotate the drum to the predetermined position or the time spent on the residual rotation of the drum, as described above, to measure the amount of laundry. In the cleaning time setting step, the control section may select a cleaning φ time corresponding to the measured laundry amount from an appropriate time stored in the memory depending on the amount of laundry. Water Supply (S1033): The wash cycle of the wash mode may include a water supply step for supplying: water to the tub. In the water supply step, the control unit controls the water supply source and the heart supply water connected to the water supply device (e.g., the water supply path and the water supply valve) to the tub. Further, the control unit controls the drum driving operation similar to the drum driving operation to perform the drum driving operation of the water supply step of the 201124584 extremely dirty π object mode or the above-described boiling mode. Therefore, the detailed description of the further steps will be omitted. D.1.3 Water temperature measurement/washing time compensation (si〇35): [00192] The laundry water is supplied to the tub, and the control unit can measure the temperature of the washing water using a temperature measuring device provided in the washing machine. The control compares the measured temperature to the reference temperature (such as hunger). If the measured • silk water, the dish is the reference temperature or above, the control unit can perform the cleaning step according to the laundry amount without compensating the cleaning time. If the measured temperature is lower than the reference temperature, the control section may perform a cleaning time compensation step. In this example, the temperature "15. 〇" is an example of a temperature of #临#, which is sufficient to ensure that the cleaning ability is at a reference temperature for cold washing and a cleaning ability test using cold water. Therefore, if the temperature of the washing water is measured to be lower than the reference temperature, the control unit can adjust the time of the washing step set in the washing time setting step. For example, if the measured temperature is lower than the reference temperature, the control portion may increase the time from the predetermined time to the washing step to prevent the cleaning ability from being deteriorated by using the cold washing water having a temperature lower than the reference value. For example, if the temperature of the laundry water is measured to be less than about 10 ° C, the cleaning time compensation step may be increased by 10 minutes to the time of the cleaning step. If, for example, the measured temperature exceeds 10 ° C and is less than 15 ° C, the time from 5 minutes to the washing step can be increased. D.1.4 Cleaning (S1037): 62 201124584 Just] When the time of the washing step has been compensated, the laundry amount measured in the above laundry amount determining step is compared with the laundry amount reference value, and may be performed according to the difference in the amount of laundry. The drum drive operates a cleaning step. The laundry amount reference value can be previously set in accordance with the allowable step operation, and is set in advance in consideration of the size of the drum and the amount of laundry to be outputted by the motor. For example, the laundry reference value can be half of the washing capacity of a washing machine (about 5 to 6 kg in a washing machine with 11 kg of Rong Jin's Valley $). First, an example in which the measured value of the laundry amount is smaller than the reference value of the laundry amount will be described, and then an example in which the measured value is a reference value or more will be described. [Face] When the measured value of the laundry amount is smaller than the laundry amount reference value control unit controls the stepping operation and/or the rollover operation and/or the rolling operation to be performed in the washing step. This stepping operation applies a throwing impact to the laundry to be loaded into the drum, and the stain contained in the laundry can be easily removed even with cold water. If the washing step entangles the laundry, the eccentric rotation of the roller will occur. Therefore, the control unit drives the drum to perform a rollover operation and/or a rolling operation to untang the tangles and disperse the tangled laundry. The measured value of the laundry amount is a reference value or more, and the control unit controls the overrun operation and/or the rollover operation to be performed in the washing step. If the amount of laundry is a reference value or above, a large load amount makes it difficult to achieve the impact effect on the laundry in the stepping operation, and rolls the laundry along the inner circumferential surface of the drum during the rolling operation. Effect. Because of this, the filtration and the rolling operation can be performed individually or sequentially to achieve the effect of maintaining the cleaning ability and dispersing the laundry. D.l' Cleaning Cycle (Second Specific Embodiment) (S1130): [00196] Figure 11 is a schematic illustration of a cold wash mode in accordance with a second embodiment as detailed herein. [00197] Compared to the cold wash mode according to the first embodiment, the cold wash mode according to the second embodiment omits a cleaning time setting step and a compensation step 'instead, the temperature of the washing water is lower than The washing water is heated by a heater at 15 °C. That is, in the cold washing mode according to the second embodiment, the laundry amount (S1131) is determined and the washing time is not set, and a water supply step (S1133) is immediately performed. Thereafter, the temperature of the washing water (sn35) is measured to perform a washing step (S1137). A drum driving operation of the drum may be different depending on the amount of laundry in the washing step according to the second embodiment, which is similar to the first embodiment described above. The cleaning step of the second embodiment of the basis may further comprise a heating step in accordance with measuring the temperature of the wash water. A case in which the amount of laundry measured in the washing step is lower than the reference value will be described in detail, in which the drum driving operation of the drum includes a step running and/or a rolling operation and/or a rolling operation. _9] When the measured washing water temperature is less than the reference value, the stepping operation is performed after the washing step starts. After the stepping operation, a heating step can be performed to heat the washing water using a heater or a moisture supply device provided in the tub. The heating step is started after the stepping operation, as described above, because the stepping operation increases the negative of the motor so that "if the heating step and the stepping operation are simultaneously performed, a safety problem occurs and the cleaning ability is deteriorated. Moreover, if the heating step is performed before the turn of the step to avoid the above problem, the cleaning time will be disadvantageously increased. Therefore, in this embodiment, the stepping operation is completed and the process is started.

[圆】在加熱步驟開始那—刻,控制部可順序地執行滾翻 運轉和滾動運轉。滾翻運轉和滾動運轉與清洗能力和安全 的惡化及減少清洗時間無關 時進行。 即使他們與加熱步驟一起同 [隨]加熱步驟後重新測定洗衣水的溫度,這會決定重新 測量的溫度是否達到參考溫度。當洗衣水的溫度到達參考 溫度時’加熱步驟即可&amp; 士 少噼卩了疋成。然而,如果洗衣水的溫度未 達到參考溫度時,加埶击锁l …、步驟可在清洗步驟中繼續進行。亦 即’即使在加熱步驟中 τ加熱的洗衣水的溫度未達到參考溫 度如果/月洗步驟完成則加熱步驟亦完成。 [_】如果測量溫度是參考溫度或以上,控制部驅動滾筒 進打步進運轉及/或滾翻運轉及/或與依據第一具體實施例 描述的該滾筒驅動運隸士 運轉大致相同的滾動運轉,而因此將省 略相應的進一步說明。 65 201124584 [00203]如果在清洗步驟中洗衣量為參考值或更多,控制部 可驅動該滾筒進行過濾運轉及/或滾翻運轉。在此時,可提 供加熱步驟以免測得的洗衣水溫度低於參考溫度。如上所 述,在加熱步驟期間,不會驅動滾筒進行步進運轉。 D·1’’清洗循環(第三具體實施例)(S1230 ): [00204】圖12是如此處所詳述的依據一第三具體實施例的 φ —冷洗模式的示意圖。 [00205]與依據第一具體實施例的冷洗模式相較,依據第二 具體實施例的冷洗模式係提供溫水至桶,如果一供水步驟 供應的洗衣水溫度低於大約15t。亦即,在決定待洗衣物 的量(S1231)後,控制部可執行一供水步驟(S1233)用 置以依據決定的洗衣量供應洗衣水至桶,省略一清洗時 間、設置時間及一補償步驟。 φ [00206]在進行供水步驟那一刻,控制部供應冷水至桶 (1234 )及可進行一水溫量測步驟(S1235 )與冷供水同時 進行。在這種情況下,當測量的洗衣水溫度是丨5或更高, 可執行依據裝入滾筒的待洗衣物的量的一清洗步驟 (S1240 )。如果測得的溫度低於15t,可進行一溫供水步 驟(S1236)0 [00207]供水步驟可繼續進行直到供水步驟中供應的冷水 的量和溫水的量到達依據洗衣量決定的洗衣水的量。當該 66 201124584 供水步驟已完成,依據洗衣量而執行的一清洗步驟可啟 動。滾筒驅動運轉可依照清洗步驟的洗衣量而有所區別, 如上述的第一具體實施例的描述,並因此將省略其其進一 步的詳細說明。 D.2 沖洗循環(S1050 ’ S1150 ’ S1250 ): [00208] 冷洗模式的一沖洗循環,可近似於上述模式的沖洗 循環及其他後面介紹的模式的沖洗循環。因此,將省略其 進一步的詳細說明。 D.3 自旋循環(S1070,S1170,S1270 ): [00209] 冷洗模式的一自旋循環,可近似於上述模式的自旋 循環及其他後面介紹的模式的自旋循環。因此,將省略其 進一步的詳細說明。 E.模式E(彩色衣物模式): [00210] f -—[Circle] At the beginning of the heating step, the control unit can sequentially perform the rollover operation and the scrolling operation. The rollover operation and the rolling operation are performed regardless of the cleaning ability and the deterioration of safety and the reduction of the cleaning time. Even if they re-measure the temperature of the wash water with the heating step along with the heating step, this will determine if the re-measured temperature has reached the reference temperature. When the temperature of the washing water reaches the reference temperature, the heating step can be used. However, if the temperature of the washing water does not reach the reference temperature, the step of slamming the lock can be continued in the washing step. That is, even if the temperature of the washing water heated by τ in the heating step does not reach the reference temperature, the heating step is completed if the / month washing step is completed. [_] If the measured temperature is the reference temperature or above, the control unit drives the drum to perform the stepping operation and/or the rollover operation and/or the rolling operation substantially the same as the drum drive carrier operation described in the first embodiment. Therefore, the corresponding further explanation will be omitted. 65 201124584 [00203] If the amount of laundry in the washing step is a reference value or more, the control unit may drive the drum to perform a filtering operation and/or a rollover operation. At this point, a heating step can be provided to prevent the measured wash water temperature from being below the reference temperature. As described above, the drum is not driven to perform the stepping operation during the heating step. D·1'' cleaning cycle (third embodiment) (S1230): [00204] Fig. 12 is a schematic view of the φ-cold wash mode according to a third embodiment as detailed elsewhere. [00205] In contrast to the cold wash mode according to the first embodiment, the cold wash mode according to the second embodiment provides warm water to the tub if the temperature of the wash water supplied by a water supply step is less than about 15t. That is, after determining the amount of laundry (S1231), the control unit may perform a water supply step (S1233) to supply the laundry water to the tub according to the determined laundry amount, omitting a cleaning time, setting time, and a compensation step. . φ [00206] At the moment of the water supply step, the control unit supplies cold water to the tub (1234) and a water temperature measuring step (S1235) is performed simultaneously with the cold water supply. In this case, when the measured washing water temperature is 丨5 or higher, a washing step (S1240) depending on the amount of the laundry to be loaded into the drum can be performed. If the measured temperature is lower than 15t, a warm water supply step (S1236) may be performed. [00207] The water supply step may continue until the amount of cold water and the amount of warm water supplied in the water supply step reaches the laundry water determined according to the amount of laundry. the amount. When the 66 201124584 water supply step has been completed, a cleaning step performed in accordance with the amount of laundry can be initiated. The drum driving operation can be varied in accordance with the amount of laundry in the washing step, as described in the first embodiment above, and thus a further detailed description thereof will be omitted. D.2 Flush cycle (S1050 'S1150 'S1250): [00208] A flush cycle of the cold wash mode can be approximated to the flush cycle of the above mode and other flush cycles of the modes described later. Therefore, further detailed description thereof will be omitted. D.3 Spin Cycle (S1070, S1170, S1270): [00209] A spin cycle of the cold wash mode can be approximated to the spin cycle of the above mode and the spin cycle of other modes described later. Therefore, further detailed description thereof will be omitted. E. Mode E (Colored Clothing Mode): [00210] f -—

模式可包括透過控制洗衣水 之間的較 水的溫度 彩色衣物模式」,係用以| 當清洗有顏色的待洗衣物時 色衣物之間顏色的移動、褪 球問題。上述的顏色遷移可 大靜摩擦而產生。 67 201124584 用以防止顏色遷移的一溫度控制步 %動該滾筒以 防止脫線與起毛球的一彩色衣物清洗 夂一沖洗步 驟。以下將詳述其步驟如下。 E.1清洗循環(第一具體實施例)(sl33〇 ). E.1.1 供水(S1331 ): [002U]在一供水步驟中,控制部控制提供至桶的冷水。顏 色遷移更可能發生在較高溫度的洗衣水。在供水㈣中: 控制部可控制馬達驅動該滾筒進行旋擺運轉或過遽運轉或 兩者的組合。可提供供水步驟來供應需要清洗該待洗衣物 的洗衣水至桶及浸濕裝在洗衣水中的滾筒内的待洗衣物。 因此’該滾筒係驅動進行供水步驟中的過濾、運轉,使洗務 ㈣可有效地執行°此外’該滾㈣驅動進行供水步驟中 的旋擺運轉’而不是過濾運轉。相較於其他的運轉,旋擺 運轉可減少的該滾筒内的待洗衣物的運動,以減少因受: 待洗衣物之間的摩擦力而產生脫線與起毛球的可能。 E·1.2水溫量測步驟/加熱(S1333 ): [00212】田該供水步驟已完成,該控制部可測量供應至桶的 洗衣水的溫度。當測量的溫度是參考溫度或以上(如3吖 或40 C 控制部會立即開始清洗步帮。當測量的溫度 [S] 低於參考’皿度(如冷水,因為供水步驟中供應的洗衣水是 68 201124584 冷的水),控制部可啟動加熱步驟用以加熱洗衣水。在一些 具體實施例中’洗衣水的溫度(參考溫度)使清洗步驟開 始時設定為3〇t或40°C,由於洗衣水的溫度能夠最大化清 洗忐力,而色彩遷移最小化係在3〇它至4〇。〇的範圍内。 [00213]加熱步驟加熱供應至桶的洗衣水,利用設於桶的底 邛表面的一加熱器或用以供應蒸汽至桶的一蒸汽供應設 僙。 E」.3 清洗(S 1335 ): 】田加熱步驟使洗衣水的溫度可達到參考溫度(3〇。&lt; 或40 C )時’控制部可開始清洗步驟。在清洗步驟中,老 制。P可控制的滾筒進行一滾筒驅動運轉,以減少機械摩指 方止脫線、起毛球’並達到理想的清洗能力。例如, 控制部可控制滾筒在此—模式的清洗步驟中進行旋擺運截 或步進運轉。廷樣的步進運轉和旋擺運轉可依序進行卫 其順序可重複。 [00215]旋擺運轅# M&amp; 、 建轉旋轉滾筒於兩個相反的方向,並從對應於 該滾请的旋韓方Α丄π °大約90。或以下的一位置拋落待洗衣 物。旋擺運轉對^ &amp; &amp; 于馬達施加電阻制動,因為保持一預定水平 的清洗效率時,祐 施於待洗衣物的物理摩擦可以盡量減少。 戶:透過待洗衣物之間的或待洗衣物與滾筒之間的摩捧 所產生的脫線與起毛球的可能可減至最低。 69 201124584 [00216] 如上所述’步進運轉以一預定速度旋轉滾筒使待洗 衣物因離心力而不會從滾筒的内圓周表面掉落,然後其對 滾琦犬然進行煞車來最大化對待洗衣物的衝擊。因為如 此’步進運轉具有良好的清洗能力,以及對旋擺運轉的清 洗能力作足夠的補償。步進運轉執行的時間的量可少於旋 擺運轉執行的時間的量,以減少脫線與起毛球的可能。 Ε·1 ’清洗循環(第二具體實施例)(S 1 43 0 ): [00217] 圖14係依據一第一具體實施例的一彩色衣物模式 的一示意圖。不同於上述依據第一具體實施例的模式,依 據第二具體執行的彩色衣物模式允許在供水步驟(S1431) 之後的清洗步驟(S1433 )中進行一水溫量測步驟及一加熱 步驟。如果在清洗步驟前進行該水溫量測步驟及該加熱步 驟,該清洗時間將會不利地增加。因此,這個具體實施例, 相對於上述具體實施例,提出了能減少清洗時間的一彩色 衣物模式。 [00218] 在供水步驟(S1431)之後,控制部可控制滾筒在 清洗步驟中進行步進運轉及/或旋擺運轉,且它可同時地決 定洗衣水的溫度是否為一參考溫度(如30。〇或40°C )或以 上。當基於測量的、结I洗衣水的溫度是參考溫_度或以上 時控制部會而控制滚筒依據清洗步帮不停地驅動。當洗 201124584 衣水的溫度低於參考溫度時 水的加熱步驟。 控制部可啟動 用以加熱洗衣 100219] 控制部 少鄉中進行步進運 轉。亦即,在加熱步驟中,控制部驅動滾筒進行旋擺運轉, 而不是步進運轉。沒㈣時與步料轉—起進行加熱步驟 的原因係如前述的模式,因此將省 略具進—步的詳細說明。The mode may include a color clothing mode by controlling the temperature of the water between the washing waters, which is used to move the color between the clothes and the problem of fading when cleaning the colored laundry. The color shift described above can be generated by a large static friction. 67 201124584 A temperature control step to prevent color migration. The drum is moved to prevent a line of colored laundry from being detached from the pilling ball. The steps will be detailed below as follows. E.1 Washing Cycle (First Embodiment) (sl33〇). E.1.1 Water Supply (S1331): [002U] In a water supply step, the control unit controls the cold water supplied to the tub. Color migration is more likely to occur at higher temperatures in the wash water. In the water supply (4): The control unit may control the motor to drive the drum to perform a swing operation or an overrun operation or a combination of the two. A water supply step may be provided to supply the laundry water to be washed to the tub and the laundry to be wetted in the drum in the washing water. Therefore, the drum system drives the filtration and the operation in the water supply step, so that the washing (4) can be efficiently performed. Further, the "rolling (four) driving performs the swirling operation in the water supply step" instead of the filtering operation. Compared to other operations, the swing operation can reduce the movement of the laundry in the drum to reduce the possibility of off-line and fluffing due to friction between the laundry. E·1.2 Water temperature measurement step/heating (S1333): [00212] The water supply step has been completed, and the control unit can measure the temperature of the washing water supplied to the tub. When the measured temperature is the reference temperature or above (such as 3吖 or 40 C control will immediately start the cleaning step. When the measured temperature [S] is lower than the reference 'degree of water (such as cold water, because the washing water supplied in the water supply step) Is 68 201124584 cold water), the control unit may initiate a heating step to heat the washing water. In some embodiments, the 'washing water temperature (reference temperature) is set to 3 〇 or 40 ° C at the beginning of the washing step, Since the temperature of the washing water can maximize the cleaning power, the color migration is minimized in the range of 3 Torr to 4 Torr. [00213] The heating step heats the washing water supplied to the tub, using the bottom of the tub A heater on the surface of the crucible or a steam supply for supplying steam to the barrel. E".3 Cleaning (S 1335): The field heating step allows the temperature of the washing water to reach the reference temperature (3〇. &lt; or 40 C ) When the 'control section can start the cleaning step. In the cleaning step, the old system. P can control the drum to perform a drum drive operation to reduce the mechanical friction to prevent the off-line and the fluffing ball' and achieve the desired cleaning ability. For example, control The system can control the drum to perform the swivel movement or stepping operation in the cleaning step of the mode. The stepping operation and the swinging operation of the sample can be repeated in sequence. [00215] Swinging operation # M&amp; , Turn the rotating drum in two opposite directions, and throw off the laundry from a position corresponding to the rotation of the Korean Α丄 π ° about 90. or below. The slewing operation is ^ &amp &amp; Apply resistance braking to the motor, because the physical friction applied to the laundry can be minimized when maintaining a predetermined level of cleaning efficiency. Household: through between the laundry or between the laundry and the drum The possibility of off-line and raising the ball produced by the hand can be minimized. 69 201124584 [00216] As described above, the stepping operation rotates the drum at a predetermined speed so that the laundry is not centrifugally displaced from the inner circumferential surface of the drum. Dropped, and then it is used to brake the rolling dog to maximize the impact on the laundry. Because of this, 'stepping operation has good cleaning ability, and enough compensation for the cleaning ability of the swinging operation. Stepping operation The amount of time of the line may be less than the amount of time during which the swinging operation is performed to reduce the possibility of off-line and raising the ball. Ε 1 'Washing cycle (second embodiment) (S 1 43 0 ): [00217] Figure 14 is a schematic view of a color laundry mode according to a first embodiment. Unlike the above-described mode according to the first embodiment, the color laundry mode according to the second embodiment allows cleaning after the water supply step (S1431). In step (S1433), a water temperature measurement step and a heating step are performed. If the water temperature measurement step and the heating step are performed before the cleaning step, the cleaning time will be disadvantageously increased. Therefore, this specific embodiment, In contrast to the above specific embodiments, a color laundry mode capable of reducing the cleaning time has been proposed. [00218] After the water supply step (S1431), the control portion may control the drum to perform the stepping operation and/or the swinging operation in the washing step, and it may simultaneously determine whether the temperature of the washing water is a reference temperature (eg, 30). 〇 or 40 ° C) or above. When the temperature based on the measurement, the temperature of the washing water is the reference temperature _ degree or more, the control unit controls the drum to drive continuously according to the washing step. When washing 201124584 The temperature of the clothing water is lower than the reference temperature when the water is heated. The control unit can be activated to heat the laundry. 100219] Control Department Stepping operation in less townships. That is, in the heating step, the control unit drives the drum to perform the swing operation instead of the stepping operation. The reason why the heating step is not carried out when there is no (4) and the step of heating is as described above, so a detailed description of the steps will be omitted.

Ε.2沖洗循環(S1450 ): 隣〇]在清洗循環已完成後’控制部可啟動—沖洗循環。 控制部可控制該滚筒在沖洗循環期間進行過濾運轉。該過 滤運轉以-預定速度旋轉滾筒使待洗衣物因離ο而不會 從滾筒的内圓周表面落下,然後喷入洗衣水至滾筒,使過 滤運轉可时浸濕或沖洗待洗衣物。而且,該過遽運轉較 不會產生待洗衣物之間及待洗衣物和滾筒之間的摩擦。因 為如此,該過濾運轉允許待洗衣物在相對較短的時間内進 行沖洗。該控制部可執行沖洗循環中的滾翻運轉,以補足 過濾運轉的沖洗能力。 Ε·3自旋循環(s〗47〇): [00221】在沖洗循環已完成後,可啟動一自旋循環用來將洗 衣水從待洗衣物移除。彩色衣物模式的自旋循環會近似於Ε.2 Flushing cycle (S1450): Neighbor 〇] After the cleaning cycle has been completed, the control section can be started-wash cycle. The control unit can control the drum to perform a filtering operation during the flush cycle. The filter operation rotates the drum at a predetermined speed so that the laundry does not fall off the inner circumferential surface of the drum, and then sprays the washing water to the drum so that the filtration operation can wet or rinse the laundry. Moreover, the over-running operation does not cause friction between the laundry and between the laundry and the drum. Because of this, the filtration operation allows the laundry to be rinsed in a relatively short period of time. The control unit can perform a rollover operation in the flush cycle to complement the flushing capability of the filter operation. Ε·3 Spin Cycle (s) 47〇): [00221] After the flush cycle has been completed, a spin cycle can be initiated to remove the wash water from the laundry. The spin cycle of the colored clothing mode will approximate

71 201124584 上述模式的自旋循環,及稍後描述的其他模式的自旋循 環,因此將省略其進一步的詳細說明。 F.模式F (功能性衣物模式) [00222】參照圖15將詳述模式F如下。模式F可被稱為一 「功能性衣物模式」,係用以有效地清洗功能性服裝,包括 戶外服裝如登山服裝和其他運動服裝,而不會損傷織物。 _ 功能性衣物係製造以利適當的戶外活動,如登山、游泳、 騎自行車等等。功能性衣物能迅速吸收汗液和排出吸收的 水分,並能幫助維持體溫。然而,這些功能性衣物是由薄 的人造纖維織品,且是係比其他種類的布料脆弱。供功能 性衣物使用的一清洗模式可被最佳化以適於功能性衣物。 [00223]首先’使用者可從模式選擇區117選擇一該功能性 衣物模式(SIS 1〇)。當使用者選擇該功能性衣物模式時, • 控制部可依序地或選擇性地啟動一清洗循環、一沖洗循環 及/或一自旋循環。 F.1清洗循環(S1530 ): F·1·1 供水(S1531 ): 【00224]控制部執行一清洗循環的—供水步驟。該供水步驟 供應需要清洗該待洗衣物的洗衣水。而且,該供水步驟溶 72 201124584 解去方劑於供應的洗衣水中,並浸濕袭入滚筒内的待洗衣 物。 F·1·1.1 第一水供應(S1533): [00225】該供水步驟包括執行一預定時間間隔的一第一供 水步驟。在第—供水步驟中,可驅動滚筒進行旋擺運轉。 如上所述,旋擺運轉沿著—預定方向和相&amp;方向交替地旋 轉滚筒。從該滚筒的最低點沿著一預定方向和一相反方向 旋轉至90。或以下時,待洗衣物可被拋落、因此,順時針/ 逆時針方向的交替旋轉會產生洗衣水中的旋渦,而可加強 去污㈣溶解。在同-時間,旋轉至,或以下的待洗衣物 會被拋落,而不會施加一大衝擊至待洗衣物。因為如此, 在第一供水步驟中的旋擺運轉使去污劑能溶解於洗衣水 中,而一個大的衝擊是不會施加至功能性衣物。該旋擺運 轉可在一預定時間間隔内重複多次。 F.1.1.2 第二供水(si535 ): 陶6]當該第一供水已完成,可進行一第二供水一預定時 間間隔。在第二供水令’洗衣水是不停地供應且過遽運轉 ^旋擺運轉是依序執行。第一和第二供水步驟可依據-預 定的時間劃分。依據待洗衣物的量和其他合適的參數,每 個步驟的時間係可調整。為此’可於供水步驟之前提供用 以決定待洗衣物的量的一洗衣量決定步驟。 73 201124584 [00227] 如上所述’過濾運轉以高速旋轉滾筒以產生離心力 且待洗衣物會因離心力而緊密接觸滾筒的内圓周表面。而 且’洗衣水藉由離心力穿過待洗衣物和該滾筒的通孔並排 放到桶。因此,待洗衣物在過濾運轉會被洗衣水浸濕以進 行清洗。此外,該洗衣水能簡單地通過待洗衣物,且功能 性衣物被浸濕於洗衣水中而不會受到損壞。在過濾運轉進 行了一預定時間間隔後,可進行旋擺運轉。如上所述,該 φ 去污劑會不停地溶解而不會損壞功能性衣物。藉由產生的 旋渴,可有效地將待洗衣物浸濕於洗衣水中,及藉由延伸, 旋擺運轉在順時針/逆時針方向上產生重複的滾筒旋轉。因 為如此,在糾結的待洗衣物可在清洗前被解開糾結。此外, 該旋擺運轉從一個相對低的位置拋落待洗衣物,且當解開 待洗衣物的糾結時’待洗衣物的織物損傷可減至最低。因 此,過滤和旋擺運轉的組合可減少功能性衣物的損害,並 _ 能有效地達成洗務潤濕、去污劑溶解及待洗衣物解開糾 結。這種有順序的過濾和旋擺運轉的組合可在一預定時間 間隔内重複多次。 F.1.2 清洗(S1540 ): [00228] 當該洗衣水係供應至一預定水位,該供水步驟 成,然後可啟動一清洗步驟。由於功能性衣物都比較輕較 74 201124584 薄,無論待滚筒内的洗衣物的量多少,可執行基本上相同 的清洗步雜。 F.1.2.1 第一清洗(S1541 ): [00229]該清洗步驟可包括進行一預定時間間隔的一第一 清洗步驟,且滾筒驅動進行步進運轉。如上所述,步進運 轉從最南位置處抛洛待洗衣物。因此,在第一清洗步驟中 的步進運轉能初步地均勻混合待洗衣物與洗衣水。而且, 步進運轉浸泡待洗衣物的髒污物,並藉由利用待洗衣物的 大幅旋轉/拋落對待洗衣物施加衝擊以將辦污物從待洗衣 物分離。 F.1.2.2 第二洗衣滌(S1543 ): [00230]在第一清洗步驟後,一第二清洗步驟可進行一預定 φ 時間間隔。在第二清洗步驟,可加熱洗衣水以供更有效的 清洗和髒污物的去除。首先,該洗衣水可透過設於桶的一 底部表面的加熱器來加熱,或用以供應蒸汽的蒸汽生成裝 置。大致上’洗衣水在第二清洗步驟可被加熱到大約25°C 至30°C ’較佳是大約27°C。功能性衣物是由薄人造纖維織 品組織製成’如果加熱洗衣水的溫度過高則其會被破壞。 因此’在第二清洗步驟中使用具有一適當的溫度洗衣水, 可增進清洗效率並可避免織物損傷。 75 201124584 [00231】隨著洗衣水加熱的同時,在第二清洗步驟中滾筒可 驅動進行旋擺運轉。該旋擺運轉利用從相對低的位置拋落 待洗衣物及滾筒的交替旋轉。因為如此,待洗衣物可於洗 衣水中輕輕地旋動並充分地移動。在旋擺運轉中,洗衣水 可被均勻加熱一相對較短的時間’且熱量可被充分地傳遞 到待洗衣物。而且’該旋擺運轉可藉由洗衣水和待洗衣物 之間的摩擦產生的衝擊及拋落衝擊,且它可有效地移除辩 瞻污物而不會損傷織物。 F.1.2.3 第三清洗(S1545 ): [00232]第二清洗步驟後,一第三清洗步驟可進行一預定時 間間隔。在第三清洗步驟中,任何剩餘的髒污物可被移除, 且可執行旋擺與步進運轉的組合。雖然旋擺運轉可移除髒 污物而如上所述不會損傷織物,相較於其他運轉其清洗能 • 力是較差的。因此,增加能施加最強的衝擊的步進運轉, 而提供功能性衣物的主要為旋擺運轉的清洗步驟的清洗能 力可得以改善。此外’步進運轉的強勁衝擊可避免待洗衣 物因附著而脫線。因此’第三清洗步驟可減少對功能性衣 物的損害’並有效地及完全地從待洗衣物分離出髒污物。 F.2沖洗循環(S 1550 ): [S3 76 201124584 [00233] ί力能性衣物模式的—沖洗循環可近似於包括上述 的標準模式的模式的沖洗循環,與其他後述的模式的沖洗 循環。因此,將省略其進一步的詳細說明。 [00234】為加強整體沖洗能力,該沖洗循環可比標準模式的 沖洗循環更頻繁地重複。例如,該沖洗循環可進行至少三 人或更夕。這疋因為滚筒係以比標準模式更低的轉速旋轉 進灯功能性衣物模式的自旋循環,因此提供的沖洗能力較 弱。亦即,在自旋循環中,利用該滾筒的高速度旋轉產生 的離心力從待洗衣物分離洗衣水,並可提供一沖洗功能用 來從待洗衣物與洗衣水一起同時分離去污劑與髒污物。功 能性衣物模式的自旋循環的一普通自旋步驟採用了相對較 低的滾筒轉速旋轉,且最終沖洗能力會被減弱❶因此,功 能性衣物模式的沖洗循環的該沖洗步驟可進行三次或更 多071 201124584 Spin cycles of the above modes, and spin cycles of other modes described later, and thus further detailed description thereof will be omitted. F. Mode F (Functional Clothing Mode) [00222] Mode F will be described in detail below with reference to FIG. Mode F can be referred to as a "functional clothing mode" for effectively cleaning functional garments, including outdoor garments such as mountaineering garments and other sportswear, without damaging the fabric. _ Functional clothing is manufactured to facilitate proper outdoor activities such as hiking, swimming, cycling and more. Functional clothing quickly absorbs sweat and drains absorbed water, and helps maintain body temperature. However, these functional garments are made of thin rayon fabrics and are more fragile than other types of fabrics. A cleaning mode for functional clothing can be optimized for functional clothing. [00223] First, the user can select a functional clothing mode (SIS 1〇) from the mode selection area 117. When the user selects the functional laundry mode, the control unit may sequentially or selectively activate a cleaning cycle, a flush cycle, and/or a spin cycle. F.1 Cleaning cycle (S1530): F·1·1 Water supply (S1531): [00224] The control unit performs a water supply step of a cleaning cycle. The water supply step supplies washing water that needs to be washed. Moreover, the water supply step dissolves the liquid in the supplied washing water and soaks the laundry to be washed into the drum. F·1·1.1 First Water Supply (S1533): [00225] The water supply step includes a first water supply step of performing a predetermined time interval. In the first water supply step, the drum can be driven to perform a swing operation. As described above, the slewing operation alternately rotates the drum along the predetermined direction and the phase &amp; direction. Rotating from a lowest point of the drum in a predetermined direction and an opposite direction to 90. Or below, the laundry can be thrown off, so that the alternating rotation in the clockwise/counterclockwise direction produces a vortex in the wash water, which enhances the decontamination (4) dissolution. At the same time, the laundry to be rotated to, or below, will be thrown away without applying a large impact to the laundry. Because of this, the swirling operation in the first water supply step enables the detergent to be dissolved in the washing water, and a large impact is not applied to the functional laundry. The swivel operation can be repeated multiple times within a predetermined time interval. F.1.1.2 Second water supply (si535): Pottery 6] When the first water supply has been completed, a second water supply may be performed for a predetermined time interval. In the second water supply order, the laundry water is continuously supplied and runs over. The swing operation is performed in sequence. The first and second water supply steps can be divided according to a predetermined time. The timing of each step can be adjusted depending on the amount of laundry and other suitable parameters. To this end, a laundry amount determining step for determining the amount of laundry to be washed may be provided before the water supply step. 73 201124584 [00227] As described above, the 'filtering operation rotates the drum at a high speed to generate centrifugal force and the laundry is in close contact with the inner circumferential surface of the drum due to centrifugal force. Moreover, the laundry water passes through the through-holes of the laundry and the drum by centrifugal force and is discharged to the tub. Therefore, the laundry to be washed in the filtration operation is wetted by the washing water for cleaning. Further, the washing water can simply pass through the laundry, and the functional laundry is wetted in the washing water without being damaged. After the filtration operation has been performed for a predetermined time interval, the swing operation can be performed. As mentioned above, the φ detergent will continue to dissolve without damaging the functional clothing. By the generated thirst, the laundry can be effectively wetted in the washing water, and by the extension, the swinging operation produces repeated drum rotation in the clockwise/counterclockwise direction. Because of this, the tangled laundry can be untangled before cleaning. In addition, the swing operation drops the laundry from a relatively low position, and the fabric damage of the laundry is minimized when the tangling of the laundry is released. Therefore, the combination of filtration and swirling operation can reduce the damage of the functional clothes, and can effectively achieve the wetting of the detergent, the dissolution of the detergent, and the unwinding of the laundry. This combination of sequential filtration and swirling operations can be repeated multiple times over a predetermined time interval. F.1.2 Cleaning (S1540): [00228] When the washing water is supplied to a predetermined water level, the water supply step is performed, and then a washing step can be initiated. Since the functional clothes are lighter than 74 201124584, substantially the same cleaning steps can be performed regardless of the amount of laundry in the drum. F.1.2.1 First Cleaning (S1541): [00229] The cleaning step may include performing a first cleaning step for a predetermined time interval and the drum driving is stepping. As described above, the stepping operation is to take the laundry from the southernmost position. Therefore, the stepping operation in the first washing step can initially uniformly mix the laundry and the washing water. Moreover, the stepping operation soaks the dirt of the laundry to be washed, and the laundry is separated from the laundry by applying an impact by the large rotation/slipping of the laundry to the laundry. F.1.2.2 Second Laundry (S1543): [00230] After the first cleaning step, a second cleaning step may be performed for a predetermined φ time interval. In the second cleaning step, the wash water can be heated for more efficient cleaning and removal of dirt. First, the washing water can be heated by a heater provided on a bottom surface of the tub, or a steam generating device for supplying steam. Generally, the laundry water can be heated to about 25 ° C to 30 ° C in the second cleaning step, preferably about 27 ° C. Functional clothing is made from thin rayon fabric tissue. If the temperature of the heated washing water is too high, it will be destroyed. Therefore, the use of a washing water having a suitable temperature in the second washing step can improve the cleaning efficiency and avoid fabric damage. 75 201124584 [00231] While the washing water is being heated, the drum can be driven to perform the swinging operation in the second washing step. This swing operation utilizes alternating rotation of the laundry and the drum from a relatively low position. Because of this, the laundry can be gently rotated and fully moved in the washing water. In the swinging operation, the washing water can be uniformly heated for a relatively short period of time&apos; and heat can be sufficiently transferred to the laundry. Moreover, the swing operation can be impacted by the friction between the washing water and the laundry and the impact of the drop, and it can effectively remove the dirt without damaging the fabric. F.1.2.3 Third Cleaning (S1545): [00232] After the second cleaning step, a third cleaning step may be performed for a predetermined time interval. In the third washing step, any remaining dirt can be removed and a combination of the swing and the stepping operation can be performed. Although the swaying operation removes dirt and does not damage the fabric as described above, the cleaning power is poor compared to other operations. Therefore, the stepping operation capable of applying the strongest impact is increased, and the cleaning ability of the cleaning step which mainly provides the swinging operation of the functional laundry can be improved. In addition, the strong impact of the stepping operation prevents the laundry from being disconnected due to adhesion. Thus, the 'third cleaning step can reduce damage to the functional clothing' and effectively and completely separate the dirt from the laundry. F.2 Flush Cycle (S 1550): [S3 76 201124584 [00233] The flush cycle of the energetic laundry mode can be approximated to a flush cycle including the mode of the above-described standard mode, and a flush cycle of other modes described later. Therefore, further detailed description thereof will be omitted. [00234] To enhance the overall flushing capability, the flush cycle can be repeated more frequently than the standard mode flush cycle. For example, the flush cycle can be performed for at least three or more. This is because the drum is rotated at a lower rotational speed than the standard mode into the spin cycle of the functional laundry mode, thus providing a weaker flushing capability. That is, in the spin cycle, the centrifugal force generated by the high-speed rotation of the drum is used to separate the washing water from the laundry, and a flushing function is provided to simultaneously separate the detergent and the dirty from the laundry and the washing water. Dirt. A normal spin step of the spin cycle of the functional laundry mode employs a relatively low drum rotation and the final flushing capability is attenuated. Thus, the flushing step of the functional laundry mode flush cycle can be performed three times or more. More than 0

F·3自旋循環(S1570 ): [00235]功能性衣物模式的一自旋循環可近似於包括上述 標準模式的模式的自旋循環,和後述的其他模式的自旋循 環°自旋循環的一普通自旋步驟可比標準模式的普通自旋 步驟以較低的轉速旋轉滾筒,以防止損壞待洗衣物。 [00236】G.模式〇 (快速清洗模式): 77 201124584 :—快速清洗模式G,稱為「快速清洗模式」,與其 於圖7B將詳,、 内-洗待洗衣物,對應 接冰 迷如下。一小的待洗衣物的量,相較於-大的 衣物的量,通常f要大致上較短的時間。在小的待洗 '主的量之實例中,可利用一非必要的長的時間來進行全 面,月洗。因為如此,可量提供一模式用來在很短的時間内F·3 spin cycle (S1570): [00235] A spin cycle of the functional laundry mode can be approximated to a spin cycle including the mode of the above-described standard mode, and a spin cycle of the other modes described later. An ordinary spin step can rotate the drum at a lower rotational speed than the normal spin step of the standard mode to prevent damage to the laundry. [00236] G. Mode 〇 (Quick Cleaning Mode): 77 201124584 : - Quick Cleaning Mode G, called "Quick Cleaning Mode", which is similar to Figure 7B, inside - washing laundry, corresponding ice picking fans are as follows . The amount of a small laundry to be washed is usually substantially shorter than the amount of large laundry. In the case of a small amount of 'toilet' to be used, a non-essentially long time can be utilized for full-scale, monthly washing. Because of this, a mode can be provided for use in a short period of time.

洗小待洗衣物的量。該快速清洗模式是基於對應於圖7A 的上述的心準模式,在標準模式中的每個步驟的每個循環 或操作條件以行最佳化,或可適#地省略—預定數 步驟。 陶38]首先’該使用者可從模式選擇區u7選擇該快速清 ’先模式(S71GB),而控制部可進行—清洗循環(⑺叫、 一沖洗循環⑽0Β)及一自旋循環(S77〇)所組成的快 速清洗模式。Wash the amount of laundry. The quick cleaning mode is based on the above-described heart-aligned mode corresponding to Fig. 7A, and each cycle or operating condition of each step in the standard mode is optimized by line, or may be omitted - a predetermined number of steps. Tao 38] Firstly, the user can select the quick clear mode (S71GB) from the mode selection area u7, and the control unit can perform a cleaning cycle ((7) call, a flush cycle (10) 0Β) and a spin cycle (S77〇). ) The quick cleaning mode consists of.

G· 1清洗循環: G. 1.1洗衣量決定·· [00239】控料可啟動洗衣量決定步驟來決定待洗衣物的 量(S731B)。在使用者選擇該快速清洗模式之後,會在一 供水步驟開始前進行該洗衣量決定步驟。如上所述的標準 模式的洗衣量決定步驟中所測得的洗衣量可分為兩大類, 亦即’一大量及—小量,以決定接續的循環或每個步驟的 78 201124584 滾筒運轉及其他操作的條件。在快速清洗模式’測得的洗 衣f可用來決定整體清洗的總時間,亦即,完成清洗、沖 ' 旋循環所乾費的總時間。在這種情況下’洗衣量可 被指定為多個類別,例如,快速清洗模式中的三個或多個 類別。如果洗衣量分為多個類別’一不同的整體清洗時間 (亦即’完成清洗、沖洗及自旋循環所耗費的總時間),可 設定以供每個類別的洗衣量。因此,可控制該整體清洗時 門ί應於待洗衣物的量。因為如此,一相對短的時間可適 用到小的待洗衣物的量,而不會使實際清洗能力變差。 [00240】例如,測得的洗衣量可分為三類,包括第一,第二 和第一類,或可分為三類以上。例如,第一類型對應於負 載】於大約1.5公斤,且第一類型的一適當的清洗時間可 被设定為大約25至3〇分鐘,尤其是29分鐘。第二類型可 對應於負載大約15至4 〇公斤,且第二類型的一適當的清 洗時間可被吹疋為大約35至40分鐘,尤其是39分鐘。最 後第—類型可對應負載大於大約4.0公斤,且第三類型 的一適當的清洗時間可有45至5〇分鐘,而尤其是49分 鐘。這些類別和時間將儲存成表單f料於控制部的記憶體 中 〇 [00241]當洗衣量決定步驟決定出該洗衣量,該控制部決定 該些測得的洗衣量相_的類$,參照儲存#類型表單。 S] 79 201124584 之後,該控制部可設置 量為一個實際的清洗時間 間給予相應的測量類型洗衣 G. 1.2供水/加熱/清洗: [00242】在經過上述一系列牛 巧步驟之後,控制部可依序執行一 供水步驟(S733B)、一知也&amp; 加熱步驟(S74〇B)及清洗循環 (S730B)的一清洗步驟 ^循衣 42B)。該供水步驟、該加熱 步驟、快速清洗模式的清洗 先循裱的該清洗步驟,係近似於 如圖7A所示的那些標準模. 式的〉月洗循環,而因此將省略其 進一步的詳細說明。 八 [00243]如上所述’在圖7A所千沾挪准此 所不的標準模式中,用以促進 洗衣水加熱的一加熱準備步驟 J執仃於一加熱步驟之前。 然而’該加熱準備步驟可為— 預備步驟,且一預定時間間 隔的-滾筒運轉會增加整體清洗_在快速清洗 模式中不會執行預備步驟,例如加熱步驟之前的加熱準備 步驟。該加熱步驟可啟動於該供水模式之後。 G.2沖洗循環: [00244]當該清洗循環已完成,可^ T執仃用以移除去污劑殘留 [S] 及待洗衣物剩餘的髒污物的_沖洗循環(s75QB)。該沖洗 循環(S750B)係近似於圖7A所示的標準模式的沖洗循環 (S750 ),而因此將省略沖洗循環其進—步的詳細說明。 80 201124584 [00245】在標準模式中的沖洗循環的初始階段執行的第一 沖洗步驟’可包括利用需要長時間的過濾運轉的第一滾筒 驅動步驟。反之’在沖洗步驟(S751B,S756B,S760B) 中執行的滾筒運轉需要一相對短的時間,同時還能提供待 洗衣物充分的沖洗。因此,可省略在快速清洗模式的沖洗 循環中提供的第一沖洗步驟的該過濾運轉,以減少整體清 洗時間。 G.3自旋循環: [00246】當該沖洗循環已完成’該控制部可啟動一個自旋循G·1 cleaning cycle: G. 1.1 Laundry amount decision·· [00239] The control material can start the laundry amount determining step to determine the amount of laundry (S731B). After the user selects the quick cleaning mode, the laundry amount determining step is performed before the start of the water supply step. The laundry amount measured in the standard mode laundry amount determining step as described above can be divided into two categories, namely, 'a large amount and a small amount, to determine the continuous cycle or the 78 201124584 drum operation of each step and the like. Operating conditions. The laundry f measured in the rapid cleaning mode can be used to determine the total time of the overall cleaning, that is, the total time taken to complete the cleaning and flushing cycles. In this case, the amount of laundry can be specified in multiple categories, for example, three or more categories in the quick cleaning mode. If the amount of laundry is divided into multiple categories' a different overall cleaning time (i.e., the total time taken to complete the cleaning, rinsing, and spin cycles), the amount of laundry for each category can be set. Therefore, it is possible to control the amount of the door to be washed in the overall cleaning. Because of this, a relatively short period of time can be applied to the amount of small laundry, without deteriorating the actual cleaning ability. [00240] For example, the measured amount of laundry can be divided into three categories, including the first, second, and first categories, or can be divided into three or more categories. For example, the first type corresponds to a load of about 1.5 kg, and a suitable cleaning time of the first type can be set to about 25 to 3 minutes, especially 29 minutes. The second type may correspond to a load of about 15 to 4 kilograms, and a suitable cleaning time of the second type may be boiled to about 35 to 40 minutes, especially 39 minutes. The last type-type may correspond to a load greater than about 4.0 kilograms, and a suitable cleaning time for the third type may be 45 to 5 minutes, and especially 49 minutes. These categories and times are stored in the memory of the control unit. [00241] When the laundry amount determining step determines the amount of laundry, the control unit determines the class of the measured laundry amount _, refer to Save the #type form. S] 79 After 201124584, the control unit can set the amount to give the corresponding measurement type for a specific cleaning time. Laundry G. 1.2 Water supply/heating/cleaning: [00242] After the above series of steps, the control unit can A water supply step (S733B), a known &amp; heating step (S74〇B) and a cleaning step (S730B) are performed in sequence to perform a cleaning step (step BB). The cleaning step of the water supply step, the heating step, and the rapid cleaning mode is similar to those of the standard mold type as shown in FIG. 7A, and thus further detailed description thereof will be omitted. . [00243] As described above, in the standard mode of the smear of the smear in Fig. 7A, a heating preparation step J for promoting the heating of the washing water is performed before a heating step. However, the heating preparation step may be a preliminary step, and a predetermined time interval - the drum operation increases the overall cleaning - a preliminary step is not performed in the quick cleaning mode, such as a heating preparation step before the heating step. This heating step can be initiated after the water supply mode. G.2 Flushing Cycle: [00244] When the cleaning cycle has been completed, the _flushing cycle (s75QB) for removing the detergent residue [S] and the remaining dirt of the laundry can be performed. This flushing cycle (S750B) is similar to the standard mode flushing cycle (S750) shown in Fig. 7A, and thus the detailed description of the flushing cycle will be omitted. 80 201124584 [00245] The first rinsing step performed during the initial phase of the rinsing cycle in the standard mode may include utilizing a first drum driving step that requires a long period of filtration operation. On the contrary, the operation of the drum performed in the rinsing step (S751B, S756B, S760B) requires a relatively short period of time while also providing sufficient rinsing of the laundry. Therefore, the filtering operation of the first rinsing step provided in the flush cycle of the rapid cleaning mode can be omitted to reduce the overall cleaning time. G.3 spin cycle: [00246] When the flush cycle has been completed' the control unit can initiate a spin cycle

環(S770B )。快速清洗模式的自旋循環係近似於如圖7A 所示的標準模式的自旋循環,而因此將省略其進一步的詳 細說明。 【00247]在標準模式的自旋循環的初始階段中執行的待洗 • 衣物解開糾結步驟,執行一滚筒運轉而能夠解開待洗衣物 的糾結。然而,這樣的滾筒運轉大致上不會影響自旋能力。 因為如此,在快速清洗模式的自旋循環中不會執行待洗衣 物解開糾結步驟,以減少整體清洗時間。 [00248]滾筒在標準模式的普通自旋步驟中會以大約每分 鐘1000轉作旋轉,而滾筒在快速清洗模式的普通自旋步驟 會以大約每分鐘800轉作旋轉。當該滾筒的轉遑增加,該 滚筒的振動與噪音會更加嚴重,且供滾筒達到目標轉速而 81 201124584 執行的準備步驟,如偏心率量測步驟,會儘量地重複而需 要一較長的操作時間。因此,相較於該標準模式,該快速 凊洗模式的目標轉速係降低,且可避免加速度的時間被增 加0 [00249]如上所述,快速清洗模式可將洗衣量分類的成具體 的類別,且其可對每一類型設定合適的整體清洗時間,如 此使得大量的待洗衣物及少量的待洗衣物的整體清洗時間 可適當地降低。此外,相較於標準模式,可從循環省略不 必要的步驟以降低整體清洗時間。不過,應用於標準模式 的循%的大部分的滾筒運轉係於快速清洗模式中採用,而 可達到所需的清洗能力。因此,快速清洗模式可在一短時 間内清洗一少量的待洗衣物,同時保持清洗能力。 H.模式Η (靜音模式): [00250】參照圖16,模式Η將詳述如下。模式η可稱為「靜 音模式」能在清洗過程中降低噪音。 【00251】纟某些情況下,使用者希望洗衣機具有少量嗓音。 例如,如果是在夜間進行清洗及/或嬰兒或孩子睡著了,較 佳是洗衣機能以更小的運轉噪音而運轉。降低運轉噪音可 乂不同方式達成。-洗衣機控制方法的最佳化可有效地降 ❿不增加生產成本。用以減少這種蜂音的清洗控 制方法可以-單-模式執行,稱為_靜音模式,係透過操 82 201124584 作條件的最佳化而提出的。該靜音模式係依據標準模式, 並透過最佳化或省略標準模式的某些循環或步驟的某些運 作的條件來執行。圖16是標準模式之步驟中的靜音模式的 不同步驟的流程圖。首先,使用者可從模式選擇區U7選 擇靜音模式⑷61〇),且控制部可執行一下⑽列的操作。 H.l清洗循環(S1630 ): H·1.1決定洗衣量(S1631 ): [00252] &amp;制部可啟動一洗衣量決定步驟以決定待洗衣物 的ϊ。該洗衣量決定步驟已如上述,@因此將省略進一步 詳細說明。靜音模式的一個目標是減少噪音及/或振動,同 時還保持清洗能力。每個步驟的—滾筒驅動運轉可依據該 洗衣量而不同。 # Η.1.1 供水(S1633 ): [253】胃使用者選擇該靜音模式,會啟動一供水步驟。該 -水步驟供應洗衣水至桶。而且,該供水步驟溶解去污劍 夾混合著洗衣水,並浸濕裝於滾筒内的待洗衣物。在靜音 模式的供水步驟中,相較於標準模式的供水步驟,控制部 可提供更大量的洗衣水至桶。提供更多洗衣水的原因將詳 述於下面的清洗步驟。Ring (S770B). The spin cycle of the fast cleaning mode is similar to the spin cycle of the standard mode as shown in Fig. 7A, and thus further detailed description thereof will be omitted. [00247] The laundry to be washed in the initial stage of the standard mode spin cycle • The laundry untangling step, performing a drum operation to unlock the entanglement of the laundry. However, such drum operation does not substantially affect the spinning ability. Because of this, the laundry unwinding and tangling step is not performed in the spin cycle of the quick cleaning mode to reduce the overall cleaning time. [00248] The drum will rotate at approximately 1000 revolutions per minute in the normal spin step of the standard mode, while the drum will rotate at approximately 800 revolutions per minute in the normal spin step of the fast cleaning mode. When the rotation of the drum increases, the vibration and noise of the drum will be more serious, and the preparation step for the drum to reach the target speed 81 201124584, such as the eccentricity measurement step, will be repeated as much as possible and requires a long operation. time. Therefore, compared to the standard mode, the target speed of the fast wash mode is reduced, and the time during which the acceleration can be avoided is increased. [00249] As described above, the quick wash mode can classify the laundry amount into a specific category. And it can set a suitable overall cleaning time for each type, so that the overall cleaning time of a large amount of laundry and a small amount of laundry can be appropriately reduced. In addition, unnecessary steps can be omitted from the cycle to reduce overall cleaning time compared to standard mode. However, most of the roller operation in the standard mode is used in the quick cleaning mode to achieve the required cleaning capability. Therefore, the quick cleaning mode can clean a small amount of laundry to be washed in a short period of time while maintaining the cleaning ability. H. Mode Η (Silent Mode): [00250] Referring to Figure 16, the mode Η will be described in detail below. Mode η can be referred to as "quiet mode" to reduce noise during the cleaning process. [00251] In some cases, the user desires that the washing machine has a small amount of arpeggios. For example, if cleaning is done at night and/or the baby or child is asleep, it is preferred that the washing machine be able to operate with less running noise. Reducing operational noise can be achieved in different ways. - The optimization of the washing machine control method can effectively reduce the production cost without increasing the production cost. The cleaning control method for reducing such buzzing can be performed in a single-mode, called the _silent mode, which is proposed by the optimization of the conditions of the operation of 201124584. The silent mode is based on the standard mode and is performed by optimizing or omitting certain cycles of the standard mode or certain operating conditions of the steps. Figure 16 is a flow chart showing the different steps of the silent mode in the steps of the standard mode. First, the user can select the silent mode (4) 61〇 from the mode selection area U7, and the control section can perform the operation of the (10) column. H.l cleaning cycle (S1630): H·1.1 determines the amount of laundry (S1631): [00252] The &amp; department can initiate a laundry amount determining step to determine the enthalpy of the laundry. The laundry amount determining step has been as described above, and thus further detailed explanation will be omitted. One goal of the silent mode is to reduce noise and/or vibration while maintaining cleaning power. The drum drive operation of each step may vary depending on the amount of laundry. # Η.1.1 Water Supply (S1633): [253] The stomach user selects this silent mode and initiates a water supply step. The - water step supplies laundry water to the bucket. Moreover, the water supply step dissolves the decontamination sword and mixes the washing water and wets the laundry to be placed in the drum. In the water supply step of the silent mode, the control unit can supply a larger amount of washing water to the tub than the standard mode water supply step. The reason for providing more washing water will be detailed in the cleaning steps below.

(SJ 83 201124584 H.l.l.l 第一供水(S1635 ): [00254】在供水步驟中,控制部可執行一第一供水步驟,一 併加上洗衣水的供應。在第一供水步驟中,控制部控制滾 筒進行滾動運轉。 [00255】如上所述,該滚動運轉沿著一預定方向不停地旋轉 滾筒,而待洗衣物在其從該滾筒的最低點被旋轉至對應於 該滚筒的旋轉方向90。或以下的位置之處時會與滾筒分 • 離。在滾動運轉中,滾筒係以一個相對較低的速度旋轉, 且分離的待洗衣物係在該滾筒的内表面上滾動移動至該滾 筒的最低點,而非落下至最低點。因為如此,該滾筒的旋 轉與待洗衣物的滾動運動可產生一預定旋渦於洗衣水中, 且可提升去污劑溶解於洗衣水中。同時,該滾動運轉誘導 待洗衣物沿著該滾筒的内表面滾動運動,其不會有任何因 突然落下的待洗衣物所產生的衝擊噪音。因此,第一供水 春步驟中的該滚動運轉,可使去污劑充分地溶解於洗衣水 中,並同時降低噪音。在第一供水步驟中,滾動運轉可於 一預定時間間隔重複多次。 第二供水(S1637): [00256】當該第一供水步驟已完成,該控制部可啟動一第二 供水步驟’在第二供水步称’該控制部可控制滾筒驅動以 依序進行過濾運轉及滾動運轉,並連續地供應洗衣水至[ 84 201124584 桶。該第一與第二供水步驟 依據待洗衣物的量而可調整 可依據其個別的預定時間,及 的每個步驟的時間而不同。 [00257]如上所述,該過濾運 離心力,且該產生的離心力 周的表面緊密接觸。而且, 待洗衣物及滚筒的通孔以流 轉以—高速旋轉滚筒以產生〆 會保持待洗衣物與滚筒的内圓 藉由離心力,洗衣水會穿越過 出至桶。因此,在過濾運轉中,(SJ 83 201124584 Hlll First Water Supply (S1635): [00254] In the water supply step, the control unit may perform a first water supply step together with the supply of the wash water. In the first water supply step, the control unit controls the drum The rolling operation is performed. [00255] As described above, the rolling operation continuously rotates the drum along a predetermined direction, and the laundry is rotated at a lowest point from the drum to a rotation direction 90 corresponding to the drum. Or the following position will be separated from the drum. During the rolling operation, the drum rotates at a relatively low speed, and the separated laundry is rolled on the inner surface of the drum to the drum. The lowest point, rather than falling to the lowest point. Because of this, the rotation of the drum and the rolling motion of the laundry can generate a predetermined vortex in the washing water, and can enhance the dissolution of the detergent in the washing water. At the same time, the rolling operation induces The laundry is rolled along the inner surface of the drum, and there is no impact noise generated by the laundry that is suddenly dropped. Therefore, the first water supply spring step The rolling operation allows the detergent to be sufficiently dissolved in the washing water while reducing noise. In the first water supply step, the rolling operation can be repeated a plurality of times at a predetermined time interval. The second water supply (S1637): [00256 When the first water supply step has been completed, the control unit may activate a second water supply step 'in the second water supply step', the control unit may control the drum drive to sequentially perform the filtering operation and the rolling operation, and continuously supply the laundry. Water to [84 201124584 barrels. The first and second water supply steps are adjustable depending on the amount of laundry to be washed, depending on their individual predetermined time, and the time of each step. [00257] As described above, The centrifugal force is filtered, and the surface of the generated centrifugal force is in close contact with each other. Moreover, the through holes of the laundry and the drum are flowed to rotate the drum at a high speed to generate a crucible, and the inner circumference of the laundry and the drum is maintained by centrifugal force. The water will pass through to the bucket. Therefore, in the filtration operation,

待洗衣物會被洗衣水㈣。此外,洗衣水易於穿越過待洗 衣物且當被潤濕於洗衣水中時,待洗衣物不會受損傷。在 過濾運轉執行一預定的時間間隔之後,可執行該滾動運 轉。如上所述,在第一供水步驟中的該滚動運轉可允許去 污劑充分地溶解於洗衣水中,且同時減低噪音。而且,以 一較寬的待洗衣物的表面面積接觸洗衣水,沿著滾筒的内 表面滾移,而因此待洗衣物可更有效地且均勻地潤濕於洗 衣水中。因此,該過濾與滚動運轉的組合可減小噪音且能 有效地達到洗滌潤濕、去污劑溶解及待洗衣物解開糾結。 此有順序的過濾與滾動運轉的組合可於一預定的時間間隔 内重複數次。 H.1.2 清洗(S1635): [00258】當該洗衣水係供應至一預定的水位,該供水步驟已 完成’而接著會啟動一清洗步驟。 [S] 85 201124584 Η.1.2.1加熱步驟/第一清洗(S1640): [猶】當該供水步驟已完成,該控制部啟動一第一清洗步 驟°該第—清洗步驟可包括-加熱步驟,係用來加熱洗衣The laundry will be washed with water (4). In addition, the laundry water easily passes through the laundry to be washed and when it is wetted in the laundry water, the laundry is not damaged. The rolling operation can be performed after the filtering operation is performed for a predetermined time interval. As described above, the rolling operation in the first water supply step allows the detergent to be sufficiently dissolved in the washing water while reducing noise. Moreover, the surface area of the wider laundry is contacted with the washing water and rolls along the inner surface of the drum, so that the laundry can be more effectively and uniformly wetted in the washing water. Thus, the combination of filtration and rolling operation reduces noise and effectively achieves washing wetting, detergent dissolution, and laundry untangling. This combination of sequential filtering and rolling operations can be repeated several times within a predetermined time interval. H.1.2 Cleaning (S1635): [00258] When the washing water is supplied to a predetermined water level, the water supply step has been completed&apos; and then a washing step is initiated. [S] 85 201124584 Η.1.2.1 Heating step/first cleaning (S1640): [Just] When the water supply step is completed, the control unit initiates a first cleaning step. The first cleaning step may include a heating step Used to heat laundry

水至-預定m不同於標準模式的加熱步驟及清洗步 驟,靜音模式的第—清洗步驟可僅包括該滾動運轉。該滾 動運轉使待洗衣物能沿著滾筒的内表面滾移而不會突然拖 落待洗衣物。因此’此—滾動運動可最大化待洗衣物與洗 衣水之間及待洗衣與滾筒之間的摩冑,且該清》先步帮可有 效地從待洗衣物移除髒污物,並同時減低噪音到最小。 [00260】如上所述’相較於該標準模式的供水步驟,在供水 步驟中該控制部可供應一大量的洗衣水。例如 ’該控制部 可控制在靜音模式的清洗步驟中供應的洗衣水的量,比相 同的待洗衣物的量所供應的洗衣水的量還多 z话。洗衣 水的量的增加使得該滾筒内的水位的提高。當待洗衣物藉 由該滾動運轉以提高的水位於滾筒中滾移,會更㈣加、先 水與待洗衣物之間的摩擦,且會更增加清洗能力。最終 在清洗步驟中所用的該滾動運轉可提供適宜的清洗能力 而同時抑制噪音的產生。 [00261】當一預定的量或以上的待洗衣物承裝於滚筒内 速的滾筒的旋轉不能輕易地一併旋轉待洗衣物與滾筒 &amp; 使與滾筒一併旋轉,大的待洗衣物的量因為辦 ^肢檟關係亦難 以在滾筒的内表面上滾移。因此,由於該滾叙 勒建轉以一相 86 201124584 對低速度旋轉該滾筒,大的 待洗衣物的量無法如預期地滾 移’而因此無法達到所需的、、主、* 所而的凊洗能力。因為如此,若清洗 一大的待洗衣物的量,清洗牛 驟可從上述的該滾動運轉採 用中一不同的滾筒運轉。 [00262]亦即,當在洗衣量決定牛聰 成疋步驟測得的洗衣量係大於一 預設參考值,可在清洗步驟由 ,驟中執行滾翻運轉,而非滾動運 轉。滾翻運轉沿著預定的方h , 的方向不停地旋轉滚筒,近似於該The water to-predetermined m is different from the standard mode heating step and the cleaning step, and the first cleaning step of the silent mode may include only the rolling operation. This rolling operation allows the laundry to roll along the inner surface of the drum without suddenly dragging the laundry. Therefore, 'this-rolling motion can maximize the friction between the laundry and the washing water and between the laundry and the drum, and the cleaning step can effectively remove the dirt from the laundry, and at the same time Reduce noise to a minimum. [00260] As described above, the control portion can supply a large amount of washing water in the water supply step as compared with the water supply step of the standard mode. For example, the control unit can control the amount of washing water supplied in the washing step of the silent mode, which is more than the amount of washing water supplied by the same amount of laundry. An increase in the amount of washing water causes an increase in the water level in the drum. When the laundry is moved by the rolling operation to increase the water in the drum, the friction between the water and the laundry is further increased, and the cleaning ability is further increased. This rolling operation, which is ultimately used in the cleaning step, provides suitable cleaning capabilities while suppressing noise generation. [00261] When a predetermined amount or more of the drum to be laundry is loaded on the drum, the rotation of the drum cannot easily rotate the laundry and the drum together and rotate together with the drum, and the large laundry is It is also difficult to roll on the inner surface of the drum because of the relationship between the limbs and the limbs. Therefore, since the rolling wheel is rotated to rotate the drum at a low speed with one phase 86 201124584, the amount of large laundry cannot be rolled as expected' and thus cannot achieve the desired, main, and Washing ability. Because of this, if a large amount of laundry is washed, the cleaning can be operated from a different drum in the above-described rolling operation. That is, when the amount of laundry measured in the step of determining the amount of laundry is greater than a predetermined reference value, the roll-over operation may be performed in the cleaning step instead of the rolling operation. Rolling operation continuously rotates the drum along the direction of the predetermined square h, which approximates

滾動運轉,且在滾翻運轉巾的滾筒的旋轉速度係高於滾動 運轉中的滾筒的旋轉速度。因此,待洗衣物從滾筒的最低 點被旋轉至對應於滾筒的旋轉方向9〇。或以上的位置處之 後’會脫離滾^由於,滾筒係以—相對高速度進行滾翻 運轉,分散的待洗衣物被拋落至滾筒的最低點,且此與滾 動運轉不同。因此,藉由待洗衣物與洗衣水之間的摩擦及 拋落所產生的衝擊,來清洗待洗衣物。雖然滚翻運轉比滾 動運轉產生更多的噪音,所產生的噪音會比其他滾筒運 轉,如具有強的清洗能力的步進運轉與摩擦運轉,所產生 的噪音還小。因為如此’滾翻運轉可有效地清洗大量的待 洗衣物’而盡可能地抑制產生嚼音。當測量的洗衣量小於 該參考值,可如上述執行該滾動運轉。 [00263]為增進洗衣水的加熱,在一加熱步驟前可執行—加 熱準備步驟。然而,該加熱準備步驟可包括一滾筒運轉, 且該滾筒運轉會產生嚼音。因此,在此模式的清洗步帮中 87 201124584 不會執行預備的步驟,如第一清洗步驟之前的該加熱準備 步驟且洗衣水會在第—清洗步驟中被加熱至—預定的溫 度。可藉由設於桶内的加熱器或蒸汽生成裝置來加熱洗衣 水0 Η.1.2·2 第二清洗(S1642): 【00264】在第一清洗步驟之後,控制部可啟動一第二清洗步 鲁驟。在第二清洗步驟中,可更完全地移除髒污物。如第一 清洗步驟,靜音模式的第二清洗步驟可僅包括該滾動運 轉。在該滾動運轉可將噪音產生減至最低,且如上所述, 在該滾動運轉中待洗衣物的髒污物可被有效地移除。而 且,相較於在標準模式中供應的洗衣水的量,於該滾動運 轉會供應一大量的洗衣水。因為如此,採用該滾動運轉可 保持足夠的清洗能力,並同時抑制噪音產生。 _ [00265】若洗衣量係大的,滾筒係驅動以進行滾翻運轉。若 洗衣量係小的,滾筒係驅動以進行滾動運轉,近似於上述 的第一清洗步驟。 Η.2沖洗循環(1650): [00266]當該清洗循環已完成,可啟動用來從待洗衣物移除 去污劑殘留與辦污物的一沖洗循環。沖洗循環係似於上述 標準模式的沖洗循環,而因此將省略其進—舟&amp; ^ , 7的洋細說明。 88 201124584 [267]纟標準拉式的沖洗循環的初始階段中執行的第— 沖洗步帮包括使用過濾運轉的第—滾筒驅動步驟,其會產 生許多噪音。因此,過濾、運轉不會在靜音模式的沖^循環 中執盯。當標準模式的沖洗循環的步驟採用各種的滚筒運 轉,靜音模式可對沖洗循環的步驟僅應用滾動運轉以減少 噪音,如在清洗步驟中一般。 夕 [画】為了加強整體沖洗能力’於靜音模式中的沖洗步驟 係較在標準模式中重複多次。例如,沖洗循環可執行四次 或以上、是因為滾筒在靜音模式的自旋係以—較低轉速 旋轉’相較於標準模式的自旋循環,因此減低沖洗能力。、 亦即,在自旋循環中,洗衣水—般係藉由因高迷的^筒的 ㈣所產生的離心力而從待洗衣物分離,且去污劑與辨污 物係同時與洗衣水-起從待洗衣物分離。然而,在靜立模 式的自旋循環的普通自旋步驟中,滚筒係以一較低轉㈣ 轉^因此最終沖洗能力會被減低。因此,該沖洗步驟可在 靜音模式的沖洗循環中執行四次或以上。 H.3自旋循環(sl67〇” 一自旋循 而因此將 [00269】§該沖洗循環已完成,該控制部可啟動 環。該自旋循環係近似於標準模式的自旋循環, 省略其進—步的詳細說明。 [S] 89 201124584 [00270】在靜音模式的—普通自旋步驟中,滾筒可以一較低 轉:旋轉’相較於在普通標準模式中的自旋步驟,以減少 噪曰作1如為了減少嚼音,該滚筒可以一預定轉速旋轉, 其係為標準模式的普通自旋循環的轉速的50%。亦即,該 滾筒可以大約每分鐘400轉作旋轉。 工·模式I (棉的、人造的、混合模式) # [衝!】如上述的功能性衣物模式,可提供對應於待洗衣物 的種類及對應於待洗衣物的織物類型的模式。例如,可提 供一棉織品模式用來清洗棉織品,如毛巾、桌布、τ恤等, -人造纖維模式或簡單護衣(easy咖)模式用來清洗人造 纖維織品H混合模式用來清洗一混合織物類型,如 棉與人造纖維織品。人造布料可包括,例如,聚酰胺、丙 稀的纖維、聚g旨纖維以及其他此類織物。 馨[00272】棉織品與人造纖維織品具有不同的特性。亦即,棉 織品係較能抵抗摩擦與衝擊,比人造纖維織品較不會有變 形的疑慮。此外,棉織品可較人造纖維織品吸收更多洗衣 水且比人造纖維織品較不會有皺褶的疑慮。然而,從人造 纖維織品待洗衣物分開棉織品待洗衣物並執行相對應的清 洗模式以始終對於其分開清洗並非易事。這是因為使用者 常穿著由棉與人造纖維織品一起織成的衣物,且不希望洗 個別部分的棉的與人造的衣物。因此,可提供組合棉織品 90 201124584 模式與人造纖維模式優點的一清洗模式, 式。 亦即’一混合模The rolling operation is performed, and the rotation speed of the drum which rolls over the running towel is higher than the rotation speed of the drum during the rolling operation. Therefore, the laundry is rotated from the lowest point of the drum to 9 〇 corresponding to the rotational direction of the drum. After the above or above position, the roller will be detached from the roller, and the roller is tumbling at a relatively high speed, and the dispersed laundry is dropped to the lowest point of the roller, which is different from the rolling operation. Therefore, the laundry is washed by the friction between the laundry and the washing water and the impact generated by the dropping. Although the rollover operation produces more noise than the roll operation, the noise generated will be more stable than other drums, such as stepping and friction running with strong cleaning capability. Because of this, the "rolling operation can effectively clean a large amount of laundry" and suppress the generation of chewing sound as much as possible. When the measured laundry amount is less than the reference value, the rolling operation can be performed as described above. [00263] To enhance the heating of the wash water, a heating-preparation step can be performed prior to a heating step. However, the heating preparation step may include a drum operation, and the drum operation produces a chewing sound. Therefore, in this mode of cleaning step 87 201124584, no preliminary steps are performed, such as the heating preparation step before the first washing step and the washing water is heated to a predetermined temperature in the first washing step. The washing water can be heated by a heater or a steam generating device provided in the tub. 1.21.2.2 Second cleaning (S1642): [00264] After the first washing step, the control portion can initiate a second washing step Lu. In the second washing step, the dirt can be removed more completely. As with the first cleaning step, the second cleaning step of the silent mode may include only the rolling operation. The rolling operation can minimize noise generation, and as described above, the dirt of the laundry can be effectively removed during the rolling operation. Moreover, a large amount of washing water is supplied in the rolling operation as compared with the amount of washing water supplied in the standard mode. Because of this, the rolling operation maintains sufficient cleaning ability while suppressing noise generation. _ [00265] If the amount of laundry is large, the drum is driven to perform a rollover operation. If the amount of laundry is small, the drum is driven to perform a rolling operation, which is similar to the first washing step described above. 2.2 Flush Cycle (1650): [00266] When the purge cycle has been completed, a flush cycle for removing detergent residue from the laundry can be initiated. The flushing cycle is similar to the flushing cycle of the above standard mode, and thus the detailed description of the boating &amp; ^, 7 will be omitted. 88 201124584 [267] The first flushing step performed in the initial stage of the standard pull flush cycle includes a first drum drive step using a filter run, which produces a lot of noise. Therefore, filtering and running will not be performed in the cycle of the silent mode. When the standard mode flush cycle step uses various drum runs, the silent mode applies only a rolling run to the flush cycle step to reduce noise, as in the cleaning step. [Drawing] In order to enhance the overall flushing ability, the flushing step in the silent mode is repeated multiple times in the standard mode. For example, the flush cycle can be performed four times or more because the spin of the drum in the silent mode is rotated at a lower speed than the standard mode spin cycle, thus reducing the flushing capability. That is, in the spin cycle, the washing water is generally separated from the laundry by the centrifugal force generated by the (4) of the fascinating cylinder, and the detergent and the detergent are simultaneously with the washing water - Separate from the laundry. However, in the normal spin step of the static mode of the spin cycle, the drum is rotated at a lower turn (four) so that the final flushing ability is reduced. Therefore, the rinsing step can be performed four times or more in the flush cycle of the silent mode. H.3 spin cycle (sl67〇) a spin cycle and thus [00269] § the flush cycle is completed, the control section can activate the ring. The spin cycle is similar to the standard mode spin cycle, omitting it [S] 89 201124584 [00270] In the silent mode - normal spin step, the drum can be rotated a lower: rotate 'as compared to the spin step in the normal standard mode to reduce Noise 1 As in order to reduce the chewing sound, the drum can be rotated at a predetermined speed, which is 50% of the rotation speed of the normal spin cycle of the standard mode. That is, the drum can be rotated about 400 revolutions per minute. Mode I (cotton, artificial, mixed mode) # [冲!] The functional laundry mode as described above can provide a pattern corresponding to the type of laundry and the type of fabric corresponding to the laundry. For example, available A cotton fabric pattern is used to clean cotton fabrics, such as towels, tablecloths, t-shirts, etc. - Man-made fiber pattern or simple clothing (easy coffee) mode is used to clean man-made fabrics. Hybrid mode is used to clean a mixed fabric type, such as cotton. And rayon fabrics. Artificial fabrics may include, for example, polyamide, propylene fibers, poly-fibers, and other such fabrics. [00272] Cotton fabrics have different characteristics from rayon fabrics, that is, cotton fabrics. It can resist friction and impact, and has less doubt than rayon fabric. In addition, cotton fabric can absorb more washing water than rayon fabric and has less wrinkle than rayon fabric. However, from rayon It is not easy for the fabric to be washed to separate the cotton fabric from the laundry and perform the corresponding cleaning mode to always clean it separately. This is because the user often wears clothes woven together with cotton and rayon fabric, and does not wish to wash the individual. Part of the cotton and man-made clothing. Therefore, a cleaning mode that combines the advantages of the cotton fabric 90 201124584 mode with the man-made fiber mode can be provided.

量,而因此髒污的待洗衣物會被忽略一段相對長的時間。 當然,若將一小的待洗衣物的量係分開來清洗,會浪費電 • 力。因為如此,能一起清洗傳統種類織物的待洗衣物的混 合模式可避免待洗衣物被忽略的問題及電力浪費。 [00274】如圖17,在供對應於混合的織物的類型的如清洗 模式中,一清洗循環、一沖洗循環及一自旋循環可依據織 物的特定類型的特性來作區分。參照上述的標準模式的循 環及步驟,如下將詳述棉織品模式、人造纖維模式及混合 模式之具有基於織物類型而調整的每個步驟的操作的條 • 件。相較於標準模式,將適當地省略重複的詳細敘述,而 將詳細描述其不同之處。 [00275]當使用者依據待洗衣物的織物類型,選擇該棉織品 模式、該人造纖維模式或該混合模式(S 1710),該控制部可 依據該選擇的模式執行一清洗循環(S 1730)、一沖洗循環 (S1750)與一自旋循環(S1770)以及步驟。 201124584 L1.1洗衣量決定步驟(S1734): [00276】在一清洗循環中,控制部可決定待洗衣物的量,且 於該模式之一洗衣量決定方法係近似於上述方法而將省略 重複的插述。該測量的洗衣量可適當地使用於一以下的步 驟’其將詳細描述。 L1.2.供水步驟(S1733): [00277] #制部可執行一供水步驟,用來供應洗衣水與去8 劑至桶或滾筒,並溶解去污劑於洗衣水中。亦即,洗衣冰 係與去起從—外部供水來源提供應。為了先供應 洗衣水與去污劑至待洗衣物,洗衣水與去污劑係直接供應 至滾筒内的待洗衣物。亦即,洗衣水的一水供應管線可位 於滾筒的-前上部朝向滾筒内部’而不是在桶的一下部。 當該去污劑為-粉末型式’將無法充分地溶解去污劑,而 供水步驟的-滾筒驅動運轉,將詳述如後,可充分地溶解 去污劑。因此,洗衣水與去污劑係在清洗循環的初始階段 供應至待洗衣物’並可減少清洗循環所需時間以增進清洗 效率。 I.1.2.1加強去污劑溶解(S1735): [00278】在一去污劑加強溶解步驟令,一 滚涛驅動運轉可依 據待洗衣物織物的類型而作區分。 了執行摩擦運轉 201124584 供棉織品待洗衣物,且可批_ 、 g執行步進運轉供人造纖维織品待 洗衣物。在替代的具體訾 貫施例中,可執行摩擦運轉及/或步 進運轉。 [00279]摩擦運轉藉由拋落蓓&lt;女 他洛#洗衣物以產生摩擦來彎曲/拉 伸及擦洗待洗衣物。因Λ 马如此’在清洗循環的初始階段可The amount, and therefore the dirty laundry will be ignored for a relatively long period of time. Of course, if a small amount of laundry is washed separately, power is wasted. Because of this, the mixing mode of the laundry to be washed together with the conventional type of fabric can avoid the problem of neglect of laundry and waste of electricity. [00274] As shown in Fig. 17, in a cleaning mode for a type corresponding to a mixed fabric, a cleaning cycle, a rinse cycle, and a spin cycle can be distinguished according to the specific type of characteristics of the fabric. Referring to the above-described standard mode cycle and steps, the operation of each step of the cotton fabric mode, the rayon mode, and the blend mode having the adjustment based on the fabric type will be detailed as follows. The repeated detailed description will be appropriately omitted as compared with the standard mode, and the differences will be described in detail. [00275] when the user selects the cotton pattern, the rayon mode or the mixing mode according to the type of the fabric to be washed (S 1710), the control unit may perform a cleaning cycle according to the selected mode (S 1730), A flush cycle (S1750) and a spin cycle (S1770) and steps. 201124584 L1.1 laundry amount determining step (S1734): [00276] In a washing cycle, the control portion may determine the amount of laundry, and in this mode one of the laundry amount determining methods is similar to the above method and will be omitted Interpretation. The measured amount of laundry can be suitably used in one of the following steps' which will be described in detail. L1.2. Water Supply Step (S1733 That is, the laundry ice system is provided with the source of the external water supply. In order to supply the laundry water and the detergent to the laundry first, the washing water and the detergent are directly supplied to the laundry in the drum. That is, the water supply line of the washing water may be located at the front upper portion of the drum toward the inside of the drum rather than at the lower portion of the tub. When the detergent is in a -powder type, the detergent can not be sufficiently dissolved, and the drum-driven operation of the water supply step, as described later, can sufficiently dissolve the detergent. Therefore, the washing water and the detergent are supplied to the laundry at the initial stage of the washing cycle&apos; and the time required for the washing cycle can be reduced to improve the cleaning efficiency. I.1.2.1 Strengthening Detergent Dissolution (S1735): [00278] In a detergent enhanced dissolution step, a rolling drive operation can be differentiated depending on the type of fabric to be washed. Performing the friction operation 201124584 The cotton fabric is to be washed, and the batch _, g can be stepped for the man-made fabric to be washed. In an alternative embodiment, a frictional operation and/or a stepping operation may be performed. [00279] The rubbing operation bends/stretches and scrubs the laundry by throwing away &lt; female Tallo # laundry to create friction. Because the horse is so ‘in the initial stage of the cleaning cycle

預期類似人為手擦洗效果。然而,對於能些許抵抗摩擦 的織物可執行此摩擦運轉,而該滾筒驅動運轉可為在棉織 莫弋的去污劑加強溶解步驟中的該摩擦運轉。 陶】㈣人造纖維織品的特性,人造的待洗衣物係較棉 的待洗衣物輕’且人造的待洗衣物具有較棉的待洗衣物一 低百分比的水分。而且,人造的待洗衣物較棉的待洗衣物 具有因摩擦造成損傷的疑慮。因為如此,步進運轉可在去 巧·劑加強溶解步驟中執行以加強去污劑溶解並避免織物損 傷亦即,於一去污劑加強溶解步驟中的供人造纖維織品 的一滾筒驅動運轉可為該步進運轉。該步進運轉對輕的人 k纖維織品施加最大值的拋落衝擊以加強去污劑溶解,且 在清洗循環的初始階段可預期類似人為拍打效果的清洗效 果0 _281】在混合模式中的一去污劑加強溶解步驟的滚筒驅 動運轉可為步進運轉與摩擦運轉的組合。亦即,分別最適 於棉織品與人造纖維織品的步進運轉與摩擦運轉,可組人 使此加強去污劑溶解而在清洗循環的初始階段中可預期、、太 93 201124584 洗效果。在此例中,係組合不同的滾筒驅動運轉且因為如 此,待洗衣物運動型式與洗衣水運動型式可充分地不同以 增進清洗循環的效率。 1.1.2.2 洗滌潤濕(S1736): [00282]在該標準模式的洗滌潤濕步驟,可旋轉滾筒進行滾It is expected to be similar to the artificial hand scrub effect. However, this rubbing operation can be performed for a fabric that is somewhat resistant to friction, and the drum driving operation can be the rubbing operation in the cotton-reinforced detergent reinforcing dissolution step. Pottery] (4) The characteristics of man-made fiber fabrics, the artificial laundry is lighter than the cotton laundry and the artificial laundry has a lower percentage of moisture than the cotton laundry. Moreover, the artificial laundry to be washed has a concern that the laundry is damaged by friction. Because of this, the stepping operation can be performed in the decontaminating agent strengthening dissolution step to enhance the detergent dissolution and avoid fabric damage, that is, a drum driving operation for the rayon fabric in a detergent reinforcing dissolution step. Run for this step. The stepping operation applies a maximum throwing impact to the light human k-fiber fabric to enhance the detergent dissolution, and a cleaning effect similar to a human tapping effect can be expected in the initial stage of the cleaning cycle 0 _ 281] one in the mixed mode The drum driving operation of the detergent reinforcing dissolution step may be a combination of a stepping operation and a friction operation. That is, the stepping operation and the rubbing operation, which are respectively suitable for the cotton fabric and the man-made fiber fabric, can be used to make the reinforcing detergent dissolve and can be expected to be washed in the initial stage of the cleaning cycle. In this case, different drum drive operations are combined and because, as such, the laundry movement pattern and the laundry water motion pattern can be sufficiently different to increase the efficiency of the cleaning cycle. 1.1.2.2 Wash Wetting (S1736): [00282] In this standard mode of washing and wetting step, the drum can be rolled

動運轉。相較於上述執行於洗滌潤濕進行的一期間的摩擦 運轉與滾動運轉,該滾動運轉對待洗衣物產生較少的摩 擦。因此’雖然溼的待洗衣物之間會有摩擦,卻沒有待洗 衣物損壞的疑慮,而不管待洗衣物 執行該滚動運轉中進行的洗滌潤濕步驟。 [咖]無論織物是棉的或人造的,可在洗滌潤濕步驟中執 仃該滾動運轉。即使當使用者選擇該棉織品模式、該混合 模式或該人造纖維模式的任—者該滾動運轉可執行於在 去污劑加強溶解步驟之後的洗條潤濕步驟。 [0〇284】洗務潤渴步駿可白工 .,,、驟了包括兩個步驟,係包括分開執行的 第一與第二洗滌潤濕步 八 ”、 例如,當洗滌潤濕步驟係進行 分鐘’該第—洗務潤濕步驟可 潤濕步驟可執行5分鐘 刀…務 L 特別地,可在該第一洗滌潤濕步 驟進仃額外的水供應, 於^性 該額外的水供應已完成,可執 仃該第二洗務潤濕步驟。 了執 201124584 陶S] τ區分第-與第二洗蘇潤濕步驟的滾筒驅動運轉 以更有效地湖濕待洗衣物,並均勻地供應去污劑與供哈待 洗衣物的洗衣水。例如,該第一洗蘇潤濕步帮的滚筒^動 運轉可為該滾動運轉,且該第二洗條潤濕步驟的滾筒驅動 運轉可為一該滾動運轉與過濾運轉的組合。亦即,在第— 洗蘇潤濕步驟中,可以-預定的淨作用比來執行該滚動運 轉。在第二錢潤濕步料,在過料轉執行過一欠後 可執行四找㈣運轉,而㈣單次循I該循環 可重複進行。 [釀…動運轉不停地在滾筒的下部翻動待洗衣物以 增加洗衣水與去污劑之間的接觸時間。過渡運轉將待洗衣 物寬廣地展開並允許洗衣水與去污劑均句地供應至待洗衣 物,使能達到有效的洗蘇濁濕。一般耗費約13分鐘以完成 濕會 滾翻運轉中的洗滌潤濕,而依據此具體實施例洗務潤 耗費大約1 〇分鐘。 [〇〇287】&quot;第—洗㈣濕步驟的滚筒驅動運轉會依據待洗 衣物的量而作區分。該第一洗 、峭濕步驟的滾筒驅動運轉 會依據在洗衣量決定步驟中決定的洗衣量而作區分。例 如,若該決定的洗衣量為一預定的等級或以上,滾筒係如 上述地驅動進行該滾動運轉。若該決定的洗衣量係少㈣ 預定的等級,滚筒可驅動進行—步進與滾動運轉的组合。 95 201124584 [00288]步進運轉在舉起待洗衣物後突然拋落。^是大的洗 衣置,待洗衣物落下的距離可能會減少。因此,步進運轉 係適於λ)、的待洗衣物的量。此一步進運轉會損傷待洗衣 物因此,在棉織品模式中,當洗衣量少於該預定的等級,Dynamic operation. The rolling operation produces less friction for the laundry than the above-described frictional and rolling operations performed during a period in which the washing is wetted. Therefore, although there is friction between the wet laundry items, there is no doubt that the laundry is damaged, regardless of the laundry wetting step performed during the rolling operation. [Coff] Whether the fabric is cotton or artificial, the rolling operation can be performed during the washing and wetting step. Even when the user selects the cotton mode, the mixing mode, or the rayon mode, the rolling operation can be performed in the strip wetting step after the detergent reinforcing dissolution step. [0〇284] Washing and thirsty stepping can be white work.,, and the steps include two steps, including first and second washing and wetting steps eight", for example, when the washing and wetting step is The minute 'this-washing wetting step can be wetted step can be performed for 5 minutes. In particular, an additional water supply can be added to the first washing and wetting step, and the additional water supply is provided. Completed, the second wetting wetting step can be performed. The 201124584 pottery S] τ distinguishes the drum-driven operation of the first-and second-washing wetting step to more effectively wet the laundry, and evenly Supplying the detergent and the washing water for the laundry. For example, the rolling operation of the first washing and drying step can be the rolling operation, and the drum driving operation of the second washing step is It is a combination of the rolling operation and the filtering operation. That is, in the first-washing wetting step, the rolling operation can be performed with a predetermined net action ratio. In the second money wetting step, in the over-feeding After performing a owe, you can perform four find (four) operations, and (4) a single round of I can cycle Repeatedly. [Stuffing] The operation of the laundry is continuously turned on the lower part of the drum to increase the contact time between the washing water and the detergent. The transition operation will broaden the laundry and allow the washing water and detergent. It is uniformly supplied to the laundry to enable effective scouring and wetness. Generally, it takes about 13 minutes to complete the washing and wetting in the wet-rolling operation, and the washing operation according to this embodiment takes about 1 minute. [〇〇287]&quot;The first-washing (four) wet-step drum driving operation is differentiated according to the amount of laundry to be washed. The drum driving operation of the first washing and stagnation step is determined according to the laundry amount determining step. The amount of laundry is divided. For example, if the determined amount of laundry is a predetermined level or more, the drum is driven to perform the rolling operation as described above. If the determined amount of laundry is less (four) predetermined level, the drum can be driven. Performing—a combination of stepping and rolling. 95 201124584 [00288] Stepping operation suddenly throws off after lifting the laundry. ^It is a large laundry, and the distance to be dropped by the laundry may be reduced. Therefore, the stepping operation is suitable for the amount of laundry to be λ). This stepping operation will damage the laundry to be washed. Therefore, in the cotton mode, when the laundry amount is less than the predetermined level,

可在該第一洗滌潤濕步驟中執行步進運轉與滾動運轉的組 合。當洗衣量為該預定的等級或以上,可在該第—洗務潤 濕步驟巾執行該滾動運轉。在該人造纖維料及具有一待 洗衣物損壞疑慮的該混合模式中,不管洗衣量多少而可在 該第一洗滌潤濕步驟執行該滾動運轉。 [麵】在替代的具體實施例中,可在供水步驟中執行盘滾 筒驅動有關的一循環步驟。亦即,循環步帮可與用來驅動 滚筒的馬達驅動同步。當待洗衣物因滾筒的驅動而移動 時’循環的洗衣水可供應至待洗衣物,而供水步驟的目標 可更有效地達成。 ν [麵】依據此具體實施例,該去污劑加強溶解㈣及該洗 滌潤濕步驟係包含於供水步驟 …而,該去污劑加強溶 解步驟與㈣制濕步料從供水㈣^立地提供。 此例中,在水供應之後,可執杆 、在 該洗滌潤濕步驟 、、 執心去㈣加強溶解步帮與 Ι·1.3·加熱(S1741):A combination of the stepping operation and the rolling operation can be performed in the first washing and wetting step. When the laundry amount is the predetermined level or more, the rolling operation can be performed in the first washing and moistening step. In the hybrid mode of the rayon material and having a laundry damage suspect, the rolling operation can be performed in the first washing and wetting step regardless of the amount of laundry. [Face] In an alternative embodiment, a cycle step associated with the drum drive can be performed in the water supply step. That is, the cycle step can be synchronized with the motor drive used to drive the drum. When the laundry is moved by the driving of the drum, the circulating laundry water can be supplied to the laundry, and the target of the water supply step can be more effectively achieved. ν [面面] According to this embodiment, the detergent enhances dissolution (4) and the washing and wetting step is included in the water supply step... and the detergent enhances the dissolution step and (4) the wet step material is supplied from the water supply (four) . In this case, after the water supply, the rod can be actuated, the washing and wetting step, and the care (4) to strengthen the dissolution step and Ι·1.3·heating (S1741):

96 201124584 [00291]在此模式中,一加熱步驟可依據該選擇的運作模式 而作區分。例如’加熱步驟中使用的洗衣水的溫度可依照 待洗衣物的織物類型而設定成不同的。96 201124584 [00291] In this mode, a heating step can be differentiated depending on the selected mode of operation. For example, the temperature of the washing water used in the heating step can be set to be different depending on the type of the fabric to be washed.

[00292】棉織品能相當地受熱。當洗衣水的溫度上升,更多 的去污劑會溶解在洗衣水且進一步加強去污劑的活化。因 此’當選擇棉織品模式,洗衣水的溫度在加熱步驟中可能 會被設定為大約60°C。可透過選項選擇區118選擇從冷水 延伸到大約95°C的一範圍内的此一洗衣水的溫度。當洗衣 水的溫度升高時,適當地可進一步加強去污劑活化且可進 一步提升清洗能力,進一步提高消毒/漂白的效果。 [00293】人造纖維織品可能會受到/承受更少的熱,因此人 造纖維模式或混合模式主要是避免熱量損壞待洗衣物。 田[00292] Cotton fabric can be quite heated. As the temperature of the wash water rises, more detergent will dissolve in the wash water and further enhance the activation of the detergent. Therefore, when the cotton mode is selected, the temperature of the washing water may be set to about 60 ° C in the heating step. The temperature of the wash water extending from cold water to a range of about 95 ° C can be selected through the option selection area 118. When the temperature of the washing water is raised, the detergent activation can be further enhanced as appropriate and the cleaning ability can be further improved to further enhance the disinfecting/bleaching effect. [00293] Rayon fabrics may be subject to/understand less heat, so the artificial fiber mode or blend mode is primarily to avoid heat damage to the laundry. field

選擇人造纖維模式或混人禮+ I 又庇σ模式時,洗衣水的溫度於加熱步 驟中可被設定為大約4 0 。又址、认 C ^在人造纖維模式或混合模式 中,使用者可避免選擇洗衣泱的、.田 一 评此衣水的溫度要尚於6(TC,以避免 待洗衣物彳貝壞。例如,當德埋Λ^ 田選擇人造纖維模式或混合模式時, 洗衣水的溫度在When the man-made fiber mode or the mixed ritual + I and sigma mode is selected, the temperature of the washing water can be set to about 40 in the heating step. In the rayon mode or mixed mode, the user can avoid the choice of the washing machine. The temperature of the clothes is still 6 (TC) to avoid the badness of the laundry mussels. For example When the German burying Λ ^ field selects the man-made fiber mode or the mixed mode, the temperature of the washing water is

少鄉甲可能有最高限制為60〇CShaoxiangjia may have a maximum limit of 60〇C

[00294】不論該選擇的振+ 、式加熱步驟的一滾筒驅動運轉可 為滚翻運轉。k疋因為滾翻運轉可以對待洗衣物解開糾 結,同時減低待洗衣物損壞。因此,該滾翻運轉會允許蒸 汽或加熱的洗衣水充分地傳遞至待洗衣物。 97 201124584 [00295]在替代的具體實施例中,可在加熱步驟中執〜 環步驟。該循環步驟可與滾筒的驅動同步。由私―. 田於在初始加 熱執行一預定的程度後才進行循環步驟,猶環步 β 娜,可與 在初始的滾筒驅動開始之後驅動一預定時間的滾筒同步 Α·1·4 滑洗(S1742): [〇〇296】一清洗步驟的一滾筒驅動運轉可為一連續的該滾 動運轉及/或滾翻運轉及/或旋擺運轉的組合。該清洗步驟的 滾筒驅動運轉可依據該選擇的模式而有所區別,因為織物 的保護的作用和提高清洗能力的效果均能實現。 [賺】亦即,在清洗棉織品待洗衣物的案例中,可執行用 來採用-強勁機械外力清洗待洗衣物的一滚筒驅動運轉。 在清洗人造纖維織品待洗衣物的案例中,可執行用來採用 -相對低機械外力清洗待洗衣物的一滾筒驅動運轉。清洗 步驟可包括清洗循環的步驟之一’其係需要時間最長。因 ==洗”來最有效地執行清洗。由於清洗步驟 損壞。漫長的’在清洗步驟中最可能產生待洗衣物 m考中量的是,當選擇棉織品模柄,滾筒可驅動進行 清洗步驟中的滚動運轉和滾 作的組合適用於對待 ’°在兩個不同動 並可提高清洗欵率,強勁機械外力的模式, 依據棉織品的特性’較無織物 98 201124584 知傷的疑慮。因為如此,強勁機械外力係應用於清洗待洗 衣物並可更改善清洗效果。當選擇棉織品模式,可在一 /月洗步驟中執行—過據運轉和滚翻運轉的組合,隨著循環 步同步於滾筒的驅動。由於棉織品較無待洗衣物損壞的 疑慮,過濾運轉可不斷地且有效地供應洗衣水與去污劑至 待洗衣物。 [】反之,¾選擇人造纖維模式時,滾筒可能會在清洗 驟中旋轉進行—旋擺運轉和滾翻運轉的組合。該兩個不 同運動的組合可提高清洗效果。該旋擺運轉輕輕地旋擺待 洗衣物於洗衣水中因此摩擦產生的待洗衣會減少。此外, 在其中待洗衣物與洗衣水接觸的時間可以充分地增加足以 改善清洗效果。 [00300】t提供混合模式以有效地一起清洗棉的待洗衣物 、、的待洗衣物時,無論待洗衣物的織物類型,需改善 籲π洗效果且需要盡量減少待洗衣物損壞。為了滿足此目 的*選擇混合模式時,清洗步驟的滾筒驅動運轉可能是 一滾翻運轉及/或_運轉及/或滾動運轉的組合。亦即,可 提供旋擺運轉用來避免對織物損傷,並可提供滾動運轉用 來提高清洗能力。 在人造纖㈣式與混合模式中…循環步驟可與滾 筒驅動同步,以使洗衣士 4-、 衣欠與去污劑不斷地供應至待洗衣物。 99 201124584 [00302]如上所述’雖•然已選擇棉織品模式、人造纖維模式 或混合模式的其中一者,清洗步驟的滾筒驅動運轉可被控 制以作一組合的兩個不同的運轉。這樣可產生機械外力的 不同模式及待洗衣物的移動,而可在視覺上改進使用者的 滿意度。 [00303】當從選項選擇$ 118選擇待洗衣物的一髒污物等 級,馬達的淨作用比可依據該選擇的髒污物等級而調整。 籲,然而,增加淨作用比同時會增加機械外力施加至待洗衣物 的時間。考里此因素,清洗循環的淨作用比可依據使用者 所選擇的模式而不同。亦即,棉織品模式的淨作用比會大 於人造纖維模式與混合模式的淨作用比。 Ϊ. 1.2 沖洗循環(s 1750): [00304]當該清洗循環已完成’可啟動—沖洗循環。在沖洗 0循環中,可重複沖洗步驟,用來在利用供應的洗衣水沖洗 待洗衣物之後排出洗衣水。在此模式中的沖洗循環的沖洗 步驟可重複三次或以上。 _)5】 &gt;先衣水提供至沖洗循環的—水位會高於清洗循環 的一水位。亦即,該洗衣水可供應至從外部是可見的一預 定水位,以利用足夠的洗衣水改善沖洗效果。 S] [00306]沖洗循環的一滾筒驅動運轉可為滾翻運轉。滾翻運 轉淹沒待洗衣物於洗衣水’並從洗衣水中移出待洗衣物, 100 201124584 且其可為重複的。以高水位的滾翻運轉視覺上告知使用者 具有充分的沖洗。沖洗循環的滾翻運轉可避免馬達的過 熱,並提高沖洗效率。亦即,沖洗循環的水位會高於清洗 循環的水位’且施加至滾筒的負載會因洗衣水而相應地增 加。步進運轉、摩擦運轉及旋擺運轉反覆進行馬達的旋轉 和煞車。因此,這樣一剎車會對馬達產生過大的負載。而 且,如果水位高,洗衣水所產生的負載可能會增加。在具 Φ 有一高水位的沖洗循環中,滚筒驅動運轉不會有什麼突然 的求彳車,而避免馬達的過熱。因此,用來沿著預定的方向 旋轉滾筒的滾翻運轉在沖洗循環中是更佳的。 [00307】-循環步驟可執行於沖洗循環中以循環盛裝於桶 内的洗衣水至滾筒。這會對使用者產生視覺的效果以告知 其為充分的沖洗。 1.3.[00294] A drum drive operation of the selected vibration +, heating step may be a rollover operation. Because the rollover operation can untie the laundry, it will reduce the damage of the laundry. Therefore, the roll-over operation allows the steam or heated wash water to be sufficiently delivered to the laundry. 97 201124584 [00295] In an alternative embodiment, the loop step can be performed during the heating step. This cycling step can be synchronized with the drive of the drum. The cycle is performed after the initial heating is performed for a predetermined degree, and the cycle step is synchronized with the drum that is driven for a predetermined time after the initial drum drive is started. S1742): [〇〇296] A drum drive operation of a cleaning step may be a combination of the continuous rolling operation and/or the rolling operation and/or the swing operation. The drum driving operation of the washing step can be made different depending on the selected mode, because the protective effect of the fabric and the effect of improving the cleaning ability can be achieved. [Earning] That is, in the case of cleaning cotton laundry, it is possible to perform a drum driving operation using a strong mechanical external force to wash the laundry. In the case of cleaning the rayon fabric laundry, a drum driving operation for washing the laundry with a relatively low mechanical external force can be performed. The cleaning step may include one of the steps of the cleaning cycle, which takes the longest time. Because the == wash" to perform the cleaning most effectively. Because the cleaning step is damaged. The longest 'in the cleaning step is the most likely to produce the amount of laundry to be tested. When the cotton mold handle is selected, the drum can be driven to perform the cleaning step. The combination of rolling operation and rolling is suitable for treating '° in two different movements and can improve the cleaning rate, the mode of strong mechanical external force, according to the characteristics of cotton fabrics. No doubt about fabrics 98 201124584. Because of this, The strong mechanical external force is used to clean the laundry and can improve the cleaning effect. When the cotton mode is selected, it can be executed in the one-month washing step - the combination of the running and the rolling operation, and the cycle is synchronized with the driving of the drum. Because the cotton fabric is less irritating than the laundry, the filtration operation can continuously and effectively supply the washing water and the detergent to the laundry. [Compversely, when the rayon mode is selected, the drum may be in the cleaning step. Rotating - a combination of the swinging operation and the rolling operation. The combination of the two different movements improves the cleaning effect. The laundry to be washed in the laundry water and thus the friction will be reduced. In addition, the time during which the laundry is in contact with the laundry water can be sufficiently increased to improve the cleaning effect. [00300] t provide a mixing mode to effectively clean the cotton together When the laundry is to be washed, regardless of the type of fabric to be washed, it is necessary to improve the π washing effect and to minimize the damage of the laundry. To meet this purpose * When the mixing mode is selected, the drum driving of the cleaning step The operation may be a combination of a rollover operation and/or a _operation and/or a rolling operation, that is, a slewing operation may be provided to avoid damage to the fabric, and a rolling operation may be provided to improve the cleaning ability. In the mixed mode, the cycle step can be synchronized with the drum drive so that the laundry 4, the undergarment and the detergent are continuously supplied to the laundry. 99 201124584 [00302] As described above, the cotton pattern has been selected. One of the man-made fiber mode or the hybrid mode, the drum drive operation of the washing step can be controlled to make two different combinations of one This can produce different modes of mechanical external force and movement of the laundry, and can visually improve the user's satisfaction. [00303] When selecting a dirty level of the laundry from the option selection $118, the motor The net effect ratio can be adjusted according to the selected dirt level. However, increasing the net effect ratio also increases the time that the mechanical external force is applied to the laundry. This factor, the net effect ratio of the cleaning cycle can be based on The mode selected by the user differs. That is, the net effect ratio of the cotton mode is greater than the net effect ratio of the rayon mode to the blend mode. 1.2. 1.2 Flushing cycle (s 1750): [00304] When the cleaning cycle is completed 'Startable-flush cycle. In the rinse 0 cycle, the flushing step can be repeated to drain the wash water after flushing the laundry with the supplied wash water. The rinsing step of the rinsing cycle in this mode can be repeated three times or more. _)5] &gt; The water supply to the flushing cycle will be higher than the water level of the cleaning cycle. That is, the washing water can be supplied to a predetermined water level which is visible from the outside to use the sufficient washing water to improve the flushing effect. S] [00306] A drum drive operation of the flush cycle may be a rollover operation. Roll over and over to wash the laundry in the laundry water and remove the laundry from the laundry water, 100 201124584 and it may be repeated. The high water level rollover operation visually informs the user that there is sufficient flushing. The roll-over operation of the flush cycle avoids overheating of the motor and increases flushing efficiency. That is, the water level of the flushing cycle will be higher than the water level of the washing cycle&apos; and the load applied to the drum will increase accordingly due to the washing water. The stepping operation, the friction operation, and the swing operation repeatedly rotate and brake the motor. Therefore, such a brake can cause an excessive load on the motor. Moreover, if the water level is high, the load generated by the washing water may increase. In a flush cycle with a high water level of Φ, the drum drive operation does not cause any sudden braking, and the motor is prevented from overheating. Therefore, the roll-over operation for rotating the drum in a predetermined direction is preferable in the flushing cycle. [00307] The cycle step can be performed in the flush cycle to cycle the wash water contained in the tub to the drum. This produces a visual effect on the user to inform him that it is a sufficient flush. 1.3.

!焚循環(S1770): [S] _)8】&quot;清洗循環與沖洗循環完成後,可執行一自旋循 環,用來盡量從待洗衣物排出洗衣水。在自旋循環的一普 通自旋步财,滾筒轉逮可依據使用者選定的模式而加以 區分,依據織物類型來考量水含量的百分比及殘餘的毅擅。 [績】棉織品具有一高百分比的含水量或吸水量,較益敏 褶的疑慮。即使棉織品有皺褶生成,很容易移除敵糟。反 之’人造纖維織品具有一低百分比的含水量或吸水量,較 101 201124584 有皺褶的疑慮。因此,在棉織品模式中,一預定轉速可能 會高於人造纖維模式與混合模式,且該預定轉速可為,例 如,每分鐘1000轉或以上。在此,該自旋轉速可由使用者 透過選項選擇區來改變。 [00310】人造纖維模式及混合模式的預定轉速可設定為每 分鐘400至600轉。即使以一低轉速旋轉人造的待洗衣物 時’洗衣水可充分地從人造的待洗衣物排出,而可避免皺 褶。在此例中,該自旋轉速可由使用者透過選項選擇區來 改變。在一些具體實施例中,該自旋轉速設定為每分鐘8〇〇 轉之一最大值。 J.模式J (羊毛模式): [00311]依據一待洗衣物的織物類型而提供的一清洗模式 也可包括-羊毛模式,而不是棉織品模式、人造纖維模式! Burning cycle (S1770): [S] _)8]&quot; After the cleaning cycle and the flushing cycle are completed, a spin cycle can be performed to drain the washing water from the laundry as much as possible. In the normal spin of the spin cycle, the drum rotation can be differentiated according to the mode selected by the user, and the percentage of the water content and the residual goodness are considered according to the type of the fabric. [Performance] Cotton fabrics have a high percentage of water content or water absorption, which is more doubtful than pleats. Even if the cotton fabric has wrinkles, it is easy to remove the enemy. In contrast, man-made fabrics have a low percentage of water content or water absorption, which is more wrinkled than 101 201124584. Therefore, in the cotton mode, a predetermined rotation speed may be higher than the rayon mode and the mixing mode, and the predetermined rotation speed may be, for example, 1000 rpm or more. Here, the spin speed can be changed by the user through the option selection area. [00310] The predetermined rotational speed of the rayon mode and the hybrid mode can be set to 400 to 600 revolutions per minute. Even when the artificial laundry is rotated at a low rotational speed, the laundry water can be sufficiently discharged from the artificial laundry to avoid wrinkles. In this case, the spin speed can be changed by the user through the option selection area. In some embodiments, the rate of spin speed is set to a maximum of 8 turns per minute. J. Mode J (wool mode): [00311] A cleaning mode provided according to the type of fabric to be laundry may also include a wool mode instead of a cotton mode, a man-made fiber mode

及混合模式。該羊毛模式可應用於具有較少髒污物及一較 大織物損傷疑慮的待洗衣物。㈣,該羊毛模式可提供以 凊洗須用手洗的羊毛織品待洗衣物。如果用強勁機械外力 清洗,羊毛織品待洗衣物有可能被損壞。因此,在羊毛模 式中,該滾筒係驅動進行具有一微弱機械外力的—預定的 運轉,例如旋擺運轉。考量羊毛織品的特性,該羊毛模式 的-清洗循環,一沖洗循環及自旋循環的滾筒驅動運轉會 不同於該標準模式的滾筒運轉。 S] 102 201124584 j . 1.清洗循環: [觀2】在羊毛模式中,避免織物損傷是重要的,且該滚筒 可驅動進行旋擺運轉,用來在羊毛模式的一清洗循環中輕 輕地在該滚筒的一下部向左與向右移動㈣衣物。在此例 中,一水位可能會高到足以讓滾筒内的一水位為從外面係 可見的。因為如此,滾筒的肉圓田 η的内圓周的表面與待洗衣物之間 的摩擦可減到最小,且升降桿會重複接觸待洗衣物,旋轉 待洗衣物淹沒至洗衣水中,而這樣避免損傷待洗衣物,且 其可輕輕地執行清洗或沖洗。此旋擺運轉可減少待洗衣物 的損傷並增加待洗衣物和洗衣水與去污劑接觸的時間,以 提高清洗效果。 [00313]圖1 8係緣示該单玉ρ 该平毛模式。選擇羊毛模式的一清洗 循環(S1810)。在清洗循環 (S 1830)的一初始階段,洗衣 水和去污劑可供應至桶或 ^衰湾’’亦即’可執行一供水步驟 (S 1833 )。供水步驟可包_ 括去巧劑加強溶解步驟(S1835 ) 和一洗滌潤濕步驟(Sl83 这去万劑加強溶解步驟係用 來促進在供水步驟的初始 們進的去巧劑溶解,而洗滌 1先、步”用來充分濁濕待洗衣物以在供水完成後準備一 々洗步驟。洗_濕㈣可執行於供水完叙以之後。 [_】於羊毛模式中使用 常為—液體型式,立不舍德 门為&quot;生去㈣,且通 々敏 /、會像—粉末型式需要太多的時間來 溶解於洗衣水中。去旦L丨 夕町吁間术 里 ,在供水的初始階段’與洗衣 201124584 水一起’供應去污劑至待洗衣物。當㉟水供應開始時,洗 衣水提供至裝於一去污劑盒中的液體去污劑。洗衣水和液 體去污劑會—起供應至桶或㈣。為了更迅速供應洗衣水 和液體去污劑至待洗衣物,可將洗衣水和液體去污劑的混 合喷向位於滾筒内的待洗衣物1 了更有效的去污劑溶解 的目的’可執行-循環步驟,用來供應裝於桶内的洗衣水 至滾筒的上部。And mixed mode. The wool mode can be applied to laundry items that have less soiling and a greater fabric damage concern. (d) The wool mode provides wool laundry to be washed by hand washing. If it is cleaned with strong mechanical force, the wool fabric may be damaged. Therefore, in the wool mode, the drum is driven to perform a predetermined operation having a weak mechanical external force, such as a swing operation. Considering the characteristics of the wool fabric, the wool mode-wash cycle, the one-flush cycle and the spin-cycle drum drive operation will be different from the standard mode drum operation. S] 102 201124584 j. 1. Cleaning cycle: [View 2] In the wool mode, it is important to avoid fabric damage, and the drum can be driven to perform a swing operation for gently in a washing cycle of the wool mode. Move the clothing to the left and right at the lower part of the drum. In this case, the water level may be high enough to allow a water level in the drum to be visible from the outside. Because of this, the friction between the surface of the inner circumference of the meat round η of the drum and the laundry to be washed can be minimized, and the lifting rod repeatedly contacts the laundry, and the rotating laundry is submerged into the washing water, thereby avoiding damage. The laundry is washed and it can be gently cleaned or rinsed. This swinging operation can reduce the damage of the laundry and increase the time for the laundry and the washing water to contact the detergent to improve the cleaning effect. [00313] FIG. 18 shows the flat pattern of the single jade. Select a cleaning cycle for the wool mode (S1810). In an initial stage of the cleaning cycle (S 1830), the washing water and the detergent can be supplied to the tub or the damper '', i.e., a water supply step (S 1833) can be performed. The water supply step may include a degerming agent to enhance the dissolving step (S1835) and a washing and wetting step (Sl83, which is used to promote the dissolving agent in the initial step of the water supply step, while washing 1 "First step" is used to fully wet the laundry to prepare a washing step after the water supply is completed. Washing_wet (4) can be performed after the water supply is finished. [_] In the wool mode, the often used - liquid type, stand Not for the door to be "sent" (four), and Tong Minmin /, will be like - powder type requires too much time to dissolve in the laundry water. Go to L丨 町 吁 吁 吁 ,, in the initial stage of water supply' Together with the laundry 201124584 water, 'supply detergent to laundry. When the 35 water supply starts, the washing water is supplied to the liquid detergent installed in a detergent box. The washing water and liquid detergent will start Supply to the bucket or (4). In order to supply the laundry water and liquid detergent to the laundry more quickly, the mixture of the washing water and the liquid detergent can be sprayed toward the laundry in the drum. A more effective detergent The purpose of dissolution 'executable - loop Step, installed in the tub for supplying washing water to the upper portion of the drum.

[00315】滾筒可驅動進行旋擺運轉,然後一輕柔旋渦係產生 於洗衣水中,使得可增㈣去污劑溶解,㈣避免待洗衣 物損壞。當水供應6完成’旋擺運轉和循環步驟可-起執 行以準備清洗步^料視m職步㈣-類型。 [00316] 當該去污劑加強浓紐+ 1¾ i A * w 通/合解步驟和洗滌潤濕步驟完成 後,如果必要的話,可埶杆 來加熱洗衣水的一加熱步驟 (S1841)。然而’在加孰步驟+ …,騍中洗衣水的溫度可控制不超 過40°C。如果洗衣水的溫度被升高過多,產生的熱量會使 待洗衣物變形並損傷羊毛織品待洗衣物。贼的溫度不會 產生熱變形,而會促進去污劍 了劑的活化及待洗衣物吸收洗衣 水0 滚筒驅動運轉可為該旋擺 帮中需要最長的時間,並 [00317] 清洗步驟(S1 842 )的— 運轉。清洗步驟在清洗循環的步 為了在清洗步驟令避免待洗衣物 +主 卿相壞,在清洗步驟中使用 旋擺運轉。如果機械外力的施加金尸, 與铋止係反覆地應用到羊[00315] The drum can be driven to perform a swinging operation, and then a gentle vortex is generated in the washing water so that the detergent can be dissolved (4) and the laundry is prevented from being damaged. When the water supply 6 is completed, the 'swing operation and the cycle step can be performed to prepare the cleaning step. [00316] When the detergent strengthening concentrating + 13⁄4 i A * w pass/make step and the washing wetting step are completed, a heating step of heating the washing water may be performed if necessary (S1841). However, in the twisting step + ..., the temperature of the washing water in the crucible can be controlled to not exceed 40 °C. If the temperature of the washing water is raised too much, the heat generated will deform the laundry and damage the wool fabric to be washed. The thief's temperature will not cause thermal deformation, but will promote the activation of the decontamination sword agent and the laundry will absorb the washing water. 0 The drum drive operation can take the longest time for the rotation, and [00317] Cleaning step (S1) 842) - Operation. The cleaning step is in the step of the cleaning cycle. In order to avoid the deterioration of the laundry + the master in the cleaning step, the swirling operation is used in the cleaning step. If the external force of the mechanical force is applied to the golden corpse, it is applied to the sheep repeatedly.

104 201124584 毛織品待洗衣物,可能會產生織物損傷。此機械性的重複 會導致羊毛的收縮。為了避免該收縮,可在清洗步驟中連 續地執行旋擺運轉。 [00318]如上所述,該旋擺運轉藉由電阻制動驅動滾筒,且 其不會對馬達施加太多負載。此外’旋擺運轉可使滾筒驅 動小於90度以在左右之間往返。因此,不需要—大負荷即 可提高待洗衣物。如果滾筒分別是驅動以不停進行摩擦運 轉與步進運轉,可能會對馬達施加過多的負載。在滾翻運 轉中,會比摩擦運轉和步進運轉對馬達施加一較小負荷, 但待洗衣物會被提高並拋落而產生織物損傷。考量此點, 在清洗步驟中執行旋擺運轉。 沖洗循環(S1850): 卿9] f該清洗循環已完成,可執行—沖洗循環。首先 可執行-中自旋。在中自旋後,供應洗衣水以㈣Μ 且若需要的話執行多次沖洗循環。亦 』即,在供水和沖洗二 後,排水可能會重複。一般而言,中 水中間執行。 %係在排水後… [00320]該中自旋以一相對低旋 ^ ^ A 疋度對待洗衣物解開έ —中自旋包括一中級自旋用來以 、’、 洗衣物解開糾結,同時感測振動,以及―:旋轉速度^ 一相對高旋轉速度旋轉待洗衣物一 a 用來t 〜的時間。中級“ 105 201124584 旋可以大約每分鐘 可以大約每分鐘100轉作旋轉而主要自 200轉(低共振頻率)或以上作旋轉。 卿m,當選擇羊毛模式,可省略中自旋。該令 是藉由離心力從待洗衣物排出洗衣水的一程序,而不 免地可能會於待洗衣物產生-拉力。因為如此,受到外部 力量的羊毛織品待洗衣物可能會在自旋循環中受到損傷。 為了緩解這-疑慮,中自旋可省略。例如,省略中自旋的104 201124584 Wool fabrics to be washed, may cause fabric damage. This mechanical repetition can cause the wool to shrink. In order to avoid this shrinkage, the swirling operation can be continuously performed in the washing step. [00318] As described above, the swivel operation drives the drum by resistive braking and it does not apply too much load to the motor. In addition, the 'swing operation allows the drum to be driven less than 90 degrees to reciprocate between the left and right. Therefore, it is not necessary to increase the laundry to be washed under a large load. If the drums are driven separately for frictional operation and stepping, excessive load may be applied to the motor. In the rollover operation, a smaller load is applied to the motor than the frictional operation and the stepping operation, but the laundry is lifted and thrown to cause fabric damage. With this in mind, the swing operation is performed during the cleaning step. Flush cycle (S1850): Qing 9] f The cleaning cycle has been completed and the flush-run cycle can be performed. First executable - medium spin. After the medium spin, the washing water is supplied to (4) 且 and if necessary, multiple flush cycles are performed. Also, the drainage may be repeated after the water supply and flushing. In general, the middle water is executed in the middle. % is after drainage [...] [00320] The spin is treated with a relatively low degree of rotation to treat the laundry - the middle spin includes an intermediate spin for ', the laundry is untangled, At the same time, the vibration is sensed, and ": rotational speed ^ a relatively high rotational speed to rotate the laundry a for a time of t ~. The intermediate "105 201124584 spin can be rotated about 100 revolutions per minute and rotates mainly from 200 revolutions (low resonance frequency) or above. Qing m, when the wool mode is selected, the middle spin can be omitted. The order is borrowed. A process of discharging the washing water from the laundry by centrifugal force, and inevitably, may generate a pulling force to the laundry. Because of this, the wool fabric to be washed by the external force may be damaged in the spin cycle. This - doubt, the middle spin can be omitted. For example, omitting the spin

主要自旋,而只執行令纽白始 .« L- 轨仃r級自%。如果省略所有藉由離心力 排出洗衣水的程序,沖洗能力會顯著降低。考量沖洗能力 與待洗衣物損壞,可執行僅中級自旋而省略主要自旋。 陶】、冲洗步驟的係列包括可執行三次或更多次的供水 和排水’因為去污劑殘留需充分地從待洗衣物排出…沖洗 的水位可能高於清洗步驟的水位,且在沖洗中可執行一循 環步驟》當使用液體去污劑時,纟一般可充分地排出去污 劑殘留,因為執行了兩次沖洗步驟及該中自旋。然而,在 此模式的例子中,中自旋的主要自旋係省略以避免待洗衣 物損壞,並可執行三次沖洗步驟以達到預期的沖洗效果。 [00323]沖洗步驟的一滾筒驅動可為旋擺運轉以避免待洗 衣物損壞。旋擺運轉輕輕地擺動待洗衣物於洗衣水中,並 讓吸附於待洗衣物内的去污劑殘留被排入洗衣水中,使得 沖洗效率能提高。 [S] 106 201124584 •自旋循環(S1870): 【〇〇324】當該沖洗循環已完成’可啟動-自旋循環。自旋循 環係近似於上述的標準模式的自旋循環。普通自旋步驟的 滚筒轉速可設定為每分鐘8〇〇轉或以下以保護羊毛織品待 洗衣物。 κ•模式Κ (輕柔模式): φ [00325]依據待洗衣物的織物類型所提供的一清洗模式可 包括如圖19所示的一輕柔模式,以清洗纖、細的,織品,如絲 綱、塑谬織物製成的待洗衣物、有五金配件附加於其上的 待洗衣物、及其它此種纖細的物件。可執行具有一相對微 弱機械外力的一滾筒運轉,例如旋擺運轉,以輕輕地清洗 纖細的待洗衣於輕柔模式中,近似於在羊毛模式中。因此, 若考慮纖細織品的特性,一清洗循環、—沖洗循環、及輕 φ 柔模式的-自旋循環的滾筒驅動運轉,會與標準模式的滚 筒驅動運轉有所不同。 Κ·1清洗循環(S1930): [00326】近似於羊毛模式,選擇輕柔模式(sl91〇)且滾 係於輕柔模式的—清洗循環(S193G)中驅動進行旋擺 轉,而洗衣水係供應(S1933 )至一相對高水位。而且, 去污劑加強溶解步驟(S1935 )會近似於羊毛模式中的去 107 201124584The main spin, and only the execution of the New Zealand start. « L- 仃 r grade from %. If all the procedures for discharging the washing water by centrifugal force are omitted, the flushing ability is remarkably lowered. Considering the flushing ability and the damage to the laundry, only the intermediate spin can be performed and the main spin is omitted. The series of rinsing steps, including the water supply and drainage that can be performed three or more times 'because the detergent residue needs to be fully discharged from the laundry... the water level of the rinsing may be higher than the water level of the washing step, and during the rinsing Performing a Cycle Step" When a liquid detergent is used, the hydrazine generally can sufficiently drain the detergent residue because two rinsing steps and the middle spin are performed. However, in the example of this mode, the main spin of the medium spin is omitted to avoid damage to the laundry, and three flushing steps can be performed to achieve the desired flushing effect. [00323] A drum drive of the rinsing step can be a slewing operation to avoid damage to the laundry to be washed. The swirling operation gently swings the laundry to the washing water, and allows the detergent residue adsorbed in the laundry to be discharged into the washing water, so that the washing efficiency can be improved. [S] 106 201124584 • Spin Cycle (S1870): [〇〇324] When the flush cycle has been completed 'Startable-spin cycle. The spin cycle is similar to the spin cycle of the standard mode described above. The drum speed of the normal spin step can be set to 8 turns per minute or less to protect the wool fabric from washing. κ• mode Κ (soft mode): φ [00325] A cleaning mode provided according to the type of fabric to be washed may include a gentle mode as shown in FIG. 19 to clean fibers, fine, fabrics, such as silk , laundry to be made of plastic fabric, laundry to be attached to the hardware, and other such delicate items. A drum operation having a relatively weak mechanical external force, such as a swing operation, can be performed to gently clean the slender laundry in a gentle mode, similar to the wool mode. Therefore, considering the characteristics of the fine fabric, the drum drive operation of a cleaning cycle, a flush cycle, and a light-soft mode-spin cycle will be different from the standard mode roller drive operation. Κ·1 cleaning cycle (S1930): [00326] Approximate to the wool mode, select the gentle mode (sl91〇) and roll in the soft mode - the cleaning cycle (S193G) drives the swing, and the laundry water supply ( S1933) to a relatively high water level. Moreover, the detergent-enhancing dissolution step (S1935) will approximate the wool mode. 107 201124584

劑加強溶解㈣’因為㈣型式去污#卜般係詩輕柔模 式中’即如羊毛模式中,清洗纖細織品待洗衣物。然而, 在去污劑加強溶解步驟之後,—洗務潤濕步驟(Sl936)會 不同於羊毛模式的洗滌潤濕步驟。相較於纖細的織品,羊 毛織品具有相對良好的吸水力,而相較於羊毛織品,纖細 的織品更易受到熱損傷。因為如此,用來清洗纖細的織品 的洗衣水的溫度可設定為大約3〇t。雖然也可選擇冷水, 一般是不會選擇溫度高於4(rc的水。 [00327] $用在洗滌潤濕步驟中的過濾運轉可有效地執行 洗滌潤濕。也可執行一循環步驟。在自旋驅動滾筒和均勻 地分配待洗衣物於滾筒内以伸展待洗衣物的表面面積之 後,循環步驟將裝於桶中的洗衣水循環流向待洗衣物。此 外, 輕柔 旋擺運轉係執行以淹沒待洗衣物 的待洗衣物的移動以促進洗滌潤 於洗衣水中,並產生 濕。過濾運轉與旋擺The agent strengthens the dissolution (4) because the (four) type decontamination is in the soft mode of the poem, that is, in the wool mode, the fine fabric is washed. However, after the detergent intensification dissolution step, the washing wetting step (Sl936) will be different from the wool mode washing and wetting step. Compared to slender fabrics, sheep fabrics have relatively good water absorption, while slender fabrics are more susceptible to thermal damage than wool fabrics. Because of this, the temperature of the washing water used to clean the fine fabric can be set to about 3 Torr. Although cold water can also be selected, water having a temperature higher than 4 (rc) is generally not selected. [00327] The filtration operation used in the washing and wetting step can effectively perform the washing wetting. A cycle step can also be performed. After the spin drive roller and evenly distribute the laundry to the drum to stretch the surface area of the laundry, the recycling step circulates the washing water contained in the tub to the laundry. In addition, the gentle swing operation is performed to be submerged. The movement of the laundry to the laundry to promote the washing in the washing water, and produce wet. Filtration operation and swing

運轉係以不同模式重複以促進洗滌潤濕。 步驟的滾筒驅動運轉可為僅有旋擺運轉。 洗滌潤濕 [00328】當該洗滌潤濕已完成,可啟叙_ 勒一清洗步驟 運轉。相較於 °為達到更有 相對1¾洗衣水 (S1942)«清洗步驟的一滾筒運轉可為旋振 羊毛織品,纖細的織品可更能抵抗外部衝擊 效的清洗效率’清洗步称的滚筒運轉可為_ 水位的一旋擺運轉與滾翻運轉的、组合。 108 201124584 [00329】可替代地,可在清洗步励+ y ^ 步驟中只執行滾翻運轉。在此 例中,由於是高水位,拋落 待洗衣物是與洗衣水的水面 相撞,而不是滾筒的内底表面。 . .^ 吃意味著落下的距離係縮 短。S施加於待洗衣物衝擊 因间水位而降低,一漩渦係 產生於洗衣水中以提高清洗 .^ , 果由於現類的待洗衣物具 有相對低的污染,清法牛赖 此 ,月洗步驟的時間可設定為相對短,且淨 作用比可設定為相對低。雖 ' 另矾仃/裝翻運轉,而可能 避免待洗衣物損壞。在清洗步 /哪γ也可以執行一循環步驟。 Κ.2沖洗循環(S1950): [0330】田該清洗循環已完成,可啟動—沖洗循環。如上所 :液體型式去污劑可用於輕柔模式,且去污劑殘留可藉 執仃兩次沖洗步驟充分地排出。如同羊毛模式,在輕柔 1、式中可以省略一中自旋。例如’不省略-中級自旋,而 ^省略-主要自旋。沖洗循環的一滾筒運轉可只是滚翻運 轉。吳種滾翻運轉具有分散待洗衣物的效果。亦即,滾翻 運轉允許待洗衣物的表面面積均勻地接觸洗衣 劑搀e? 6亚將去污 排出。在此例中,一洗衣水水位會相對較古。 洗循環中’可對滾翻運轉增加旋擺運轉。 在冲 Κ·3自旋循環(S1970): 109 201124584 [00331] 當該沖洗循環已—Λ ^ ^ 衣已70成,可啟動一自旋循環。此模式 的自旋循環可近似於羊毛禮々从Α » 千七模式的自旋猶環。一普通自旋步 騾的滚筒轉速可設定不超過I八μ 〇λ 超過母分鐘800轉。纖細的織品具 有一低百分比的含水/吸水量,且洗衣水可充分地排出,即 使滾筒在普通自旋步驟中以—相對低轉速旋轉。而且,普 通自旋可以-相對低轉速進行以避免因自旋產生的織物損 傷。The operation is repeated in different modes to promote washing wetting. The drum drive operation of the step can be a swing only operation. Washing Wetting [00328] When the washing wetting is completed, it can be run in a cleaning step. Compared to °, it is more than 13⁄4 washing water (S1942). «The washing step can be a vibrating wool fabric. The slender fabric can be more resistant to external impact cleaning. It is a combination of a swinging operation and a rolling operation of the water level. 108 201124584 [00329] Alternatively, only the rollover operation can be performed in the cleaning step + y ^ step. In this case, because of the high water level, the laundry is collided with the surface of the washing water instead of the inner bottom surface of the drum. . .^ Eating means that the distance to fall is shortened. S is applied to the impact of the laundry to reduce the inter-water level, a vortex is generated in the washing water to improve the cleaning. ^, because the current type of laundry has relatively low pollution, the clearing cattle rely on this, the monthly washing step The time can be set to be relatively short and the net effect ratio can be set to be relatively low. Although 'other 装 / 翻 翻 , , may avoid damage to the laundry. A cycle step can also be performed in the cleaning step / γ. Κ.2 Flushing cycle (S1950): [0330] The cleaning cycle has been completed and can be started-wash cycle. As above: The liquid type detergent can be used in a gentle mode, and the detergent residue can be sufficiently discharged by the two rinsing steps. Like the wool mode, in the soft 1, the middle one can be omitted. For example 'Do not omit - intermediate spin, and ^ omit - primary spin. One drum operation of the flush cycle can be just a rollover operation. The Wu-type roll-over operation has the effect of dispersing the laundry. That is, the roll-over operation allows the surface area of the laundry to be uniformly contacted with the detergent ?e? In this case, the water level of a washing water will be relatively old. In the wash cycle, the swing operation can be increased for the rollover operation. In the rushing ·3 spin cycle (S1970): 109 201124584 [00331] When the flushing cycle has been completed, a spin cycle can be initiated. The spin cycle of this mode can be approximated by the spine of the wool ceremony from the Α » thousand seven mode. The drum speed of a normal spin step can be set no more than I eight μ 〇 λ over 800 rpm. The slender fabric has a low percentage of water/water absorption and the wash water is sufficiently drained, even if the drum is rotated at a relatively low speed in the normal spinning step. Moreover, normal spin can be - relatively low speed to avoid fabric damage caused by spin.

L.模式L (運動服模式): [00332】現在加以說明如圖2D所示 於待洗衣物的織物類型而加以分類L. Mode L (Sportswear Mode): [00332] Now, as illustrated in Figure 2D, the type of fabric to be laundry is classified.

之一運動服模式,係基 。運動服模式可提供以 清洗由具有良好的透氣性和良好的排汗㈣功能的功能性 織物製成的待洗衣物,#登山服、慢跑服及運動服。如同 羊毛模式或輕柔模式,可於運動服模式中執行具有—微弱 機械外力的一滾筒運轉’例如旋擺運轉。因為如此,考量 運動服織品的特性,於運動服模式中提供的清洗、沖洗和 自旋循㈣滾筒運轉會與標準模式的滾筒運轉不同。當選 擇該運動服模式(S2010)時,可執行清洗循環(SUM)、 冲洗循環(S2G5G)及自旋循環(S2㈣)如羊毛模式及輕 柔模式。《而,由於運動服的特性,運動服模式的清洗循 環會與其他上述的模式的清洗循環不同。One of the sportswear models, based on the base. The sportswear mode provides laundry, dressing, jogging, and sportswear that are made from functional fabrics that have good breathability and good perspiration (4). Like the wool mode or the gentle mode, a drum operation having a weak mechanical external force, such as a swing operation, can be performed in the sportswear mode. Because of this, considering the characteristics of sportswear fabrics, the cleaning, rinsing, and spin cycles provided in the sportswear mode (4) drum operation will be different from the standard mode drum operation. When this sportswear mode (S2010) is selected, the cleaning cycle (SUM), the flush cycle (S2G5G), and the spin cycle (S2 (4)) such as wool mode and soft mode can be performed. "And, due to the nature of sportswear, the cleaning cycle of the sportswear mode will be different from the cleaning cycle of the other modes described above.

110 201124584 L·1清洗循環(S2030): [00333]運動服具有疏水的特性,能避免水分輕易地滲透到 布料。因此’相較於其他種類的織物,運動服織品有—低 百分比的含水/吸水量,因此在清洗循環中水可充分不斷地 供應至運動服織品。為此,清洗循環(S2〇3〇 )的一滾筒驅 動運轉’特別是清洗循環中提供的一供水步驟(S2033 ), 會與在其他模式中的清洗循環的滾筒運轉不同。 φ 1〇03341首先,在此模式中,一去污劑加強溶解步驟(S2035 ) 的滾筒驅動運轉可為摩擦運轉及/或步進運轉。相較於羊 毛或纖細的織品,運動服織品沒有織物損傷的疑慮,所以 運動服模式可以使用滾筒驅動運轉,相較於旋擺運轉,而 能應用一較強的機械外力。 [_5] 4動服模式的—洗條潤濕步驟(削6)會與羊毛 模式和輕柔模式不同。雖然它可避免待洗衣物損壞,因運 鲁冑服織品的疏水的特性,旋擺運轉無法提供足夠的洗衣水 至待洗衣物的一折疊的部分。考量此點’可在運動服模式 的洗務潤濕步驟中執行過濾運轉(包括一循環步驟過渡 運轉均勻地分散待洗衣物於步符由μ ^ 奶於澴筒内部並均勻地供應洗衣水 給待洗衣物。可與過濾運轉—扭拥&gt; m * ^ 起執仃用來不斷地翻轉待洗 衣物的滾動運轉。 L.2沖洗循環(S2050): 111 201124584 [00336】此模式的-沖洗循環會近似 你平模式、羊毛模4 及輕柔模式的沖洗循環,而因此將省 、工 明。 *進-步的詳細說 [00337] [00338] L.3 自旋循環(S2070): [00339] 此模式的一自旋循環會近似於標準模式、羊毛模弋 及輕柔模式的自旋循環,而因此將省略 ^ 曰%丹運一步的註 M.模式Μ : [00340]在依據上述的第二具體實施例對應於圖2的洗衣 機中,桶是直接固定至機櫃而該滾筒係設於該桶内。依據 該第二具體實施例,該桶是固定的,而只有滚筒可振動。 因此,重要的是當滾筒旋轉時要避免滾筒接觸桶,且滾筒 φ 和桶之間的距離可大於在依據該第一具體實施例的如圖i 所示之洗衣機中的距離。 1003411當桶與滾筒之間的距離較大時,裝在滾筒中的待洗 衣物可能無法充分地被供應至桶的内部的洗衣潤濕。因為 如此’當水供應給依據該第二具體實施例的洗衣機時,將 一循環泵加入運作,以有效地潤濕待洗衣物,且供應至桶 的洗衣水可以循環。例如,循環泵可連續驅動或以一預定 的時間間隔驅動,同時打開供水閥。 112 201124584 [00342]在依據該第二具體實施例的洗衣機中,滾筒係連接 桶背230。然而,桶背23〇經由承載機殼4〇〇被懸吊單元 所支撐,而不是由桶支撐。因為如此,相較於依據該第一 具體實施例的洗衣機,其包括直接連接至桶的桶背,以支 撑滾筒的負冑,依冑該第—具體實施例的洗衣機所提供的 滾筒的自由度可相對較大,且滾筒的前部可具有一遞增的 自由度。 籲 [00343】然而’當供應水至桶時,一水供應管線和一猶環管 線係是用來從桶的前部供應洗衣水。因此,位於滚筒的前 部的待洗衣物將會先被潤濕,而滾筒的前部的負載會大於 尾部的負載。這會導致滾筒的前部向下移動。如果滾筒的 前部向下移動,在滾筒的旋轉期間噪音及振動會增加,並 可能導致滾筒接觸桶的内表面,因此,在依據該第二具體 實施例的洗衣機中,當水供應至待洗衣物時,位於滾筒的 • 前部和尾部的待洗衣物應會均勻地潤濕。模式Μ是被稱為 -清洗模式適詩依據該第二具體實施例的洗衣機,亦 即,依據該第二具體實施例的洗衣機的一標準模式。此模 式將參照圖2 1來作描述。 Μ.1清洗循環(S2130): [00344】圖21是模式Μ的一流程圖。當使用者從模式選擇 區選擇此模式(smo),職制部可執行以下系列的程序。 113 201124584 [咖]清洗循環可包括—洗衣量決定步帮(Mm)、一供 水步驟f S 9 1 q q、 3)、—洗滌潤濕步驟(S2135)、_加熱步驟 37)及-清洗步驟(S2i39)。在下面的描述中,洗蘇 潤濕步驟被摇述為從供水步驟分離的一獨立的步辑。然 而,洗務潤濕步驟可包含在供水步郵中。 M」.l 供水(S2133): φ卿46】在於清洗循環中感測待洗衣物的量後,可啟動—供 水步驟。供水步帮的-待洗衣物決定步帮係詳細描述於上 达模式中,而因此將省略其進—步的詳細說明。 [00347] 控制部在供水步驟中#廄 领Τ供應冼衣水至桶的内部。特別 地該控制部打開供水閥經由水# &amp; $ $ 不供應管線以供應洗衣水至 桶及去污劑盒。當供應洗衣水至 據該第一具體實施例的 洗衣機内的待洗衣物時,供 叶供水方法的具體實施例,能夠均 勻地潤濕位於滾筒的前部和尾 的待洗衣物,其將說明如 下。 [00348] 依據一第一具體實施一 ^ 供水方法,當供水步驟 供應水,循環泵加入運作以循 、 衣洗衣水’且滾筒亦同時加 入運作。該控制部可驅動該滾筒 门進仃上述的滾筒運轉的摩 擦運轉》 [00349] 在依據該第二具體實施例 列的洗衣機,滚筒與桶之間 的距離大於在該第一具體實施 W干的桶與滾筒之間的距 S] 114 201124584 離。因此,在Μ二具體實施财,如果滾筒係、驅動進行 滾翻運轉(如在該I具體實施例)在供水步驟期間,位 於滾筒的尾部的待洗衣物未能均句地潤濕。心卜由於滚 筒和桶的間隙較大,滾筒和桶之間的洗衣水未能在滾翻運 轉經由滾筒的旋轉而提高,且尤其是當位於滾筒的尾部的 待洗衣物沒有被潤濕。 陶〇]因此’在此模式的供水步驟中,可執行摩擦運轉而 非滚翻運轉。如上所述,摩擦運轉以—較高轉速(相較 滾翻運轉)旋轉該滾筒,且位於該滾筒與該桶之間的洗衣水 可被滾筒的旋轉帶起然後落下至待洗衣物上。 [刪]尤其,在依據該第二具體實施例的洗衣機中,如果 滾筒及桶的尾部是向下傾斜的,位於桶的尾部的洗衣水可 藉由摩擦運轉供應至待洗衣物的表面。摩擦運轉係先沿著 順時針/逆時針方向旋轉滾筒,然逆轉旋轉方向。因 此,滚筒的突然反向旋轉會產生1渦於洗衣水中,且位 在滾筒的前面和尾部的待洗衣物會被均勻地潤濕。 陶2】t供水閥打開以供應洗衣水時,滾筒係驅動並旋 轉,且待洗衣物依滾筒的驅動而移動於滾筒内。在此例中, 經由連接到滾筒的前部的水供應管線供應的洗衣水可主要 提供給在滾筒的前部移動的待洗衣物。位於滾筒的前部的 待洗衣物係先被潤濕,相較於位於滾筒的尾部的待洗衣 物。因此,依據供水方法的該第二具體實施例,滾筒在直 S] 115 201124584 到供水閥打開以供應水後經過—預定的時間前可能無法 動’或直到水位達到-預定的等級。當滾筒未被驅動一 定的時間或直至洗衣水達到預定的等級,經由水供應管: 供應的洗衣水可裝在桶的下部。該預定的水位會考量桶與 滾筒之間的間隙而決^,而依據桶和滾筒和待洗衣物的量 驅 預 的負荷量可決定出該預定的時間。110 201124584 L·1 Cleaning Cycle (S2030): [00333] Sportswear has a hydrophobic character that prevents moisture from penetrating easily into the fabric. Therefore, sportswear fabrics have a low percentage of water/water absorption compared to other types of fabrics, so that water can be supplied to sportswear fabrics continuously and continuously during the cleaning cycle. For this reason, a drum driving operation of the washing cycle (S2〇3〇), particularly a water supply step (S2033) provided in the washing cycle, is different from the drum operation of the washing cycle in other modes. φ 1〇03341 First, in this mode, the drum driving operation of a detergent reinforcing dissolution step (S2035) may be a friction operation and/or a step operation. Compared with wool or slender fabrics, sportswear fabrics have no doubts about fabric damage, so the sportswear mode can be driven by a roller drive, which can apply a strong mechanical force compared to the swinging operation. [_5] 4 The motion-washing method (shaving 6) is different from the wool mode and the gentle mode. Although it avoids damage to the laundry, the swirling operation does not provide sufficient washing water to a folded portion of the laundry due to the hydrophobic nature of the fabric. Considering this point, the filtration operation can be performed in the washing and wetting step of the sportswear mode (including a cycle of step-transition operation to uniformly disperse the laundry in the step by the μ ^ milk inside the cartridge and uniformly supply the washing water to To be washed. It can be operated with filtration - twisting &gt; m * ^. It is used to continuously flip the rolling operation of the laundry. L.2 flushing cycle (S2050): 111 201124584 [00336] This mode - flushing The cycle will approximate the flush cycle of your flat mode, wool mode 4 and gentle mode, so it will save and work. *Details of the step-by-step [00337] [00338] L.3 Spin cycle (S2070): [00339 A spin cycle of this mode will approximate the spin cycle of the standard mode, the wool die and the soft mode, and therefore the M. mode of the step of ^% 丹 丹 省略 will be omitted: [00340] in accordance with the above The second embodiment corresponds to the washing machine of Fig. 2. The tub is directly fixed to the cabinet and the drum is attached to the tub. According to the second embodiment, the tub is fixed, and only the drum can vibrate. It is important to avoid rolling when the drum rotates. The barrel contacts the tub, and the distance between the drum φ and the tub may be greater than the distance in the washing machine as shown in Fig. i according to the first embodiment. 1003411 When the distance between the tub and the drum is large, The laundry in the drum may not be sufficiently wetted by the laundry supplied to the inside of the tub. Because of this, when water is supplied to the washing machine according to the second embodiment, a circulation pump is added to operate to effectively moisten The laundry is wet and the laundry water supplied to the tub can be circulated. For example, the circulation pump can be continuously driven or driven at a predetermined time interval while opening the water supply valve. 112 201124584 [00342] In accordance with the second embodiment In the washing machine, the drum is connected to the tub back 230. However, the tub back 23 is supported by the suspension unit via the carrying case 4 instead of being supported by the tub. Because of this, compared to the first embodiment a washing machine comprising a bucket back directly connected to the tub to support the negative cymbal of the drum, the degree of freedom of the drum provided by the washing machine according to the first embodiment can be relatively large, and the drum The front portion may have an increasing degree of freedom. [00343] However, when water is supplied to the tub, a water supply line and a helium loop line are used to supply the washing water from the front of the tub. The front laundry will be wetted first, and the front of the drum will be loaded more than the tail. This will cause the front of the drum to move downwards. If the front of the drum moves down, during the rotation of the drum The noise and vibration may increase, and may cause the drum to contact the inner surface of the tub. Therefore, in the washing machine according to the second embodiment, when the water is supplied to the laundry, the front and the tail of the drum are to be washed. The material should be evenly wetted. The mode Μ is a washing machine according to the second embodiment, that is, a washing machine according to the second embodiment, that is, a standard mode of the washing machine according to the second embodiment. This mode will be described with reference to Fig. 21. Μ.1 Cleaning Cycle (S2130): [00344] Figure 21 is a flow chart of the mode Μ. When the user selects this mode (smo) from the mode selection area, the department can execute the following series of programs. 113 201124584 [Caf] cleaning cycle may include - laundry amount determination step (Mm), a water supply step f S 9 1 qq, 3), - washing and wetting step (S2135), _ heating step 37) and - cleaning step ( S2i39). In the following description, the washing and wetting step is described as a separate step separated from the water supply step. However, the washing wetting step can be included in the water supply step. M".l Water supply (S2133): φ Qing 46] After sensing the amount of laundry in the cleaning cycle, the start-supply step can be initiated. The water supply step-to-be-detailed step-by-step system is described in detail in the release mode, and thus the detailed description of the further steps will be omitted. [00347] The control unit supplies the makeup water to the inside of the tub in the water supply step. In particular, the control unit opens the water supply valve via the water # &amp; $ $ no supply line to supply the wash water to the tub and the detergent cartridge. When the laundry water is supplied to the laundry in the washing machine according to the first embodiment, the specific embodiment of the blade water supply method can uniformly wet the laundry at the front and the tail of the drum, which will explain as follows. [00348] According to a first embodiment, the water supply method, when the water supply step supplies water, the circulation pump is added to operate to follow the laundry water and the drum is also added to operate. The control unit can drive the drum door to enter the friction operation of the drum operation described above. [00349] In the washing machine according to the second embodiment, the distance between the drum and the barrel is greater than that in the first embodiment. The distance between the barrel and the drum S] 114 201124584 away. Therefore, in the second embodiment, if the drum system, the drive is subjected to the rolling operation (as in the specific embodiment), the laundry at the tail of the drum is not uniformly wetted during the water supply step. Since the gap between the drum and the tub is large, the washing water between the drum and the tub cannot be improved in the rolling operation by the rotation of the drum, and especially when the laundry at the tail of the drum is not wetted. Tao Tao] Therefore, in the water supply step of this mode, the friction operation can be performed instead of the rollover operation. As described above, the friction operation rotates the drum at a higher rotational speed (compared to the roll-over operation), and the washing water located between the drum and the tub can be brought up by the rotation of the drum and then dropped onto the laundry. [Deleted] In particular, in the washing machine according to the second embodiment, if the tails of the drum and the tub are inclined downward, the washing water at the tail of the tub can be supplied to the surface of the laundry by the rubbing operation. Friction is performed by rotating the drum clockwise/counterclockwise to reverse the direction of rotation. Therefore, the sudden reverse rotation of the drum produces a vortex in the wash water, and the laundry in front and the tail of the drum is uniformly wetted. When the water supply valve is opened to supply the washing water, the drum is driven and rotated, and the laundry is moved in the drum according to the driving of the drum. In this case, the washing water supplied via the water supply line connected to the front portion of the drum may be mainly supplied to the laundry to be moved at the front of the drum. The laundry to be placed at the front of the drum is first wetted as compared to the laundry at the tail of the drum. Therefore, according to this second embodiment of the water supply method, the drum may not move until a predetermined time elapses after the water supply valve is opened to supply water, or until the water level reaches a predetermined level. When the drum is not driven for a certain period of time or until the washing water reaches a predetermined level, via the water supply pipe: the supplied washing water can be installed in the lower portion of the tub. The predetermined water level will take into account the gap between the barrel and the drum, and the predetermined amount of time can be determined depending on the amount of load driven by the amount of the barrel and the drum and the laundry.

[00353】尤其,如果設於依據該第二具體實施例的洗衣機中 的桶的尾部是傾斜向下的,大量的洗衣水會集中在桶的尾 部。因此,經過一預定的時間後,滾筒係驅動和旋轉,而 裝於桶的尾部的洗衣水可均勻地潤濕位於滾筒的尾部的待 洗衣物。當滾筒係驅動於依據該第二具體實施例的洗衣機 中’一滾筒運轉可為滚翻運轉或摩擦運轉。 [00354】依據該第二具體實施例,當供水閥係打開以供應水 而沒有驅動滾筒’可控制供水閥的打開/關閉。亦即,當打 開供水閥以供應水’因外部供水來源的壓力,如自來水, 故洗衣水會具有一預定的壓力,而後沿著水供應管線供應 的洗衣水會藉由水壓而供應到滾筒的前部,使得位於滾筒 的前部的待洗衣物會更早被潤濕。 [00355]因此’在該第二具體實施例的水供應期間,供水閥 受控制以反覆地打開與關閉,而非不斷地打開,然後可控 制供應的洗衣水開和關,以使其具有足夠的一預定的水壓 而不致直接供應到滾筒。足夠的水壓而不致直接供應到滾 116 201124584 清,係指一水廢使得經由皮.徂施;^ ’ 水供應管線供應的水能沿著滾 筒、桶或門流下,以收集在桶的下部,而不是直接喷入滚 筒。沿著滾筒、桶或門流下的水,可收集在桶的後部,而 收集於桶中的洗衣水係近似 a通第一具體實施例的說明, 而可省略重複的描述。In particular, if the tail of the tub provided in the washing machine according to the second embodiment is inclined downward, a large amount of washing water is concentrated at the tail of the tub. Therefore, after a predetermined period of time, the drum is driven and rotated, and the washing water attached to the tail of the tub uniformly wets the laundry at the tail of the drum. When the drum system is driven in the washing machine according to the second embodiment, the operation of a drum can be a roll-over operation or a friction operation. According to this second embodiment, the opening/closing of the water supply valve can be controlled when the water supply valve is opened to supply water without driving the drum '. That is, when the water supply valve is opened to supply water 'the pressure of the external water supply source, such as tap water, the washing water will have a predetermined pressure, and then the washing water supplied along the water supply line will be supplied to the drum by the water pressure. The front portion allows the laundry to be wetted earlier in the front of the drum. [00355] Therefore, during the water supply of the second embodiment, the water supply valve is controlled to open and close repeatedly instead of continuously opening, and then the supplied washing water can be controlled to be turned on and off to make it sufficient A predetermined water pressure is not supplied directly to the drum. Sufficient water pressure is not directly supplied to the roll 116 201124584 Clear means that the water is discharged through the skin. The water supplied by the water supply line can flow down the drum, barrel or door to collect in the lower part of the barrel. Instead of spraying directly into the drum. The water flowing down the drum, the tub or the door may be collected at the rear of the tub, and the washing water collected in the tub is similar to that of the first embodiment, and the repeated description may be omitted.

陶56]當滾筒内的待洗衣物在供水步財糾結時,待洗衣 物會部分地被潤濕。尤其,位於糾結㈣洗衣物之一凸起 中央的待洗衣物,可能不會被潤濕而只有位於該凸起的一 表面區域的待洗衣物會被潤濕。如果只有一些待洗衣物被 满濕’不能在清洗循環中進行清洗,且—清洗能力可能會 低因此,如果待洗衣物是糾結的,控制部可驅動該滾 筒進行過濾運轉以均勻地潤濕待洗衣物。 [00357】’亦~ ’控制部打開供水閥以供應水,且其驅動循環 泵以同時循環洗衣水。而且,該控制部以一預定轉速旋轉 滾筒。該預定轉速被決定為一轉速使待洗衣物不會因地心 弓丨力而被拋落,而在該滚筒的轉動期間會緊密接觸滾筒的 内表面。因此,該預定轉速可設定,在滾筒旋轉時,使滾 筒旋轉所產生的離心力大於重力加速度。此外,可設定該 預定轉速低於會在洗衣機内產生共振的一超速區域(大約 每分鐘200轉至每分鐘35轉)β如果滾筒係以高於該超速 區域的一轉速旋轉,嗓音和振動會因共振而顯著地增加。 [S] 117 201124584 因此,在此控制方法中,預定轉速可被設定為大約每分鐘 100轉至每分鐘170轉。 [00358】因此,當該控制部以該預定轉速旋轉滾筒時,待洗 衣物會因離心力而緊密接觸滚筒的内表面。經由循環管線 與水供應管線供應的洗衣水可隨著該滚筒的旋轉而散佈。 散佈的洗衣水可供應至滾筒與緊密接觸滾筒的内表面的符 洗衣物’使待洗衣物可均勻地潤濕。 洗將:潤濕(S213 5): [00359】在供水步驟後,控制部可啟動一洗滌潤濕步驟。在 洗滌潤濕步驟中,控制部關閉供水閥。控制部驅動滾筒, 而當驅動循環泵時會循環洗衣水。雖然在供水步驟中進行 洗務润濕,供水閥在洗蘇潤濕步驟中是關閉的,而可藉由 滾筒的驅動進行洗滌潤濕。 【嶋〇] |此模式的洗滌潤濕步驟中,該控制部驅動滾筒以 進仃洗滌潤濕。在此例中,該控制部可驅動該滾筒進行滚 動運轉。由於該滾動運轉滾移滾筒内的待洗衣物以隨著滚 IS行洗衣水能頻繁地接觸待洗衣物,且洗㈣濕可 =冑執行該洗務潤濕步驟,控制部會將洗膝潤濕步驟 刀马第-與第二洗滌潤濕步驟。該 驟可依摅、吞拉 、弟一洗梅潤濕步 據滾请的滾筒運轉驅動/亦即,該 衩制口p可控制該第 118 201124584 一與第二洗滌潤濕步驟的滾筒運轉彼此相互不同。循環栗 的操作如下βTao 56] When the laundry in the drum is entangled in the water supply, the laundry is partially wetted. In particular, the laundry to be placed in the center of one of the ridges of the entangled (four) laundry may not be wetted and only the laundry to be washed in a surface area of the projection may be wetted. If only some of the laundry is wet, it cannot be cleaned in the cleaning cycle, and - the cleaning ability may be low. Therefore, if the laundry is tangled, the control unit can drive the drum to perform a filtering operation to uniformly wet the laundry. Laundry. [00357] The 'also~' control unit opens the water supply valve to supply water, and it drives the circulation pump to simultaneously circulate the washing water. Moreover, the control unit rotates the drum at a predetermined rotational speed. The predetermined rotational speed is determined to be a rotational speed so that the laundry is not thrown by the ground force, and the inner surface of the drum is intimately contacted during the rotation of the drum. Therefore, the predetermined rotational speed can be set such that the centrifugal force generated by the rotation of the drum is greater than the gravitational acceleration when the drum rotates. In addition, the predetermined speed can be set to be lower than an overspeed region (about 200 revolutions per minute to 35 revolutions per minute) that will generate resonance in the washing machine. β If the drum is rotated at a speed higher than the overspeed region, the sound and vibration will be Significantly increased due to resonance. [S] 117 201124584 Therefore, in this control method, the predetermined rotational speed can be set to approximately 100 revolutions per minute to 170 revolutions per minute. Therefore, when the control portion rotates the drum at the predetermined rotation speed, the laundry to be washed closely contacts the inner surface of the drum due to the centrifugal force. The wash water supplied through the circulation line and the water supply line can be dispersed as the drum rotates. The spread of the wash water can be supplied to the drum and the laundry that closely contacts the inner surface of the drum, so that the laundry can be uniformly wetted. Washing: Wetting (S213 5): [00359] After the watering step, the control section may initiate a washing and wetting step. In the washing and wetting step, the control unit closes the water supply valve. The control unit drives the drum, and the washing water is circulated when the circulation pump is driven. Although the wetting is performed in the water supply step, the water supply valve is closed during the washing and wetting step, and the washing and wetting can be performed by the driving of the drum. [嶋〇] | In the washing and wetting step of this mode, the control portion drives the drum to wet with the washing and washing. In this example, the control unit can drive the drum to perform a rolling operation. Since the rolling operation rolls the laundry in the drum to frequently contact the laundry with the washing water, and the washing (four) wet can perform the washing and wetting step, the control unit will wash the knee The wet step knife-first and second wash-wetting steps. The step can be driven by the roller running according to the rolling, the swallowing, the dip, and the washing step. That is, the tanning port p can control the drums of the 118th 201124584 one and the second washing and wetting steps to each other. Different from each other. The operation of the circulating pump is as follows β

[00362] 特別地,在該第一洗滌潤濕步驟中,控制部可驅動 滾筒進行滾動及/或步進運轉之一者。滾筒驅動運轉的選擇 可依據洗衣量來決定。亦即’如果滾筒内的待洗衣物的量 少於一預定的參考值,例如,如果是小的洗衣量,控制部 會依據步進運轉來驅動滾筒。如果洗衣量為參考值戍以 上,該控制部會依據滾動運轉來驅動滾筒。 [00363] 如上所述,如果是小的洗衣量,可提高步進運轉的 待洗衣物的落下效果。因此,如果在該第一洗滌潤濕步驟 中是小的洗衣量,步進運轉以最大落下距離拋落待洗衣 物,以使水吸收於待洗衣物内。在此期間,如果在該第— 洗滌潤濕步驟中是大的洗衣量,會進行該滾動運轉。這是 因為步進運轉的待洗衣物的落下距離不是相對大的,假設 有大量的待洗衣物。 [00364]因此’在該第二洗滌潤濕步驟中,控制部可以—預 定轉速驅動滾筒使待洗衣物能緊密切接觸滾筒的内表面, 而不會因重力而落下,,亦即,依據過渡運轉。最络,滚筒 會以該預定轉速旋轉’而待洗衣物會因離心力而緊密接觸 滾筒的内表面。藉由循環果供應的洗衣水係均句地供應至 附著在滾筒的内表面的待洗衣物,而因此待洗衣物可:句 地被潤濕。 119 [S] 201124584 [_]在該第二洗務網濕步驟t,控制部可在過瀘運轉後 執行另-滾筒驅動料。例如,控制部可在㈣運轉後執 打滾動運轉。在此例中,過漉運轉分散待洗衣物以供應洗 衣水給待洗衣物,且該滾動運轉滾移待洗衣物以在洗衣水 中均勻地潤濕待洗衣物。 M.1.3 加熱(S213 7):[00362] In particular, in the first washing and wetting step, the control portion may drive the drum to perform one of rolling and/or stepping operations. The choice of drum drive operation can be determined based on the amount of laundry. That is, if the amount of laundry to be washed in the drum is less than a predetermined reference value, for example, if it is a small amount of laundry, the control unit drives the drum in accordance with the stepping operation. If the amount of laundry is more than the reference value, the control unit drives the drum in accordance with the rolling operation. [00363] As described above, if it is a small amount of laundry, the falling effect of the laundry to be stepped can be improved. Therefore, if it is a small amount of laundry in the first washing and wetting step, the stepping operation drops the laundry at a maximum falling distance to allow water to be absorbed into the laundry. During this time, if it is a large amount of laundry in the first-washing wetting step, the rolling operation is performed. This is because the drop distance of the step-by-step laundry is not relatively large, assuming a large amount of laundry. [00364] Therefore, in the second washing and wetting step, the control portion can drive the drum at a predetermined rotational speed so that the laundry can closely contact the inner surface of the drum without falling due to gravity, that is, according to the transition Running. At the most, the drum will rotate at the predetermined rotational speed' while the laundry will closely contact the inner surface of the drum due to centrifugal force. The laundry water supplied by the recycled fruit is supplied to the laundry to be attached to the inner surface of the drum, and thus the laundry can be wetted. 119 [S] 201124584 [_] In the second washing net wet step t, the control unit can execute the other-roller driving material after the overrunning operation. For example, the control unit can perform the rolling operation after (4) operation. In this case, the laundry is dispersed to supply the laundry water to the laundry, and the rolling operation rolls the laundry to uniformly wet the laundry in the washing water. M.1.3 Heating (S213 7):

卿]在此之後,控制部啟動一加熱步驟。特別地,控制 部依據加熱步驟中的滾翻及/或滾動及/或旋擺運轉之一者 來驅動滾筒,並驅動設於桶内的加熱器以加熱裝於桶内的 洗衣水。 [00367】在該第二具體實施例的洗衣機中,滾筒和桶之間的 間隙大於該第一具體實施例的間隙。因為如此,當藉由驅 動加熱器加熱洗衣水時,滾筒會旋轉而只會加熱裝於桶内 的洗衣水,而非裝於滾筒内的洗衣水。因此,相較於加熱 的洗衣水由S待洗衣物的相對低溫,待洗衣物的薪污物 可能無法在後述的—清洗步驟中順利地移除。 [00368J因為如此’依據該第二具體實施例的洗衣機所應用 的該控制方法’係、於加熱步驟中驅動循環泵以循環洗衣 水裝於桶内的加熱的洗衣水係藉由循環泵而重新供應至 桶的頂部’使得待洗衣物能被加熱。然而,在加熱步驟中, 循環泵可間歇性地以—預定的時間間隔驅動,而不是不斷 120 201124584 地被驅動。★、甘 i 儿并’在加熱步驟中,可控备丨 泵的闕機時間的… 了控制^泵,使循環 @門的長度長於開機時間。如果循環泵在加教步 驟中不斷被麒叙』 ^ ^ ^ 驅動,或如果循環泵的開機時間 機時間,去t^』负度長於關 4加熱到預定的溫度的洗衣水將開始猶環,而洗 乂可犯不會被加熱到所需的溫度。After this, the control unit initiates a heating step. Specifically, the control unit drives the drum in accordance with one of the rollover and/or rolling and/or swirling operations in the heating step, and drives a heater provided in the tub to heat the washing water contained in the tub. [00367] In the washing machine of the second embodiment, the gap between the drum and the tub is larger than the gap of the first embodiment. Because of this, when the washing water is heated by the driving heater, the drum rotates to heat only the washing water contained in the tub, not the washing water contained in the drum. Therefore, compared with the relatively low temperature of the laundry detergent heated by the S laundry, the laundry of the laundry may not be smoothly removed in the cleaning step described later. [00368] Because the 'the control method applied to the washing machine according to the second embodiment' is such that the heated washing water that drives the circulation pump in the heating step to circulate the washing water in the tub is re-circulated by the circulation pump. Supply to the top of the tub enables the laundry to be heated. However, in the heating step, the circulation pump can be driven intermittently at predetermined time intervals instead of continuously being driven at 120 201124584. ★, Gan i children and 'in the heating step, can control the pump down time of the pump... Control the pump so that the length of the loop @ door is longer than the boot time. If the circulation pump is constantly being driven by the training step, ^ ^ ^, or if the circulation pump is turned on, the laundry water that is longer than the temperature of 4 will be heated to the predetermined temperature. The wash can not be heated to the desired temperature.

[_】如果加熱器係設於桶内’很重要的是驅動加教器時 不要暴露出水面。如果在暴露出水面時驅動加熱器,會對 =施加過大的負荷而加熱器會故障。因此,如果驅動加 ”,、器以進行加熱步驟時,應在加熱步驟中保持遠離加敎器 的一預定的水位(以下簡稱參考水位)。亦即,在加 中當水位低於—參考水位平,該控制部會關閉加熱器。$ 藉由重新供水而水位上升到預定的等級或以上時,該控制 部再次打開熱水器(以下簡稱,「中斷」)。 ’Ο】然而’如果在依據該第二具體實施例的洗衣機的加 熱步帮使用該中斷方法’可能會施加過多的負載至加熱 器,且各種的電路和洗衣機的使用#♦可能會減少。 陶】’亦即,依據該第二具體實施例的洗衣機的加熱步 驟’驅動並加熱該加熱器,並如上所述同時驅動循環泵。 因此,桶内的水位可能因循環栗的驅動而難以常規地維 持,但會不停地在一預定的程度中變化。在此例中,桶内 的水位係充分地變化以低於參考水位。特別是,如果桶内 的水位係變化超出參考水位,使得馬達的開/關會不斷重 121 201124584[_]If the heater is installed in the barrel, it is important that the heater is not exposed when driving the teacher. If the heater is driven when the water is exposed, an excessive load will be applied and the heater will malfunction. Therefore, if the drive is added to the heating step, it should be kept away from the predetermined water level of the twister in the heating step (hereinafter referred to as the reference water level). That is, when the water level is lower than the reference water level In the case of the control unit, the heater is turned off. When the water level rises to a predetermined level or more by re-supplying water, the control unit turns on the water heater again (hereinafter referred to as "interruption"). However, if the interruption method is used in the heating step of the washing machine according to the second embodiment, excessive load may be applied to the heater, and the use of various circuits and washing machines may be reduced. That is, the heater is driven and heated in accordance with the heating step of the washing machine of the second embodiment, and the circulation pump is simultaneously driven as described above. Therefore, the water level in the tub may be difficult to maintain conventionally due to the driving of the circulating pump, but it will constantly change to a predetermined extent. In this case, the water level in the bucket is sufficiently varied to be below the reference water level. In particular, if the water level in the barrel changes beyond the reference water level, the motor's on/off will continue to be heavy. 121 201124584

複’即如果水位已超出參考水位加熱器會開啟且如果水位 低於參考水位加熱器會關閉。反覆開/關加熱器會對加熱器 與各式電路施加過大的負荷,且其可能會減少使用壽命。 [00372】因此,在依據該第二具體實施例的洗衣機的加熱步 驟中’如果在馬達的驅動期間,捅内的水位降低至參考水 平,可執行重新供水以避免重複開/關加熱器。特別地,當 桶内的水位在加熱步驟中下降低於參考水平,控制部會停 止滾筒的驅動並關閉循環泵。在此時,額外地,供水閥係 開啟以進行再次供水。滾筒和循環泵關閉的原因是,由於 滾筒和循環泵在驅動時水位的變動,使其报難偵測到一準 確的水位。推而廣之’其可能關閉馬$。在此同時,可執 仃再次供水—預定的時間,或直到水供應達到了水位檢測 的參考水位或超過參考水位。再次供水的_特定水位可依 據在加熱的初始階段選擇的模式的種類而有所區別。If the water level has exceeded the reference water level, the heater will turn on and if the water level is lower than the reference water level, the heater will turn off. Repeating the on/off heater imposes an excessive load on the heater and various circuits, and it may reduce the service life. Therefore, in the heating step of the washing machine according to the second embodiment, if the water level in the crucible is lowered to the reference level during the driving of the motor, re-water supply can be performed to avoid repeated opening/closing of the heater. In particular, when the water level in the tub drops below the reference level during the heating step, the control unit stops the driving of the drum and closes the circulation pump. At this time, additionally, the water supply valve is opened to supply water again. The reason for the closing of the drum and circulation pump is that it is difficult to detect an accurate water level due to the change in the water level of the drum and the circulation pump while driving. By extension, it may shut down the horse. At the same time, the water supply can be re-supplied for a predetermined period of time, or until the water supply reaches the reference level of the water level detection or exceeds the reference water level. The _specific water level for re-water supply may vary depending on the type of mode selected during the initial stage of heating.

_]在加熱步驟之後,控制部可執行一清洗步驟^ 動循環泵’同時驅動滾筒。在清洗步驟中,滾筒的d 驅動運轉可依據使用者選定的模式從滾筒運轉適當, 出例如,可決定清洗步戰的—滾筒驅動運轉,近似方 述模式提供㈣洗步㈣其中之—。循料可驅動-于 的時間間隔以循環桶内的洗衣水。 122 201124584 M.2冲洗循環(S2150): [00374】▲該清洗循環已完成於上述步驟之後,控制部可啟 動冲洗循環。一般沖洗循環可包括一沖洗自旋步驟、一 供水步驟、—滾筒驅動步驟及一排水步驟。首先,該控制 部啟動該沖漆&amp; &amp; 咏 〒先-自旋,以一第二旋轉速度(轉速2)旋轉滾 筒(S215l ) ’在沖洗自旋步驟中,以移除水分和留在待洗_] After the heating step, the control unit may perform a cleaning step to drive the circulation pump while driving the drum. In the cleaning step, the d driving operation of the drum can be appropriately operated from the drum according to the mode selected by the user, for example, the drum driving operation can be determined by the cleaning step, and the approximate mode provides (4) the washing step (4). The feed can be driven at intervals of time to cycle the wash water in the bucket. 122 201124584 M.2 Flushing Cycle (S2150): [00374] ▲ After the cleaning cycle has been completed, the control unit can start the flushing cycle. The general flush cycle may include a rinse spin step, a water supply step, a drum drive step, and a drain step. First, the control unit activates the paint &amp;&amp;&amp; first-spin, rotates the drum at a second rotational speed (rotation speed 2) (S215l) 'in the rinse spin step to remove moisture and remain in To be washed

物中的去/亏劑殘留,同時以大約每分鐘500轉至每分鐘 〇轉旋轉滾筒。控制部停止滾筒並打開供水閥,以供應 沖洗水至桶。沖洗水位可依據使用者選擇的模式或依據的 使用者的手動設定而預先設定。 】在水供應後,該控制部以一第一旋轉速度(轉速1 ) 驅動滾筒於-預定的時間間隔。在滾筒驅動步驟中,該控 制部控制滾筒的-滾筒驅動運轉並從待洗衣物移除去污 劑。此步驟中該控制部可控制滾筒進行上述的滚翻及/或步 進及/或擦洗及/或滾動及/或旋擺運轉的其中一者。 [00376】因此,該控制部俥|卜、、奋辑&amp; μ &lt; k刺„丨知止滾筒的驅動,並驅動排水泵以 排出裝於桶内的沖洗水至外面(S2153)。 [_η上述的沖洗自旋循環、供水步驟、供水步驟、滾筒 驅動步驟及排水步驟可組彳I ^ /娜』成冲洗循環的一單次循環。該控 制部可依據該選擇的模式或使用者的選擇執行一次或多次 該循環。然而’沖洗循環的單次循環可包括沖洗自旋步隸。 201124584 沖洗自旋步驟的第二旋轉速度可對應於大約每分鐘500轉 至每分鐘700轉,如上所述,而此沖洗自旋的旋轉速度可 對應超速區域(大約每分鐘200轉至每分鐘350轉),其產 生洗衣機的共振。 [00378]因此,如果位於滾筒内的待洗衣物不是均勻地分 散,可執行用來分散待洗衣物的一待洗衣物分散步驟,且 之後’可對沖洗自旋加快滾筒速度。待洗衣物分散步驟反The de-/depleting agent remains in the product while rotating the rotating drum at approximately 500 revolutions per minute to per minute. The control unit stops the drum and opens the water supply valve to supply flush water to the tub. The flushing water level can be preset according to the mode selected by the user or the user's manual setting. After the water supply, the control unit drives the drum at a first rotational speed (rotational speed 1) for a predetermined time interval. In the drum driving step, the control portion controls the drum-to-cylinder drive operation and removes the detergent from the laundry. In this step, the control unit may control the drum to perform one of the above-described rollover and/or stepping and/or scrubbing and/or rolling and/or swirling operations. [00376] Therefore, the control unit 驱动 卜 、 奋 奋 amp amp 丨 丨 丨 丨 丨 丨 丨 丨 丨 丨 丨 丨 丨 丨 丨 丨 丨 丨 丨 丨 丨 丨 丨 丨 丨 丨 丨 丨 丨 丨 丨 丨 丨 丨 丨 丨 丨 滚筒 滚筒 滚筒 滚筒 滚筒 滚筒The above-mentioned flushing spin cycle, water supply step, water supply step, drum driving step, and draining step may be grouped into a single cycle of the flushing cycle. The control section may be based on the selected mode or the user's Selecting to perform the cycle one or more times. However, a single cycle of the flush cycle may include flushing the spin step. 201124584 The second rotational speed of the flush spin step may correspond to approximately 500 revolutions per minute to 700 revolutions per minute, as above Said, and the rotational speed of the flushing spin can correspond to the overspeed zone (about 200 revolutions per minute to 350 revolutions per minute), which produces a resonance of the washing machine. [00378] Therefore, if the laundry located in the drum is not evenly Dispersing, can be used to disperse a laundry dispersion step of the laundry, and then 'can accelerate the spin speed for the flushing spin.

覆地沿著順時針及/或逆時針方向以預定轉速旋轉滾筒。在 待洗衣物分散步驟之後,會識別滾筒的一偏心等級。若滚 筒的偏心等級少於一預定值,可執行沖洗自旋。如果偏心 等級是預定值或以上’會重複待洗衣物分散步驟。由於待 洗衣物分散步驟係進行於沖洗自旋步驟之前,沖洗循環的 時間可能會増加。尤其,當重複待洗衣物分散步驟時,沖 先循環的時間可能會顯著增加,且沖洗猶環消耗的時間無 法準確預測。 [00379]為解決上述問題’將於下文說明沖洗循環的一控制 方法,能夠減少沖洗循環消耗的總時間。 卿〇]如圖21所示,依據該第二具體實施例的洗衣機的 中先循衣可包括一洗供水步驟、一滾筒驅動步驟⑴⑸) 及一排水步驟(S2153)。相較於該第-具體實施例,沖依 據該第二具體實施例的洗循環係省略-沖洗自旋步驟。由 於省略了沖洗自旋《,沖洗循環的時間可減少掉不必要 S] 124 201124584 的沖洗自旋步驟及待洗衣物分散步驟的時間,因此而避免 因重複待洗衣物分散步驟所造成的沖洗循環時間的明顯增 加。雖然省略了沖洗自旋步驟能減少沖洗循環的時間,省 略藉由以相對高速度旋轉待洗衣物用來移除去污劑殘留的 沖洗自旋步驟,而其會難以充分地移除去污劑殘留。 [00381】因此,在依據該第二具體實施例的沖洗循環的控制 方法中’滾筒係以該第二旋轉速度(轉速2)旋轉大約j .至3分鐘,而不會停止在排水步驟。該第二旋轉速度被決 定為一預定的速度’允許將待洗衣物因重力而附著在滾筒 的内表面,而不會在該滾筒的轉動期間掉落。該第二旋轉 速度可設定成使滾筒旋轉所產生的離心力大於重力加速 度。而且,該第二旋轉速度可設定低於洗衣機的超速區域。 如果滾筒以超速區域旋轉,共振可能會顯著地增加噪音和 振動。因此,該第二旋轉速度可設定為大約每分鐘1〇〇至 | 170 轉。 [00382】最終,排水步驟以預定的速度轉動滚筒而因此待洗 衣物可因離〜力緊密接觸滾筒的内纟自,以從待洗衣物移 除去污劑殘留。為補償省略的沖洗自旋步驟,排水步驟以 第二旋轉速度轉動滾筒以避免減低沖洗能力。 陶83】在以第:旋轉速度(即預定的速度,允許待洗衣物 緊密接觸滾筒的内表面)旋轉滾筒的步驟中,如果裝於桶 内的水被排出’所有的排水步驟執行在沖洗循環之前。亦 125 201124584 即,即使水在清洗循環中被排出,可執行以該預定轉速旋 轉滾筒的步輝》 曰硬循環 (S2170); [觀4】㈣式的—自㈣環可⑭於其他模式的自旋循 環,例如,模式A的自旋循環。因此,將省略其進一步的 詳細說明。 [藝】上述的模^可應用到依據該第^具體實施例的 洗衣機。然而,模式Μ也可應用到依據該第一具體實施例 的洗衣機。亦即’模式Μ可適用於依據該第—與第 實施例的任何洗衣機。 八 Ν.時間管理選項: [00386】接著描述一時間管理選 一 般來說’只要選摆一 特定的模式,即啟動基於— i的極祚 疋肩异法的一個該選擇的模 式的刼作,且該操作在一預定 〜π吋間内完成。該操作 可為組成模式的個別循環所 曰 r而的時間的一個總和。 操作時間可能會顯示在顯示區U9。 乂個… [00387】在某些情況下,操The ground is rotated at a predetermined rotational speed in a clockwise and/or counterclockwise direction. An eccentricity level of the drum is identified after the laundry dispensing step. If the eccentricity of the drum is less than a predetermined value, the flushing spin can be performed. If the eccentricity level is a predetermined value or more, the laundry dispersion step is repeated. Since the laundry dispersion step is performed prior to the rinsing spin step, the time of the rinsing cycle may increase. In particular, when the step of dispersing the laundry is repeated, the cycle time of the flushing may be significantly increased, and the time taken to flush the helium ring cannot be accurately predicted. [00379] To solve the above problem, a control method of the flushing cycle will be described below, and the total time consumed by the flushing cycle can be reduced. As shown in Fig. 21, the first stage of the washing machine according to the second embodiment may include a washing water supply step, a drum driving step (1) (5)), and a draining step (S2153). In contrast to this first embodiment, the wash cycle is omitted in accordance with the wash cycle of the second embodiment. Since the flushing spin is omitted, the time of the flushing cycle can reduce the time required for the flushing spin step and the step of dispersing the laundry, which is unnecessary, so as to avoid the flushing cycle caused by repeating the step of dispersing the laundry. A significant increase in time. Although omitting the rinsing spin step can reduce the time of the rinsing cycle, the rinsing spin step of removing the detergent residue by rotating the laundry at a relatively high speed is omitted, which may make it difficult to sufficiently remove the detergent. Residual. Therefore, in the control method of the flushing cycle according to the second embodiment, the drum system is rotated by the second rotation speed (rotation speed 2) by about j to 3 minutes without stopping at the draining step. The second rotational speed is determined to be a predetermined speed 'allowing the laundry to adhere to the inner surface of the drum by gravity without falling during the rotation of the drum. The second rotational speed can be set such that the centrifugal force generated by the rotation of the drum is greater than the acceleration of gravity. Moreover, the second rotational speed can be set lower than the overspeed region of the washing machine. If the drum rotates in the overspeed zone, resonance can significantly increase noise and vibration. Therefore, the second rotational speed can be set to approximately 1 〇〇 to 170 rpm. [00382] Finally, the draining step rotates the drum at a predetermined speed so that the laundry to be washed can be intimately contacted with the inner bore of the drum by the force to remove the dirt residue from the laundry. To compensate for the omitted flush spin step, the drain step rotates the drum at a second rotational speed to avoid reducing the flushing capability. In the step of rotating the drum at a rotational speed (ie, a predetermined speed, allowing the laundry to closely contact the inner surface of the drum), if the water contained in the tub is discharged, all the draining steps are performed in the flushing cycle. prior to. 125 201124584 That is, even if the water is discharged in the washing cycle, the step of the drum can be rotated at the predetermined rotation speed (S2170); [4] (4) - the (four) ring can be 14 in other modes Spin cycles, for example, the spin cycle of mode A. Therefore, further detailed description thereof will be omitted. The above-described mold can be applied to the washing machine according to the first embodiment. However, the mode Μ can also be applied to the washing machine in accordance with the first embodiment. That is, the 'mode' can be applied to any of the washing machines according to the first and the first embodiments. Gossip. Time Management Options: [00386] Next, describe a time management option. Generally speaking, as long as a specific mode is selected, a mode based on the selection of the i-based extremes is initiated. And the operation is completed within a predetermined ~π吋. This operation can be a sum of the time of the individual loops that make up the pattern. The operation time may be displayed in the display area U9. One... [00387] In some cases, fuck

户吁間可能太長。例如,知里# 用者必須離開1小時而預定操作時門A 祚拄„ L 時間為1小時20分鐘,操 作時間比使用者的需求是多2q分鐘的時間。反之、 可能使清洗運作進行i小時2〇分 5杂 ς] 鐘,而不足U清洗待洗衣 r 126 201124584 洗衣機及其控制方法能提供管 物。為了解決這個問題 理時間。 【麵】上㈣洗衣射包括__管理選項,以供管理時 間。亦即’-具體模式的操作時間可能會增加或減少經由 選項區。特㈣’該使用者可從時間管理選項中選擇一省 時選項。可替代地,使用者可經由時間管理選項選擇一密 集選項m有這樣的選項被選擇,操作可依據預設模The household appeal may be too long. For example, Zhili # user must leave for 1 hour and the scheduled operation time is A 祚拄 „ L time is 1 hour 20 minutes, the operation time is 2q minutes longer than the user's demand. Conversely, the cleaning operation may be performed for 1 hour. 2 5 5 ς ς ς 钟 126 126 126 126 2011 126 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 2011 126 2011 2011 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 Management time. That is, the operation time of the specific mode may be increased or decreased via the option area. (4) 'The user can select a time saving option from the time management options. Alternatively, the user can manage the time via the time option Select a dense option m has such an option selected, the operation can be based on the preset mode

式執行。此時間管理選擇可執行於清洗㈣開始之前及選 擇運作模式之後。Execution. This time management selection can be performed before the cleaning (4) starts and after the operating mode is selected.

卿9】例如’如果棉織品模式的操作相為㈣分鐘,杏 使用者選擇該省時選項,所需的操作時間可減少到,例如⑽分鐘。當制者選擇該密㈣項,操作時間可能會增 加至140分鐘’以確保充分地清洗極料的待洗衣物。在 預定時間與實際所需時間之間可能有一 [00390】清洗循環及/或沖洗循環所需的 預定的差異。 時間可依據選擇的 省 擇 時選項而變翁。亦即,循環所需的操作時間係依照該選 的模式可改變/調整成不相同的。例如,在棉織品模式、 人造纖維模式及混合模式的例子中, 能力。因為如此,普 使省時選項被選擇。 時間可考慮作調整。 重要的是要提高清洗 通清洗循環所需的時間可為不變,即 因此,沖洗循環的一組成部分所需的 m 127 201124584 [00391]沖洗循環奮相γ __ 複供水、排水及自旋。沖洗可執行兩 久,二次或四攻。 •。自旋可以同一順序的自旋循環來執行, 以主要自旋的線;φ “ 、時間小於自旋循環的轉速和時間。因 此胃選擇省時選項時,可省略沖洗循環的主要自旋。 [00392]自選擇省時選項時,可省略洗衣量決定步驟,這取 決於該選擇的招;.,, , 工。丨如,¾選擇羊毛、纖細的或運動服 模式時’此特殊的織物量係相對較小。如果這種織物被污Qing 9] For example, if the operating mode of the cotton mode is (four) minutes, the apricot user selects the time saving option, and the required operation time can be reduced to, for example, (10) minutes. When the manufacturer selects the item (4), the operating time may increase to 140 minutes' to ensure that the laundry of the material is sufficiently cleaned. There may be a predetermined difference between the predetermined time and the actual required time [00390] the cleaning cycle and/or the flush cycle. The time can vary depending on the selected time-saving options. That is, the operation time required for the cycle can be changed/adjusted to be different according to the selected mode. For example, in the case of cotton mode, rayon mode, and hybrid mode, the ability. Because of this, the general time saving option is selected. Time can be considered for adjustment. It is important to increase the time required for cleaning the cleaning cycle to be constant, that is, the m 127 201124584 [00391] required for a component of the flushing cycle. The flushing cycle is γ __ complex water supply, drainage and spin. Flushing can be performed for two, two or four attacks. •. The spin can be performed in the same sequence of spin cycles, with the main spin line; φ " , the time is less than the spin cycle speed and time. Therefore, when the stomach selects the time-saving option, the main spin of the flush cycle can be omitted. 00392] When selecting the time-saving option, the laundry amount determination step can be omitted, depending on the selection of the selection; .,, , work, for example, when selecting wool, slender or sportswear mode, this special fabric amount Relatively small. If the fabric is stained

染,使用者往往希望立即將其洗乾淨。因此,在一單一模 式運作中清洗一大量的這些類型的待洗衣物,是非常罕見 的考量如此,當選擇羊毛、纖細的或運動服模式時,可 省略洗衣量決定步驟。 [00393]反之’當選擇密錢項時,在沖洗循環中進行的沖 洗次數或清洗循環所需的時間可能會增加,或兩者都可能 增加。 _ [GG394】此時間管理選項滿足特定模式的目的,並允許使用 者方便地管理時間。 IV.依據模式與模式的步驟的滾筒驅動運轉 [00395]接著將描述依據每個模式的每個循環的一滾筒驅 動運轉。如上所述,滾筒驅動運轉包括滾筒旋轉方向與滾 筒旋轉速度的一組合,並因位於滾筒的待洗衣物的落下方 128 201124584 向及洛點而有所區分,以組成不同的滚筒運轉。這些滚筒 驅動運轉可在馬達的控制下執行。Dyeing, users often want to wash them immediately. Therefore, it is very rare to wash a large amount of these types of laundry in a single mode operation. When the wool, slender or sportswear mode is selected, the laundry determination step can be omitted. [00393] Conversely, when the money item is selected, the number of flushes or the time required for the wash cycle in the flush cycle may increase, or both may increase. _ [GG394] This time management option meets the purpose of a particular mode and allows the user to easily manage time. IV. Roller Drive Operation According to Steps of Mode and Mode [00395] Next, a drum drive operation for each cycle in accordance with each mode will be described. As described above, the drum driving operation includes a combination of the rotation direction of the drum and the rotation speed of the drum, and is distinguished by the downward direction of the laundry of the drum, and the different points of the drum. These drum drive operations can be performed under the control of the motor.

[003%]由於待洗衣物,在該滾筒的轉動期間,係藉由設於 滾筒的内圓周的表面的升降桿而舉起,滾筒的旋轉速度和 旋轉方向的控制,Μ區分施加於待洗衣物的衝擊。亦即, 可區刀包括待洗衣物之間的摩擦、待洗衣物與洗衣水之間 的摩擦及拋落衝擊的該機械外力。換言之,可區別—待洗 r物衝擊或擦洗等級以清洗待洗衣物,且可區別—待洗衣 物分散等級或一待洗衣物翻轉等級。 [00397] 因此滾筒驅動運轉可依據組成各種清洗模式的 每個循環及、組成每個循環 洗衣物可以最佳化的機械 的每一特定步驟而作區分,使待 外力處理。因為如此,清洗效率 可改善。此外’一單一固定滾筒驅動運轉 長的清洗時間。接著將說明供每個循環的一 ,可能會導致過 滾筒驅動運轉。[003%] Due to the laundry, during the rotation of the drum, it is lifted by the lifting rod provided on the surface of the inner circumference of the drum, and the rotation speed and the rotation direction of the drum are controlled, and the difference is applied to the laundry. The impact of the object. That is, the knife can include the friction between the laundry, the friction between the laundry and the washing water, and the mechanical external force of the drop impact. In other words, it is distinguishable that the object to be washed is rubbed or scrubbed to wash the laundry, and is distinguishable - the level of laundry to be dispersed or the level of laundry to be turned. [00397] Thus, the drum drive operation can be differentiated according to each of the various steps constituting the various cleaning modes and the specific steps of the machine that can be optimized for each of the circulating laundry items, so that the external force is processed. Because of this, the cleaning efficiency can be improved. In addition, a single fixed roller drives a long cleaning time. Next, one for each cycle will be explained, which may cause the drum drive to operate.

清洗循環: [00398】一個清洗循環包括一洗衣晋 洗衣量決疋步驟、一供水步驟 及一清洗步驟。該供水步 ^括用來浴解去污劑的一去污 劑加強溶解步驟,及用來 ,仏、待洗衣物的一洗滌潤濕步 驟。該去污劑加強溶解步驟鱼 /、/先條满濕步驟可獨立地從供 水步驟中提供。可依據各你&amp;上 义據每個模式而進一步提供一加熱步驟。 [S] 129 201124584 1.1.洗衣量決定: [00399】測量用於旋轉滾筒的雷$ 评展琦的電流以執行洗衣 驟。在此例中,當滚筒沿 、疋步 預尤的方向旋轉,可.¾丨且 消耗的電流,且滾筒在 利量所 义里决疋步驟中可依據一 轉運動而驅動,例如滾翻運轉。 I —旋 1.2供水: [00400J在一供水步驟中,冰亡^ ,驟中’洗衣水係與去污劑 可執行一溶解去污劑的步驟。 供〜,並 ,^ 马了耠阿4洗循環的效率, 去⑽溶解可有效地完成於供水步驟的初始階段= 速溶解去污劑於洗衣水中, 為了快 運轉可能是有效的。亦即,&gt; 力的一 … P _洗衣水施加-強勁機械外力 =效:溶解去污劑於洗衣水中。因此,在去污劑加強 ^解步财,㈣錢❹進運轉及/或摩㈣轉而作旋 轉。如上所述,步進運轉班廑梭卞絲·、,上 轉與摩擦運轉W目對高速度旋轉滾 筒,運用對滾筒的一突然刹車 ^ 早以改變方向,及可提供一強 勁機械外力。-步進運轉與摩擦運轉的組合可在此步驟中 執行。 [00401]在洗滌潤濕加強 &gt;邑合去污劑的洗衣水中 步驟,重要的是要潤濕待洗衣物於 &gt;在此例中,一滾筒驅動運轉可為 過濾運轉 可替代地’㉟濾運轉和該滾動運轉可依序地進 行。該滾動運轉不斷翻轉待洗衣物 以使裝於滚筒的下部 130 201124584 的洗衣水均勻地接觸待洗衣物’且適於在洗滌潤濕中進 订。過濾運轉在滾筒的旋轉期間伸展待洗衣物,以使待洗 衣物與滾筒的内圓周的表面緊密接觸,並同時將洗衣水喷 入至滾筒,使得洗衣水因離心力可經由待洗衣物與滾筒的 通孔從桶中排出。因此,該過渡運轉加大了待洗衣物的表 面面積,並允許洗衣水可通過待洗衣物。因為如此,可實 現均勻地供應供給待洗衣物的洗衣水的效果。而且,利用 • 逆樣的效果,不同的兩個滚筒驅動運轉,亦即,過濾運轉 和滾動運轉係依序地重複於洗滌潤濕加強步驟中。如果洗 衣置疋預疋值或以上,在具有相對低的滾筒轉速的滾動 運轉中,洗滌潤濕效果可能降低,巾目此可執行具有一相 對高的滾筒轉速的滾翻運轉,而非滾動運轉。 [嶋2】然而,供水步驟的去污劑加強溶解步驟或洗務潤濕 步称,可依據當洗衣水不斷供應時的滾筒的驅動運轉而分 _冑目此’對使用者而言於供水步驟中是很難區分上述步 驟的。從使用者的觀點,滾筒似乎係依據供水步驟中的滾 動及/或滾翻及/或步進及/或摩擦運轉之其中一者,或兩個 或更多該些運轉的一組合而驅動。 [00403】依據待洗衣物的織物類型,可提供用來避免待洗衣 物織物損傷的模式。而且,依據該模式,可提供用來抑制 ;i二模式青洗待洗衣物時所產生的噪音的模式。當滾 筒依據能夠於供水步驟中施加一強勁機械外力的運轉而驅 131 201124584 動時 以避免二此而言:先衣物織物損傷或噪音的產生可能難 ,.. 水步財,可提供能盡量降低蜂立的 產生或避务铋从4。居u p 里¥ 1&amp;木g的 作用*洗,“ ,些模式中,去污劑溶解 =二_作用得以實現,這樣,在這些模式中,可 動滾靖進行旋擺運轉,或可增加滾動運轉的時間。 m動相較於其他運轉,旋擺運轉可減少待洗衣物在滚筒 Μ 它可以減少因待洗衣物的摩擦及待洗衣物與 滾疴之間的摩擦所產生的織 導待洗衣物沿著滾筒的内表面::移動此外且該滾動運轉誘 取田艰勖移動,且不會產生因待 洗衣物的突然落下所產生的衝擊。 [麵】b果去污劑溶解和洗務潤濕係進行於供水步驟 中’用來循環洗衣水的-猶環步驟可提供於至少預定的步 驟。此一循環步驟可執行於整個供水步驟,或於供水步帮 的一預定的階段。 1.3加熱: [00406】在一加熱步驟中,可提供―:交饩躯私.苗姑〆 ^ , 衷筒驅動運轉,係用來 當加熱器提供於桶内時傳導加埶哭太 砰等加熱器產生的熱量以加熱供給 待洗衣物的洗衣水。在加敎舟萌(+ 你训热步驟中,滾筒係依據滾翻運轉 而驅動,以沿著預定的方向連螬从你 J埂躀地旋轉滾筒。如果滾筒的 旋轉方向改變時,—旋渦會產生與洗衣水中且熱傳導效率 可能會減低。如果洗衣量小於—預^的洗衣量等級,滚筒 132 201124584 係驅動進行滾動運 . 果洗衣量係該預定的洗衣量等級 若該洗衣量少於該預 5 X上;袞筒係驅動進行滚翻運轉 疋等級’該滾動運轉能右 運轉此充刀地加熱待洗衣物。若該洗衣量 係為預定的等級或以上, 用來以相對高速度旋轉滾筒的滾 翻運轉可為合適的。 1-4清洗: # 陶7]-清洗步驟會耗費清洗循環的最長的時間。在清洗 步帮中,待洗衣物的髒污物可大致,且清洗步驟的一滚筒 驅動運轉可為能以不同方式移動待洗衣物的一運轉。例 如,清洗步驟的滾筒驅動運轉可為步進運轉及/或滾翻運轉 及/或滾動運轉的其中之一或一組合。該些運轉的組合,可 對待洗衣物施加一強勁機械外力。特別是,在一少量的待 洗衣物的例子中’這些運轉的一組合可為有效的。 • [00408】清洗步驟的滚筒驅動運轉,可為過濾運轉和滾翻運 轉的一組合。此一滾筒驅動運轉可不斷地供應供給待洗衣 物的洗衣水以增進清洗效率,且可對待洗衣物均勻地施加 機械外力以增進清洗效率。這樣的一組合對一大的待洗衣 物的量可為有效的。 [00409] 一加熱步驟係提供於清洗步驟之前,而洗衣水可在 清洗步驟中加熱以增進清洗效率。如果加熱洗衣水,可合 併滾筒驅動運轉。例如’如果驅動設於桶内的加熱器以加 133 201124584 熱洗衣水時,滾筒可能會依據 . 负犬然煞車的一滾筒驅動 運轉而驅動。 [〇剛如上所述,在用來避免織物損傷和抑_音的產生 的模式中’能對待洗衣物施加—相對微弱機械外力的一運 轉也可提供於清洗步财°例如,上賴式的清洗步称, 可執行旋擺運轉以減少噪音的态 9的產生和避免織物損傷。因 此’旋擺運轉的操作時間可能县 於其他模式中的運轉。如Cleaning Cycle: [00398] A cleaning cycle includes a laundry step, a water supply step, and a cleaning step. The water supply step includes a detergent-strengthening dissolution step for decontaminating the detergent, and a washing and wetting step for the mash and the laundry. The detergent enhancing dissolution step fish /, / first full wet step can be independently provided from the water supply step. A heating step can be further provided depending on each mode of each of your &amp; [S] 129 201124584 1.1. The amount of laundry is determined: [00399] The current used to rotate the drum is measured to perform the laundry. In this case, when the drum is rotated in the direction of the step, the current can be consumed and the drum can be driven in accordance with the one-turn motion in the step of determining the weight, for example, the roll-over operation. I - Spin 1.2 Water Supply: [00400J In a water supply step, the ice water, the middle of the 'washing water system and the detergent can perform a step of dissolving the detergent. For the ~, and, ^ Ma has a 4 wash cycle efficiency, to (10) dissolve can be effectively completed in the initial stage of the water supply step = quick dissolve detergent in the wash water, may be effective for fast operation. That is, &gt; force of a ... P _ washing water application - strong mechanical external force = effect: dissolve the detergent in the washing water. Therefore, in the detergent to strengthen the solution, (4) money into the operation and / or motorcycle (four) turn for rotation. As described above, the stepping operation of the shuttle · · , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , - The combination of stepping operation and frictional operation can be performed in this step. [00401] In the washing water step of washing the moisturizing and squeezing detergent, it is important to wet the laundry in the &gt; In this case, a drum driving operation may be a filtering operation alternatively '35 The filtering operation and the rolling operation can be performed sequentially. This rolling operation continuously flips the laundry to make the washing water attached to the lower portion 130 201124584 of the drum uniformly contact the laundry&apos; and is suitable for being ordered in the washing and wetting. The filtering operation stretches the laundry during the rotation of the drum to bring the laundry into close contact with the surface of the inner circumference of the drum, and simultaneously sprays the washing water into the drum, so that the washing water can be passed through the laundry and the drum due to the centrifugal force. The through hole is discharged from the tub. Therefore, the transition operation increases the surface area of the laundry and allows the laundry water to pass through the laundry. Because of this, the effect of uniformly supplying the washing water to be supplied to the laundry can be achieved. Moreover, with the effect of the inverse sample, the two different drums are driven to operate, i.e., the filtration operation and the rolling operation are sequentially repeated in the washing and wetting strengthening step. If the laundry is placed at a pre-deflection value or above, the washing and wetting effect may be lowered in a rolling operation having a relatively low drum rotation speed, so that the tumbling operation with a relatively high drum rotation speed can be performed instead of the rolling operation. [嶋2] However, the detergent-enhancing dissolution step or the washing-wetting step of the water supply step can be classified according to the driving operation of the drum when the washing water is continuously supplied. It is difficult to distinguish the above steps in the steps. From the user's point of view, the drum appears to be driven in accordance with one of the rolling and/or rollover and/or stepping and/or rubbing operations in the water supply step, or a combination of two or more of these operations. [00403] Depending on the type of fabric to be laundry, a pattern for avoiding damage to the laundry to be washed may be provided. Moreover, according to this mode, it is possible to provide a mode for suppressing the noise generated when the laundry is washed. When the drum is driven according to the operation of applying a strong mechanical external force in the water supply step, it is possible to avoid the situation: the damage of the fabric or the noise may be difficult to produce, and the water step can be provided as low as possible. The production or avoidance of beekeeping is from 4. In the ups of ¥ 1 &amp; the role of wood g * wash, ", in these modes, the detergent dissolution = two _ effect can be achieved, so that in these modes, the movable rolling for the swing operation, or can increase the rolling operation The time of m. Compared with other operations, the swinging operation can reduce the laundry to be washed in the drum. It can reduce the weaving of the laundry due to the friction between the laundry and the friction between the laundry and the rolling. Along the inner surface of the drum:: move and the rolling operation induces the movement of the field, and does not cause an impact caused by the sudden drop of the laundry. [Face] b-detergent dissolution and washing The wet system is carried out in the water supply step 'the step of circulating the washing water - the helium ring step can be provided in at least a predetermined step. This cycle step can be performed in the entire water supply step, or in a predetermined stage of the water supply step. [00406] In a heating step, it can provide ": 饩 饩 饩 . . . . 苗 , , , , , , , 衷 衷 衷 衷 衷 衷 衷 衷 衷 衷 衷 衷 衷 衷 衷 衷 衷 衷 衷 衷 衷 衷 衷 衷 衷 衷The heat is supplied to be heated The washing water of the object. In the process of adding the boat (in your training step, the drum is driven according to the roll-over operation, so as to rotate the drum from your J-line in a predetermined direction. If the rotation direction of the drum changes , the vortex will be generated with the washing water and the heat transfer efficiency may be reduced. If the amount of laundry is less than the pre-charged laundry level, the drum 132 201124584 is driven to be rolled. The amount of laundry is the predetermined amount of laundry if the amount of laundry Less than the pre- 5 X; the cylinder is driven to perform the roll-over operation 疋 level 'The rolling operation can be used to heat the laundry to the right. If the laundry is at a predetermined level or above, it is used to be relatively high. The rollover operation of the speed rotating drum can be suitable. 1-4 Cleaning: #陶7]-The cleaning step will take the longest time of the cleaning cycle. In the cleaning step, the dirt of the laundry can be roughly and cleaned. A drum driving operation of the step may be an operation of moving the laundry to be performed in different manners. For example, the drum driving operation of the cleaning step may be a stepping operation and/or a rolling operation and/or rolling. One or a combination of operations. A combination of these operations can apply a strong mechanical external force to the laundry. In particular, in the case of a small amount of laundry, a combination of these operations can be effective. [00408] The drum driving operation of the washing step may be a combination of the filtering operation and the rolling operation. This drum driving operation can continuously supply the washing water supplied to the laundry to improve the cleaning efficiency, and the laundry can be uniformly applied. Mechanical external force to improve cleaning efficiency. Such a combination can be effective for a large amount of laundry. [00409] A heating step is provided before the washing step, and the washing water can be heated in the washing step to promote cleaning. Efficiency. If the washing water is heated, the drum drive operation can be combined. For example, if the heater installed in the barrel is driven to add 133 201124584 hot washing water, the drum may be driven according to the driving operation of the negative dog. [As mentioned above, in the mode for avoiding the damage of fabrics and the generation of squeaks, 'the ability to apply laundry--a relatively weak mechanical external force can also be provided in the cleaning step. For example, In the cleaning step, the swirling operation can be performed to reduce the generation of noise 9 and to avoid fabric damage. Therefore, the operation time of the swing operation may be operated in other modes. Such as

果清洗步驟是只透過旋擺運轉 付疋订时’凊洗效率可能會減 低,而可另外提供具有一強勁機械外力的一運轉。該具有 -強勁機械外力的運轉的操作時間可設定為短於具有二弱 機械外力的運轉的操作時間。 2·沖洗循環: [議]在沖洗循環中,供水、滾筒驅動和排水步㈣反覆 地進行以沖洗附著於待洗衣物㈣污物或去污劑殘留。因 此,沖洗循環的-滾筒驅動運轉可為能產生一類似擦洗作 ㈣-運轉。❹’沖洗循環的滾筒驅動運轉可為摩擦運 轉及/或旋擺運轉。摩擦運轉和㈣運轉具有擦洗及不斷擺 動待洗衣物於洗衣水中的效果,以增進沖洗能力。 _12】當滾筒係驅動進行沖洗循環,用來循環裝於桶内的 洗衣水進入滚筒内部的—循環步驟和過濾運轉可一起執 订。亦即,洗衣水喷射到滾筒内而待洗衣物以流動的水沖 134 201124584 洗。過濾運轉產生—強勁離心力, &quot;,、 衣水分離去污劑與待洗衣物的薪污物。從待洗衣物連同洗 [〇〇413】在沖洗循環中,藉由對待洗衣物施加機械外力,在 排水及/或中級自旋期間’洗衣水可與氣泡一起排出^ 此,滾筒係驅動進行步進運轉或滾翻運轉。藉由撤落= 的待洗衣物,可提高清洗效率且泡珠可順利地移除 驅動運轉可依據洗衣量而所區別。亦一广 物的量的例子中,執行步 J、的待洗衣 ……執-步進運轉以產生—最大落。 在一大的待洗衣物的量的例子中,執行滚翻運轉。 _】如上所述,在選擇的以避免織物損 產生的模式中,能對牲冰 市』%曰的 運隸物施加-相對微弱機械外力的 運轉可提供於沖洗循環中。例如,旋擺運轉 = ::::洗:環中。在選擇的以減少清洗時間的模式:: 此減少沖洗循環㈣間。例如,㈣ ::::間,—減少整體清:―:: 的例子中,〜W㈣㈣陶W運轉 3·自旋循環: [嶋】在-自旋循環中,滾筒係以—預 旋轉以移除包含在待洗衣物中的水分,而自旋循Γ逮度 一料咮力队切 叫自紅循環可包括 待洗衣物解開糾結步驟及偏心 旋轉速度至-預定轉速。—適當的滚筒筒的 u银勖運轉可依據的 135 201124584 每個步驟的目的而加以選擇。例如,在待洗衣物解開糾结 步驟中對待洗衣物施加-相對強勁機械外力係為有利的: 如果能施加一強勁機械外力的—運轉提供於之前的沖洗德 環中,甚至具有-微弱機械外力的一運轉即為足夠的。 且,為了準確地測量偏心率,用來沿著一單方向連^ 滾筒的—滚筒驅動運轉可適用於偏心率量測步肆中。 ν.新的模式 [嶋】#著說明各種模式,每個模式包括—清洗 沖洗循環及-自旋循環。然而,可以依據的使用者的選擇 f母個模^略—單次循環。亦即,可以從模式Α (標準 略^痛略t清洗循環,或從模式B (極辦污物模式)τ省 …t洗“’或從模式c (快速煮滞模式)省 錢。推而廣之,提供於每個模式中的其中之:旋 定為-辅助模式。例如 4%可設 式F (功能性衣物模式、认.主 :循環可設置為單-的新的模式。在此例中’它:稱= 此性衣物清洗」。非為清洗循提^ 稱為功 循環或自旋循環可設定為新的㈣每個模式中提供的沖洗 雖然在清洗循環、沖洗循環及自旋猶環中 特疋的順序以說明每—個模式 田述了 環可結合另-模式_,…新的樣的循 A (標準模式)的沖洗循環和自模式。例如,模式 [S] 旋循環,可結合模式B (極 136 201124584 髒污物模式)的清洗循 ^ 並设定為一新的模式。可替代 地,可從其他模式中選出τ管代 模式)的該沖洗循環盍模 &amp;》如,模式Α (標準 髒污物槿^ 自旋循環能結合模式Β(極 髒物模式)的清洗循環, 並认疋為一新的模式。在此例 ,來連接循環的步驟可進行適當的調整或修改。 陶8】此外,新的模式可基於待洗衣物的耗力和條件來設 疋。圖22至圖24顚千了田n 來決定標準模式、強勁運轉模 式(極薪污物模式,快速煮彿模式及冷洗模式),以及輕柔 運轉模式(彩色的、纖細的或羊毛模式)的該些運轉的該 些步驟、效果及條件。依據所希望的效果及條件,該些滾 筒的運轉可在標準模式、強勁運_式及㈣運轉模式之 間互換地選擇,以舍丨^@ 4 創每新的模式。本發明和#徵可以進一 步應用到滾筒式影·;^ Μ _ 门式乾衣機的一運轉’其中,例如,公佈於美 國專利厶 σ 號· 2005)/0126222,2010/0〇〇5680 和 2010/0162586,其全部内容係併入本案作為參考。 [00419】任何參考本說明書「一具體實施例」、「例示具體實 施例」等,疋指與包括在本發明至少一具體實施例中的具 體實施例相關的-特定的功能、結構、或特徵的描述。這 些出現在說明書中各處的詞組並不一定都指向相同的具體 實施例。此外’當一特定的功能、結構、特徵或與任何具 體實施例相關的描述,據以認為—熟習該技藝之人在權利The cleaning step is only when the sewing operation is performed. The washing efficiency may be reduced, and an operation with a strong mechanical external force may be additionally provided. The operation time of the operation having a strong mechanical external force can be set shorter than the operation time of the operation having two weak mechanical external forces. 2. Flushing cycle: In the flushing cycle, the water supply, the drum drive and the draining step (4) are repeatedly carried out to flush the dirt or detergent residue attached to the laundry (4). Therefore, the flushing-drum drive operation can produce a similar scrubbing operation (four)-run. The drum drive operation of the ❹' flush cycle can be a frictional operation and/or a swing operation. The frictional operation and (4) operation have the effect of scrubbing and constantly swaying the laundry in the washing water to enhance the flushing ability. _12] When the drum system is driven to perform a flushing cycle, the washing water used to circulate the drum is placed inside the drum. The circulation step and the filtering operation can be executed together. That is, the washing water is sprayed into the drum while the laundry is washed with flowing water 134 201124584. Filtration operation produces - strong centrifugal force, &quot;,, clothing water separation detergent and laundry detergent. From the laundry to be washed together [〇〇413], in the flushing cycle, by applying mechanical external force to the laundry, during the draining and/or intermediate spinning, the washing water can be discharged together with the bubbles, and the drum is driven to proceed. In-run or roll-over operation. By removing the laundry to be washed, the cleaning efficiency can be improved and the beads can be smoothly removed. The driving operation can be distinguished according to the amount of laundry. In the example of the amount of the wide object, the execution of step J, the laundry to be carried out, the step-by-step operation to generate the maximum drop. In the case of a large amount of laundry, the rollover operation is performed. _] As described above, in the mode selected to avoid fabric damage, the operation of the relatively small mechanical external force can be provided to the squirrel. For example, the swing operation = :::: wash: in the ring. In the mode selected to reduce the cleaning time:: This reduces the flush cycle (four). For example, (4) ::::, - reduce the overall clear: -:: In the example, ~W (four) (four) pottery W run 3 · spin cycle: [嶋] In the - spin cycle, the drum is pre-rotated to move In addition to the moisture contained in the laundry, the spin cycle arrester may call the laundry to unwind the entanglement step and the eccentric rotation speed to the predetermined speed. - The appropriate silver cylinder operation of the drum can be selected according to the purpose of each step of 135 201124584. For example, it is advantageous to apply a relatively strong mechanical external force to the laundry in the laundry untangling step: if a strong mechanical external force can be applied - the operation is provided in the previous flushing ring, even with - weak machinery One operation of the external force is sufficient. Moreover, in order to accurately measure the eccentricity, the drum driving operation for connecting the drums in a single direction can be applied to the eccentricity measuring step. ν. The new mode [嶋]# describes the various modes, each mode including - cleaning flush cycle and - spin cycle. However, the choice of the user can be based on the choice of the parent model - a single cycle. That is, you can save money from the mode Α (standard slightly ^ pain slightly t cleaning cycle, or from mode B (very dirty mode) τ province ... t wash "' or from mode c (fast boil mode). Widely available in each mode: Rotate to - Auxiliary mode. For example, 4% can be set to F (functional clothing mode, recognition. Main: cycle can be set to single - new mode. Here In the example 'it: said = this kind of laundry cleaning.' Not for cleaning. ^ It is called the power cycle or the spin cycle can be set to new (4) The flushing provided in each mode, although in the cleaning cycle, flush cycle and spin The order of the special features in the Judah ring is to illustrate that each ring pattern can be combined with another mode - _, ... a new type of A (standard mode) flush cycle and self mode. For example, mode [S] cycle The cleaning cycle of mode B (pole 136 201124584 dirty mode) can be combined and set to a new mode. Alternatively, the flush cycle mode can be selected from other modes. For example, mode Α (standard dirt 槿 ^ spin cycle can be combined with mode 极 (very dirty mode) Wash the cycle and recognize it as a new mode. In this case, the steps to connect the cycle can be adjusted or modified as appropriate. Tao 8] In addition, the new mode can be set based on the labor and conditions of the laundry. Figure 22 to Figure 24: Thousands of fields to determine the standard mode, strong operation mode (extra-stains dirt mode, fast boil mode and cold wash mode), and soft operation mode (colored, slender or wool mode) The steps, effects and conditions of the operation of the rollers. According to the desired effects and conditions, the operation of the rollers can be interchangeably selected between the standard mode, the powerful mode and the (four) mode of operation. 4 Create each new mode. The present invention and the # sign can be further applied to the drum type shadow; ^ _ _ a type of operation of the door dryer, which is disclosed, for example, in U.S. Patent No. · · 2005 2005-26222, 2010/0〇〇5680 and 2010/0162586, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. At least one specific The description of specific embodiments, the specific functions, the structures, or the features of the specific embodiments in the embodiments are not necessarily all referring to the same specific embodiments. , features or descriptions relating to any particular embodiment, it is believed that the person skilled in the art is in the right

[SJ 137 201124584 範圍内的對功能、結構、胜料$偽甘+ 傅特徵或與其他與那些具體實施例 相關的改變。 [00420] 雖然具體實施例係與一 數量的參考具體實施例揭 露如上,它應該被理解,在㈣離本揭露之原㈣精神和 範嘴下’許多其他的修改和具體實施例可以被熟悉該項技 藝者所想出。更多特定的、各種變化和修改係揭露可能的 組成4为及/或女排,係為圖式和附加的權利要求的範圍内[SJ 137 201124584 The scope of functions, structures, wins, and/or other features related to those specific embodiments. [00420] While the specific embodiments are disclosed above with reference to a number of reference embodiments, it should be understood that many of the other modifications and embodiments may be familiar to the subject matter of the present invention. The artist came up with it. More specific, various changes and modifications are disclosed as possible components 4 and/or women's volleyball, which are within the scope of the drawings and the appended claims.

的組合。除了各個組成部分及/或安排的變化和修改,替代 性的用途對該些熟悉技藝者也將是顯而易見。 【圖式簡單說明】 參照以下圖式詳細說明本發明之具體實施例,相同的 參考數字符號是指相同的元件,其中: 圖1係本案所具體及充分描述的一例示的洗衣機之一 分解圖; 圖2係本案所具體及充分描述的另一例示的洗衣機之 一分解圖; 圖3A-3G、圖4A-4D、圖5A-5F及圖6係繪示本案所 具體及充分描述的不同的滾筒運轉及洗衣作動模式; 圖7-21係繪示與本案充分描述的具體實施例相符的包 括如圖3A-3G、圖4A-4D、圖5A-5F及圖6所示之滾筒運 轉的不同操作模式的流程圖;以及 138 201124584 圖22-24繪示用來決定運轉的作用及條件。 【主要元件符號說明】 100 :洗衣機 110 :機櫃 113 :門 114 :開口 ® 11 5 :控制面板 11 7 :模式選擇區 118 :選項選擇區 119 :顯示區 120 :桶 130 :滾筒 131 :通孔 ^ 135 :升降桿 140 :馬達 200 :桶前部 220 :桶後部 230 :桶背 250 :後部墊圈 280 :柔性材料(前墊圈) 300 :滚筒前部 139 201124584 3 10 :球平衡器 320 :滚筒中心 3 3 0 :球平衡器 340 :滚筒後部 350 :星形輪 351 :軸桿 530 :懸吊器 400 :承載機殼 450 ' 500 ' 510 ' 520 # 600 :底座The combination. Alternative uses will also be apparent to those skilled in the art, in addition to variations and modifications in the various components and/or arrangements. DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENT OF THE INVENTION The detailed description of the embodiments of the present invention is the same as the Figure 2 is an exploded view of another exemplary washing machine specifically and fully described in the present invention; Figures 3A-3G, Figures 4A-4D, Figures 5A-5F and Figure 6 illustrate different and specific descriptions of the present invention. Drum operation and laundry actuation mode; Figure 7-21 illustrates the operation of the drum as shown in Figures 3A-3G, 4A-4D, 5A-5F, and 6 in accordance with the embodiment fully described in this context. Flowchart of the operating mode; and 138 201124584 Figures 22-24 illustrate the roles and conditions used to determine the operation. [Main component symbol description] 100: Washing machine 110: Cabinet 113: Door 114: Opening® 11 5: Control panel 11 7: Mode selection area 118: Option selection area 119: Display area 120: Bucket 130: Roller 131: Through hole ^ 135: lifting rod 140: motor 200: barrel front portion 220: barrel rear portion 230: barrel back 250: rear washer 280: flexible material (front washer) 300: drum front portion 139 201124584 3 10: ball balancer 320: drum center 3 3 0 : Ball balancer 340 : Roller rear portion 350 : Star wheel 351 : Shaft rod 530 : Suspension 400 : Carrying case 450 ' 500 ' 510 ' 520 # 600 : Base

140140

Claims (1)

201124584 七、申請專利範圍: 種操作具有— 包含以下步驟: 可旋轉滾筒之一洗衣機之方法, 依據滾请速度、滾筒旋辕古a 轉方向、滚筒旋轉的量、滾筒 旋轉方向的改變、以及用丨v 士 克服滾筒動量及改變滾筒方向 的大於零之力的量來定蠤选 里+疋我複數個滾筒運轉; 依據複數個清洗條件的 ) 者或一選擇的清洗模式 來選擇該些複數個滾筒 锝中的至少三個該滾筒運轉;以 及 依據選擇的小二&amp; 個該滾筒運轉來操作該洗衣機。 方法’其中該些複數個清洗條件包 2.如請求項1之 含一待洗衣物的量、_ 待洗衣物的類型、一清洗水溫、 辨污等級、或一土,- dtel ^ 去巧'劑類型。201124584 VII. Patent application scope: The operation has - including the following steps: The method of rotating the washing machine, according to the rolling speed, the rotation direction of the drum, the rotation of the drum, the rotation direction of the drum, and the use丨v 士 克服 克服 克服 克服 克服 克服 克服 克服 克服 克服 克服 克服 克服 克服 克服 克服 克服 克服 克服 克服 克服 克服 克服 克服 克服 克服 克服 克服 克服 克服 克服 克服 克服 克服 克服 克服 克服 克服 克服 克服 克服 克服 克服 克服 克服 克服 克服 克服 克服 克服 克服 克服 克服At least three of the drums are operated; and the washing machine is operated in accordance with the selected small two &amp; Method 'where the plurality of cleaning condition packages 2. If the amount of laundry to be included in claim 1 is _ the type of laundry to be washed, the temperature of a washing water, the level of pollution, or a soil, - dtel ^ 'Dosage type. 如吻求項1之方法,其中選擇至少三個該滾筒運 轉的步驟’包含以下步驟: 選擇滾翻運轉,包含以一第一預定旋轉速度旋轉該 滾筒的步驟; '擇滾動運轉,&amp;含以小於該第一預定旋轉速度的 第-預定旋轉速度旋轉該滾筒的步驟;以及 選擇以下至少一者: 141 201124584 一步進運轉,包含以大於該第一及第二預定旋轉 速度的一第三預定旋轉速度旋轉該滾筒,在一第一預定位 置暫停該滚筒的旋轉-預定期間,以及恢復以該第三預定 旋轉速度的該滾筒的旋轉的步帮; 旋擺運轉,包含以—第四預定旋轉速度沿著_ 第一方向旋轉該滚筒直到該滚筒到達一第二預定位置,其 後以該第四預定旋轉速度沿著相對於該1方向的—第二 方向旋轉該滾筒直到該滾筒到達一第三預定位置,以及其 後以該第四預定旋韓遺唐装—&amp; 级锝迷度考該第一方向旋轉該滚筒的步 驟; 摩擦運轉,包含以 第五預定旋轉速度沿著該 第一方向旋轉該滾筒直到該食 j通展琦到達一第四預定位置,其 後以該第五預定旋轉速产OL -ψ ^ 轉迷度著該第二方向旋轉該滾筒直到 該滾靖到達一第五箱含物巷 預疋位4 ’以及其後以該第五預定旋轉 速度沿者該第一方而祐絲 万向旋轉該滾筒的步驟;或者 第六預定旋轉速度旋轉該 過;慮運轉’包含以 滚筒的步驟。 4 · 如請求項1 $ ·*·、土 ’/、中選擇至少三個該滚筒運 轉的步騾,包含以下步驟: 預定旋轉速度旋轉該 選擇—滾翻運轉,包含以—第一 滾筒的步驟; 142 201124584 選擇一過滤運轉,包含以一第二預定旋轉速度旋轉該 滚筒的步騍;以及 Λ 選擇以下至少一者: -步進運轉,包含以大㈣第—及第二預定旋轉 速度的一第三預定旋轉速度旋轉該滚筒,在一第一預定位 置暫停該滾筒的旋轉-預定期間,以及恢復以該第三預定 旋轉速度的該滚筒的旋轉的步驟;The method of claim 1, wherein the step of selecting at least three of the drums to operate comprises the steps of: selecting a rollover operation comprising the step of rotating the drum at a first predetermined rotational speed; 'selecting a rolling operation, &amp; a step of rotating the drum at a first predetermined rotational speed less than the first predetermined rotational speed; and selecting at least one of: 141 201124584 a step operation comprising a third predetermined rotation greater than the first and second predetermined rotational speeds Rotating the drum at a speed, suspending the rotation of the drum at a first predetermined position for a predetermined period of time, and restoring the rotation of the drum at the third predetermined rotation speed; the swinging operation, including the fourth predetermined rotation speed Rotating the drum in a first direction until the drum reaches a second predetermined position, and thereafter rotating the drum in a second direction relative to the 1 direction at the fourth predetermined rotational speed until the drum reaches a third a predetermined position, and thereafter a step of rotating the drum in the first direction by the fourth predetermined The frictional operation includes rotating the drum in the first direction at a fifth predetermined rotational speed until the food reaches a fourth predetermined position, and thereafter the OL-ψ ^ revolving with the fifth predetermined rotation Rotating the drum in the second direction until the rolling reaches a fifth tank containing lane pre-clamping 4' and thereafter rotating the drum at the fifth predetermined rotational speed along the first side Or the sixth predetermined rotational speed of the rotation; the operation 'includes the step of the roller. 4 · If at least three steps of the drum operation are selected in the request item 1 $ ·*·, soil '/, the following steps are included: the predetermined rotation speed rotates the selection-rolling operation, including the step of the first roller; 142 201124584 Selecting a filtration operation comprising the step of rotating the drum at a second predetermined rotational speed; and Λ selecting at least one of: - a step operation comprising a first (four) first and a second predetermined rotational speed Rotating the drum at a predetermined rotational speed, suspending the rotation-predetermined period of the drum at a first predetermined position, and recovering the rotation of the drum at the third predetermined rotational speed; 驟;或者 -旋擺運轉’包含以一第四預定旋轉速度沿著— 第一方向旋轉該滾筒直到該”到達_第:預定位置,其 後以該第四預定旋轉速度沿著相對於該第—方向的一第^ 方向旋轉該滚筒直到該滾筒到達一第三預定位置,以及: 後以該第四肢旋轉速度沿著該第—方向旋轉該滾筒的: 一摩擦運轉,包含以__第五預定旋轉逮度沿㈣ 第-方向旋轉該滾筒直到該滚筒到達一第四預定位〆 後以該第五預定旋轉速度沿著 、 該滾筒到達-第五預定位置=向旋轉該滾茼直到 速度沿著該第-方向旋轉該::Γ苐五預定旋轉 5.如請求項1之方法 轉的步驟,包含以下步驟: 其中選擇至少 三個該滾筒運 [S] 143 201124584 選擇一步進運轉,包含以一第一預定旋轉速度旋轉該 滾筒,在一第一預定位置暫停該滾筒的旋轉一預定期間, 以及恢復以該第一預定旋轉速度的該滾筒的旋轉的步驟; 選擇一旋擺運轉,包含以一第二預定旋轉速度沿著一 第一方向旋轉該滾筒直到該滾筒到達一第二預定位置,其 後以該第二預定旋轉速度沿著相對於該第一方向的一第二 方向旋轉該滚筒直到該滾筒到達一第三預定位置,以及其 # I以該第二預;t旋轉速度沿著該第—方向旋轉該滾筒的步 驟;以及 選擇-摩擦運轉,包含以一第三預定旋轉速度沿著該 第-方向旋轉該滾筒直到該滾筒到達一第四預定位置,其 後以該第三預定旋轉速度沿著該第二方向旋轉該滾筒直到 該滚筒到達一第五:pg a / 預疋位置,以及其後以該第三預定旋轉 速度沿著該第-方向旋轉該滚筒的步驟。 月求項5之方法’其中該第—及第三預定旋轉 速度係實質相等, 一 且該第二預定旋轉速度係小於該第—及 第三預定旋轉速度。 1 · 如請求項 係較該第二及第= 6之方法,其中該第四及第五預定位 預定位置更接近該第—預定位置。Or - the swing operation 'includes rotating the drum in a first direction at a fourth predetermined rotational speed until the "reaching": predetermined position, and thereafter following the fourth predetermined rotational speed relative to the first - rotating the drum in a direction of the direction until the drum reaches a third predetermined position, and: rotating the drum in the first direction at the rotational speed of the fourth limb: a frictional operation, including __ The fifth predetermined rotational catch rotates the drum in the first direction along the (four) direction until the drum reaches a fourth predetermined position, and the fifth predetermined rotational speed follows, the drum reaches a fifth predetermined position = the rotation is rotated until the speed Rotating the following in the first direction:: 预定5 predetermined rotation 5. The step of the method of claim 1, comprising the following steps: wherein at least three of the rollers are selected [S] 143 201124584 Selecting a stepping operation, including Rotating the drum at a first predetermined rotational speed, suspending rotation of the drum for a predetermined period at a first predetermined position, and restoring rotation of the drum at the first predetermined rotational speed Step of: selecting a swing operation comprising rotating the drum in a first direction at a second predetermined rotational speed until the drum reaches a second predetermined position, and thereafter following the second predetermined rotational speed relative to the first Rotating the drum in a second direction in one direction until the drum reaches a third predetermined position, and the step of rotating the drum along the first direction at the second pre-t rotation speed; and selecting-friction operation Causing to rotate the drum in the first direction at a third predetermined rotational speed until the drum reaches a fourth predetermined position, and thereafter rotate the drum in the second direction at the third predetermined rotational speed until the drum reaches a fifth: a pg a / pre-twisting position, and thereafter a step of rotating the drum in the first direction at the third predetermined rotational speed. The method of the monthly claim 5 wherein the first and third predetermined rotational speeds Is substantially equal, and the second predetermined rotational speed is less than the first and third predetermined rotational speeds. 1 · If the request item is compared to the second and sixth methods, wherein Fourth and fifth predetermined position closer to the first predetermined position - a predetermined position. 144 201124584144 201124584 步進運轉用以提供容納於該滾筒 其中選擇至少三個該滾筒運 二者的步驟: 滾筒内之待洗衣物一最 大落下及衝擊效應; 内之待洗衣物一摩 一滾動運轉用以提供容納於該滚筒 擦效應, 摩擦運轉用以提供容納於該滚筒内之待洗衣物一摩 擦效應’其係大於該滾動運轉所提供之該摩擦效應; 一滾翻運轉用以提供容納於該滾筒内之待洗衣物一解 開糾結效應, 一過瀘'運轉用以提供容納於該滾筒内之待洗衣物一擠 壓及循環效應;或者 一旋擺運轉用以提供容納於該滾筒内之待洗衣物一最 小落下及衝擊效應。 9. 一種操作一洗衣機實施複數個滚筒運轉的方法, 該些複數個滾筒運轉包括一滚動運轉、一滾翻運轉、—步 進運轉、一旋擺運轉、一摩擦運轉、一過遽運轉以及—擠 壓運轉,該方法包含以下步驟: 執行該過濾運轉與該滾動運轉、步進運轉、旋擺運轉 或摩擦運轉的至少一者的組合; 145 201124584 執行該滾動運轉與該步進運轉或摩擦運轉的至少一者 的組合;或者 ’、該步進運轉或該摩擦運轉的至少—I —起執行該旋 擺運轉。 10.如請求項9之方法,其中 (a) 過濾運轉包含以―筮— ^ S M 第預疋旋轉速度旋轉該洗衣 機的一滚筒的步驟; (b) 該滾動運轉包含以__第二預定旋轉速度旋轉該滚 筒,該第一旋轉速度係大於該第二旋轉速度的步驟; ⑷該步進運轉包含以下步驟:⑴以一第三預定旋轉速 度旋轉該滾筒’(ii)在一第一預定位置暫停該滾筒的旋轉一 預定期間,以及(iii)重複步驟⑷⑴及⑷(u); (d) 該旋擺運轉包含以下步驟:⑴以一第四預定旋轉速 度沿著一第一方向旋轉該滾筒直到該滾筒到達一第二預定 位置,(ii)以該第四預定旋轉速度沿著相對於該第一方向的 一第二方向旋轉該滾筒直到該滚筒到達一第三預定位置, 以及(iii)重複步驟(d)(i)及(d)(ii);以及 (e) 該摩擦運轉包含以下步驟:(i)以一第五預定旋轉速 度沿著該第一方向旋轉該滾筒直到該滾筒到達一第四預定 位置,(ii)以該第五預定旋轉速度沿著相對於該第一方向的 一第二方向旋轉該滚筒直到該滾筒到達一第五預定也置, m 146 201124584 以及(iii)重複步驟(e)(i)及(e)(ii),該第一、第三及第五預定 旋轉速度係大於該第二及第四預定旋轉速度。 11_如請求項9之方法,其中 (a) 滾動運轉包含以一第一預定旋轉速度旋轉—滾筒 的步驟; (b) 該步進運轉包含以下步驟:(丨)以一第二預定旋轉速 度旋轉該滾筒’(ii)在一第一預定位置暫停該滾筒的旋轉— 預定期間,以及(iii)重複步驟(b)(i)&amp;(b)(ii);以及 (c) 該摩擦運轉包含以下步驟:(丨)以一第三預定旋轉迷 度沿著該第一方向旋轉該滾筒直到該滾筒到達一第二預定 位置’(11)以該第三預定旋轉速度沿著相對於該第一方向的 一第二方向旋轉該滾筒直到該滾筒到達一第三預定位置, 以及(111)重複步驟(c)(i)&amp;(c)(ii),該第二及第三預定旋轉速 度係大於該第一預定旋轉速度。 12.如請求項9之方法,其中 ⑷該旋擺運轉包含以下步驟:⑴以一第一預定旋轉速 度沿著一第一方向旋轉該滾筒直到該滾筒到 、 位置,(Π)以該第一預定旋轉速度沿著相對於該第一方向 一第二方向旋轉該滾筒直到該滾筒一 。的 咬弟一預定位置, 以及(山)重複步驟⑷⑴及(d)(ii); 147 IS] 201124584 W該步進運轉包含以下步驟:⑴以—第:狀旋轉速 度旋轉該滾筒,(H)在一第三預定位置暫停該滾筒的旋轉一 預定期間,以及(iii)重複步驟(b)⑴及(b)(ii);以及 (0該摩擦運轉包含以下步驟:⑴以一第三預定旋轉速 度沿著該第一方向旋轉該滾筒直到該滾筒到達一第四預定 位置,(ii)以該第四預定旋轉速度沿著相對於該第一方向的 一第二方向旋轉該滾筒直到該滾筒到達一第五預定位置, • 以及㈣重複步驟⑷⑴及⑷⑼,該第二及第三預定旋轉速 度係大於該第一預定旋轉速度。 13.如請求項9之方法,其中該洗衣機的一滚筒具有 一旋轉軸穿過該滾筒的一中心,該步進運轉包含以下步驟: 以一第一預定旋轉速度旋轉該滾筒,使得最初位於一 初始位置的該滾筒上之一參考點繞該旋轉轴旋轉,其中該 • 參考點係在該滾筒之一側上的任—點; 當該參考點繞該滾筒之該旋轉軸行經一第—預定距離 時’改變該滾筒的該旋轉速度; 恢復該滾筒以一第二預定旋轉速度的旋轉;以及 當該參考點繞該滚筒之該旋轉轴行經一第二預定距離 時改變該⑧筒的該旋轉速度,使得該滾筒的該參考點回 到實質位於該初始位置的一位置。Stepping operation for providing a step of accommodating at least three of the rollers to be accommodated in the drum: a maximum drop and impact effect of the laundry in the drum; a rolling operation of the laundry to provide accommodation In the drum rubbing effect, the frictional operation is to provide a frictional effect of the laundry contained in the drum, which is greater than the friction effect provided by the rolling operation; and a rolling operation for providing the drum to be accommodated in the drum The laundry is unwrapped and tangled, and is operated to provide a squeeze and circulation effect of the laundry contained in the drum; or a swirling operation for providing a laundry to be accommodated in the drum Minimum drop and impact effects. 9. A method of operating a plurality of drums operating a washing machine, the plurality of drums comprising a rolling operation, a rolling operation, a stepping operation, a swinging operation, a friction operation, an overrun operation, and Extrusion operation, the method comprising the steps of: performing a combination of the filtering operation and at least one of the rolling operation, the stepping operation, the swinging operation, or the frictional operation; 145 201124584 performing the rolling operation and the stepping operation or the friction operation A combination of at least one of the two; or 'the step operation or at least one of the frictional operations to perform the swing operation. 10. The method of claim 9, wherein (a) the filtering operation comprises the step of rotating a drum of the washing machine at a first rotation speed of "筮-^ SM"; (b) the rolling operation comprises a second predetermined rotation by __ Speed rotating the drum, the first rotational speed is greater than the second rotational speed; (4) the stepping operation comprises the steps of: (1) rotating the drum at a third predetermined rotational speed '(ii) at a first predetermined position Suspending the rotation of the drum for a predetermined period of time, and (iii) repeating steps (4) (1) and (4) (u); (d) the swinging operation comprises the steps of: (1) rotating the drum in a first direction at a fourth predetermined rotational speed Until the drum reaches a second predetermined position, (ii) rotating the drum in a second direction relative to the first direction at the fourth predetermined rotational speed until the drum reaches a third predetermined position, and (iii) Repeating steps (d)(i) and (d)(ii); and (e) the frictional operation comprises the steps of: (i) rotating the drum in the first direction at a fifth predetermined rotational speed until the drum reaches a fourth reservation And (ii) rotating the drum in a second direction relative to the first direction at the fifth predetermined rotational speed until the drum reaches a fifth predetermined setting, m 146 201124584 and (iii) repeating steps (e) (i) and (e) (ii), the first, third, and fifth predetermined rotational speeds are greater than the second and fourth predetermined rotational speeds. The method of claim 9, wherein (a) the scrolling operation comprises the step of rotating the drum at a first predetermined rotational speed; (b) the stepping operation comprises the step of: (丨) at a second predetermined rotational speed Rotating the drum '(ii) suspending rotation of the drum at a first predetermined position - a predetermined period, and (iii) repeating steps (b) (i) &amp; (b) (ii); and (c) the frictional operation The method includes the steps of: (丨) rotating the drum along the first direction with a third predetermined rotational fanty until the drum reaches a second predetermined position '(11) at the third predetermined rotational speed along the first Rotating the drum in a second direction in one direction until the drum reaches a third predetermined position, and (111) repeating steps (c)(i) &amp; (c)(ii), the second and third predetermined rotational speeds The system is greater than the first predetermined rotational speed. 12. The method of claim 9, wherein (4) the swinging operation comprises the steps of: (1) rotating the drum in a first direction at a first predetermined rotational speed until the drum reaches, position, (Π) to the first The predetermined rotational speed rotates the drum in a second direction relative to the first direction until the drum one. The bite is a predetermined position, and (mountain) repeats steps (4)(1) and (d)(ii); 147 IS] 201124584 W The stepping operation comprises the following steps: (1) rotating the drum at a -: rotational speed, (H) Suspending rotation of the drum for a predetermined period at a third predetermined position, and (iii) repeating steps (b)(1) and (b)(ii); and (0) the frictional operation comprises the following steps: (1) rotating at a third predetermined The speed rotates the drum in the first direction until the drum reaches a fourth predetermined position, (ii) rotates the drum in a second direction relative to the first direction at the fourth predetermined rotational speed until the drum reaches a fifth predetermined position, and (4) repeating steps (4)(1) and (4)(9), the second and third predetermined rotational speeds being greater than the first predetermined rotational speed. 13. The method of claim 9, wherein a drum of the washing machine has a The rotating shaft passes through a center of the drum, and the stepping operation comprises the steps of: rotating the drum at a first predetermined rotational speed such that a reference point on the drum initially located at an initial position is rotated around the drum Shaft rotation, wherein the reference point is any point on one side of the drum; when the reference point travels a predetermined distance around the axis of rotation of the drum, 'changes the rotational speed of the drum; Rotating the drum at a second predetermined rotational speed; and changing the rotational speed of the 8 cylinder when the reference point travels a second predetermined distance about the axis of rotation of the drum such that the reference point of the drum returns to substantially A position of the initial position. 148 201124584 14.如請求項9之方法,其中該洗衣機的一滾筒具有 旋轉軸穿過該滚筒的一中心,該摩擦運轉包含以下步驟: (a)以一第—預定旋轉速度沿著一第一方向旋轉該滾 筒’使得最初位於一初始位置的該滾筒上之一參考點繞該 旋轉軸旋轉至-第一預定位置,其中該參考點係在該滚筒 之一側上的任一點; 3 ㈨當該參考點到達該第一預定位置,改變該滾筒的該 _ ㈣方向並以該第—預定旋轉速度沿著相對於該第—方向 的第一方向旋轉該滾筒,使得該滾筒之該參考點繞回經 過該初始位置而朝向—第二預定位置; 、 ⑷當該參考點到達該第二預定位置,改變該滾筒的該 旋轉方向並著該第一方向旋轉該滾筒,使得該參考點繞 回朝向該初始位置;以及 ⑷在步驟⑷、步驟(b)或步驟⑷之至少—者的期間, • 運用以下任一或多個條件: ⑴/口著該第一與第二方向的該滾筒的一旋轉速度係大 於每分鐘45轉(45 RPM);或者 (11)該滾筒之該參考點係大於從該初始位置至該第一 及第二預定位置的一 9〇度絕對值;或者 (0改變該滾筒之該旋轉方向,其包含對驅動該滾筒 的一馬達煞車或改變該馬達之一旋轉方向以對該滾筒施加 一反轉扭矩。 149 201124584 15·—種洗衣機,包含: 一桶, 一滚筒可旋轉地安裝於該桶内,該滾筒具有一旋轉軸 延伸穿過該滾筒的一中心,使得當該滾筒旋轉時,在該滾 筒外侧的一參考點相對於該桶移動; 一控制器配置成依據一選擇的清洗模式來控制該滚筒 的運轉,其中該控制器係配置成旋轉該桶進行至少下列一 者: 一步進運轉’在其中該滾筒以一第一速度沿著一 第方向旋轉,使彳于該參考點繞該旋轉軸旋轉約18〇度至 第位置,暫時停止於該第一位置,並接著恢復沿著該 第一方向的旋轉; 一摩擦運轉,在其中該滾筒以一第二速度沿著該 第方向旋轉,使得該參考點從一初始參考位置旋轉至相 距該初始參考位置繞該旋轉軸大於約90度且小於約180度 的第一位置,暫時停止於該第二位置m著一第二 &quot;旋轉以便返回行經該初始參考位置至相距該初始參考 位置沿著該相對方向繞該旋轉軸大於約90度且小於約180 度的第二位置’暫時停止於該第三位置,且其後沿著該 第一方向旋轉;或者 [S] 150 201124584 一撥壓運轉,在其中該滚筒以一第三速度沿著該 第一方向旋轉一第一預定時間量,使得該滾筒内的待洗衣 物自行散開並攀附至該滾筒之一内圓周表面,然後以一第 四速度第四速度旋轉一第二預定時間量,使得該待洗衣物 .暫時從該滚筒之該内圓周表面被鬆開,然後再以該第三速 度旋轉以便拉回該待洗衣物朝向該滾筒之該内圓周表面。 φ 16.如請求項15之洗衣機,其中該控制器係進一步配 置以旋轉該滾筒進行一滾動運轉,在其中該滾筒以約每分 鐘40轉(40 RPM)的速度沿著該第一方向旋轉至約9〇度, 暫時暫停該滾筒的旋轉,使得一些該滾筒内的待洗衣物被 拋洛至該滾筒内的一較低的位置;恢復該滾筒的旋轉;以 及重複該些旋轉、暫停及恢復步驟一指定的時間間隔。 • I7·如請求項15之洗衣機,其中該控制器係進一步配 置以旋轉該滾筒進行一滾翻運轉,在其中該滾筒以約每分 鐘40轉(46 RPM)的速度旋轉超過約9〇度,暫時暫停該袞 筒的旋轉,使得一些該滾筒内的待洗衣物被拋落至該滾筒 内的一較低的位置’恢復該滾筒沿著該第一 同的旋轉, 以及重複該些旋轉、暫停及恢復步驟一指定的時間間隔。The method of claim 9, wherein a drum of the washing machine has a rotating shaft passing through a center of the drum, the friction running comprising the steps of: (a) following a first-predetermined rotational speed along a first Rotating the drum in a direction such that a reference point on the drum initially in an initial position is rotated about the axis of rotation to a first predetermined position, wherein the reference point is at any point on one side of the drum; 3 (9) Receiving the reference point to the first predetermined position, changing the _ (four) direction of the drum and rotating the drum in a first direction relative to the first direction at the first predetermined rotational speed, such that the reference point of the drum Returning to the initial position and facing the second predetermined position; (4) when the reference point reaches the second predetermined position, changing the rotation direction of the drum and rotating the drum in the first direction, so that the reference point wraps around The initial position; and (4) during at least one of step (4), step (b) or step (4), • using any one or more of the following conditions: (1) / mouthing the first and the first a rotational speed of the drum in two directions is greater than 45 revolutions per minute (45 RPM); or (11) the reference point of the drum is greater than a 9 degree from the initial position to the first and second predetermined positions Absolute value; or (0) changing the direction of rotation of the drum, which includes driving a motor to drive the drum or changing the direction of rotation of the motor to apply a reverse torque to the drum. 149 201124584 15·-A washing machine, The utility model comprises: a barrel, a drum rotatably mounted in the barrel, the drum having a rotating shaft extending through a center of the drum, such that when the drum rotates, a reference point outside the drum is opposite to the barrel Moving; a controller configured to control operation of the drum in accordance with a selected cleaning mode, wherein the controller is configured to rotate the barrel for at least one of: one step operation 'in which the drum is at a first speed Rotating in a first direction, causing the reference point to rotate about the rotation axis by about 18 degrees to the first position, temporarily stopping at the first position, and then recovering along the first side Rotating; wherein the drum rotates in the first direction at a second speed such that the reference point rotates from an initial reference position to the initial reference position about greater than about 90 degrees and less than about the axis of rotation a first position of 180 degrees, temporarily stopped at the second position m with a second &quot;rotation to return to the line through the initial reference position to the initial reference position along the relative direction about greater than about 90 degrees and less than the axis of rotation a second position of about 180 degrees temporarily stops at the third position and thereafter rotates in the first direction; or [S] 150 201124584 a pressure-operating operation in which the drum follows the third speed Rotating in a first direction for a first predetermined amount of time, such that the laundry in the drum spreads out and adheres to an inner circumferential surface of the drum, and then rotates at a fourth speed and a fourth speed for a second predetermined amount of time, such that The laundry is temporarily released from the inner circumferential surface of the drum, and then rotated at the third speed to pull back the laundry toward the inner circumference of the drum Surface. The washing machine of claim 15, wherein the controller is further configured to rotate the drum for a rolling operation, wherein the drum rotates in the first direction at a speed of about 40 revolutions per minute (40 RPM) to About 9 degrees, temporarily suspending the rotation of the drum, causing some laundry in the drum to be thrown to a lower position in the drum; restoring the rotation of the drum; and repeating the rotation, suspension and recovery Step 1 specifies the time interval. The washing machine of claim 15, wherein the controller is further configured to rotate the drum for a roll-over operation, wherein the drum rotates at a speed of about 40 rpm (46 RPM) for more than about 9 degrees, temporarily Suspending the rotation of the cartridge such that some of the laundry in the drum is dropped to a lower position within the drum 'recovering the drum along the first same rotation, and repeating the rotations, pauses, and Restore the specified interval of step one. 151 201124584 參 求項u之洗衣機,其中該控制器係進一步配 置以旋轉該滚简运行-制運轉,在其中該滚筒係旋轉使 得在該滚筒上之—參考點從一初始參考位置以约每分鐘40 轉⑽匪)的速度旋轉至约列度,暫時暫㈣滾筒的旋 轉,使得一些該滾筒内的待洗衣物被抱落至該滾筒内的-Γ的位置,沿著一相對方向旋轉該滾筒,使得在該滾筒 ,之Γ考點沿著該相對方向行經該初始參考位置至相距 二:考位置約9。度,並暫時暫停該滾筒的旋轉,使得 置滾靖内的待洗衣物被抛落至該滾筒内的一較低的位 [SJ 152151 201124584 The washing machine of claim 2, wherein the controller is further configured to rotate the roll-to-run operation, wherein the drum is rotated such that the reference point on the drum is from about an initial reference position to about every minute The rotation speed of 40 rpm (10) 匪) is rotated to the approximate degree, and the rotation of the drum is temporarily temporarily (four), so that some laundry in the drum is hung to the position of the Γ in the drum, and the drum is rotated in a relative direction. In the drum, the test point passes the initial reference position along the opposite direction to a distance of two: the test position is about 9. Degree, and temporarily suspend the rotation of the drum, so that the laundry in the rolling chamber is thrown to a lower position in the drum [SJ 152
TW99126790A 2009-08-11 2010-08-11 Control method of a laundry machine TWI424107B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (15)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR1020090073981A KR101632210B1 (en) 2009-08-11 2009-08-11 Controlling Method of Washing Machine
KR1020090073828A KR101674935B1 (en) 2009-08-11 2009-08-11 Controlling Method of Washing Machine
KR1020090073977A KR101638901B1 (en) 2009-08-11 2009-08-11 Controlling Method of Washing Machine
KR1020090073826A KR101155001B1 (en) 2009-08-11 2009-08-11 Controlling method of washing machine
KR1020090073979A KR20110017468A (en) 2009-08-11 2009-08-11 Controlling method of washing machine
KR1020090073827A KR101611279B1 (en) 2009-08-11 2009-08-11 Controlling Method of Washing Machine
KR1020090073960A KR101625046B1 (en) 2009-08-11 2009-08-11 Controlling Method of Washing Machine
KR1020090073959A KR101595027B1 (en) 2009-08-11 2009-08-11 Controlling Method of Washing Machine
KR1020090073978A KR101092454B1 (en) 2009-08-11 2009-08-11 Controlling Method of Washing Machine
KR1020090073980A KR20110016329A (en) 2009-08-11 2009-08-11 Controlling method of washing machine
KR1020090073976A KR20110016326A (en) 2009-08-11 2009-08-11 Controlling method of washing machine
KR1020090080128A KR101712905B1 (en) 2009-08-27 2009-08-27 Control method of laundry machine
KR1020090079827A KR101634179B1 (en) 2009-08-27 2009-08-27 Controlling Method of Washing Machine
KR1020090079915A KR20110022363A (en) 2009-08-27 2009-08-27 Controlling method of washing machine
KR1020090105116A KR101731332B1 (en) 2009-11-02 2009-11-02 Method for washing and washing machine

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201124584A true TW201124584A (en) 2011-07-16
TWI424107B TWI424107B (en) 2014-01-21

Family

ID=43586295

Family Applications (4)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW99126791A TWI432624B (en) 2009-08-11 2010-08-11 Laundry machine
TW99126790A TWI424107B (en) 2009-08-11 2010-08-11 Control method of a laundry machine
TW99126789A TWI429803B (en) 2009-08-11 2010-08-11 Control method of a laundry machine
TW99126788A TWI410547B (en) 2009-08-11 2010-08-11 Control method of a laundry machine

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW99126791A TWI432624B (en) 2009-08-11 2010-08-11 Laundry machine

Family Applications After (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW99126789A TWI429803B (en) 2009-08-11 2010-08-11 Control method of a laundry machine
TW99126788A TWI410547B (en) 2009-08-11 2010-08-11 Control method of a laundry machine

Country Status (11)

Country Link
EP (5) EP2496750B1 (en)
CN (2) CN102471972B (en)
AU (2) AU2010283165B2 (en)
BR (2) BR112012002451B1 (en)
ES (4) ES2655588T3 (en)
MX (2) MX349451B (en)
PL (3) PL2464778T3 (en)
RU (2) RU2497987C2 (en)
TW (4) TWI432624B (en)
UA (2) UA100209C2 (en)
WO (4) WO2011019199A2 (en)

Families Citing this family (15)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR101590371B1 (en) 2009-02-16 2016-02-02 엘지전자 주식회사 Washing machine and washing method
CN105369549B (en) * 2014-08-20 2019-05-31 青岛海尔洗衣机有限公司 A kind of program for washing of roller washing machine
JP6435138B2 (en) * 2014-08-29 2018-12-05 アクア株式会社 Drum washing machine
CN105648699B (en) * 2014-11-17 2018-04-20 无锡飞翎电子有限公司 Roller washing machine and its control method
JP6739215B2 (en) * 2015-05-25 2020-08-12 ローム株式会社 Motor drive circuit, vibration device, and electronic device
DE102016212525A1 (en) * 2016-07-08 2018-01-11 BSH Hausgeräte GmbH Laundry care device with a controller
CN109695124A (en) * 2017-10-20 2019-04-30 青岛海尔滚筒洗衣机有限公司 A kind of control method and washing machine of washing machine
KR102493162B1 (en) 2017-11-08 2023-01-27 엘지전자 주식회사 Laundry treating appratus and controlling method thereof
KR102557579B1 (en) * 2018-08-23 2023-07-20 엘지전자 주식회사 Control method for laundry washing machine
KR20200026062A (en) * 2018-08-30 2020-03-10 엘지전자 주식회사 Washing machine and controlling method therefor
DE102018122462A1 (en) * 2018-09-14 2020-03-19 Miele & Cie. Kg Method and device for operating a cleaning device and cleaning device
JP7442114B2 (en) * 2019-05-10 2024-03-04 青島海爾洗衣机有限公司 washing machine
CN110106663A (en) * 2019-06-15 2019-08-09 国武时代国际文化传媒(北京)有限公司 For the efficient washing methods of light clothes
CN112760911B (en) * 2020-12-24 2022-01-11 珠海格力电器股份有限公司 Control method and device of washing machine, storage medium and processor
DE102021132564A1 (en) 2021-12-09 2023-06-15 Miele & Cie. Kg Method and control unit for operating a dryer and dryer

Family Cites Families (29)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE2045514A1 (en) * 1970-09-08 1972-03-09 Siemens Elektrogeraete Gmbh Method for spinning laundry in drum washing machines
DE2416518A1 (en) * 1974-04-03 1975-10-30 Bosch Siemens Hausgeraete Washing machine spin-drying process - has an intermediate water introduction phase to loosen clothing from drum mantle
SU1694744A1 (en) * 1985-07-30 1991-11-30 Московский Прожекторный Завод Method of washing textiles in drum-type washing machines
IT1204219B (en) * 1986-03-11 1989-03-01 Zanussi Elettrodomestici LINEN AND WASHING MACHINE PROCESSING PROCEDURE THAT REALIZES THIS PROCEDURE
JP2749371B2 (en) * 1989-05-20 1998-05-13 株式会社日立製作所 Fully automatic washing / drying machine
JP2834855B2 (en) * 1990-06-26 1998-12-14 三洋電機株式会社 Drum type washing machine
IT1256274B (en) * 1991-11-11 1995-11-29 Zanussi Elettrodomestici LINEN TREATMENT PROCESS FOR WASHING MACHINE AND LINEN DRYER.
DE4310595A1 (en) * 1993-03-31 1994-10-06 Bosch Siemens Hausgeraete Washing machine with a reversing laundry drum
IT1268525B1 (en) * 1993-06-18 1997-03-04 Zanussi Elettrodomestici MACHINE FOR WASHING WITH PERFECTED RINSING CYCLES
IT1267586B1 (en) * 1994-09-28 1997-02-07 Zanussi Elettrodomestici WASHING MACHINE WITH PERFECTED ANTI-UNBALANCING DEVICE
JPH08299658A (en) * 1995-05-12 1996-11-19 Toshiba Corp Drum type washing machine
KR100206777B1 (en) * 1996-03-05 1999-08-02 구자홍 Motor control method of washing machine
DE19619603B4 (en) * 1996-05-15 2005-11-24 AEG Hausgeräte GmbH Method for influencing the mechanics acting on the laundry located in a washing machine or a laundry drying machine and washing machine or laundry drying machine for carrying out the method
DE59906202D1 (en) * 1999-12-23 2003-08-07 Diehl Ako Stiftung Gmbh & Co Method for positioning a washing drum of a washing machine in a target position
US6737828B2 (en) * 2001-07-19 2004-05-18 Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. Washing machine motor drive device
KR20040006252A (en) * 2002-07-11 2004-01-24 삼성전자주식회사 Shoes washing control method for washing machine
DE10234473A1 (en) * 2002-07-29 2004-02-12 BSH Bosch und Siemens Hausgeräte GmbH A method for acceleration of the absorption of water in the dry wash load of an automatic washing machine, using a controlled sequence of alternate direction tumbles at different speeds
CN1521305A (en) * 2003-02-14 2004-08-18 乐金电子(天津)电器有限公司 Washing method of washing machine
DE10326551A1 (en) * 2003-06-12 2005-01-05 BSH Bosch und Siemens Hausgeräte GmbH Washing and rinsing process for a washing machine
US7673358B2 (en) * 2003-09-26 2010-03-09 Miele & Cie Kg. Method of controlling the revolutions of the drum of a program controlled laundry machine
KR20050061701A (en) * 2003-12-18 2005-06-23 주식회사 대우일렉트로닉스 Method for controlling drive motor of drum type washing machine
JP4111168B2 (en) * 2004-05-18 2008-07-02 松下電器産業株式会社 Drum washing machine
NZ552422A (en) * 2006-12-21 2009-09-25 Fisher & Paykel Appliances Ltd Laundry appliance including control means which energises a motor to evenly distribute a load in response to signals from load sensors
JP4402122B2 (en) * 2007-02-14 2010-01-20 パナソニック株式会社 Drum washing machine
JP4851955B2 (en) * 2007-02-14 2012-01-11 パナソニック株式会社 Drum washing machine
JP4100576B1 (en) * 2007-02-14 2008-06-11 松下電器産業株式会社 Drum washing machine
EP1983088A1 (en) * 2007-04-18 2008-10-22 Whirlpool Corporation A method for rinsing fabric in a washer and washer adapted to carry out this method.
EP1995366B1 (en) * 2007-05-21 2015-05-06 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Washing machine and control method of maintaining a balanced state of laundry thereof
US20090145172A1 (en) * 2007-12-10 2009-06-11 Bsh Home Appliances Corporation Washing machine with ultraviolet protection cycle

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW201124586A (en) 2011-07-16
EP2496750B1 (en) 2017-10-25
CN102471976A (en) 2012-05-23
AU2010283165B2 (en) 2013-08-15
WO2011019199A3 (en) 2011-04-07
ES2614489T3 (en) 2017-05-31
TWI410547B (en) 2013-10-01
PL2464777T3 (en) 2017-04-28
AU2010283168B2 (en) 2014-01-16
TWI424107B (en) 2014-01-21
EP2464778A2 (en) 2012-06-20
MX2011012606A (en) 2011-12-14
TWI429803B (en) 2014-03-11
AU2010283165A1 (en) 2011-12-01
EP2464777A2 (en) 2012-06-20
TW201124587A (en) 2011-07-16
WO2011019196A3 (en) 2011-04-07
MX349451B (en) 2017-07-31
TWI432624B (en) 2014-04-01
EP3130694A1 (en) 2017-02-15
TW201124585A (en) 2011-07-16
RU2011147906A (en) 2013-09-20
MX2011012259A (en) 2012-01-30
WO2011019195A3 (en) 2011-04-21
UA103697C2 (en) 2013-11-11
BR112012002347A2 (en) 2016-05-31
PL2496750T3 (en) 2018-03-30
RU2011146829A (en) 2013-09-20
EP2496747B1 (en) 2019-10-02
RU2497987C2 (en) 2013-11-10
WO2011019199A2 (en) 2011-02-17
UA100209C2 (en) 2012-11-26
ES2655588T3 (en) 2018-02-20
EP2464777A4 (en) 2015-06-24
WO2011019196A2 (en) 2011-02-17
WO2011019195A2 (en) 2011-02-17
EP2464777B1 (en) 2016-09-28
EP2464778A4 (en) 2015-07-01
EP2496750A1 (en) 2012-09-12
ES2608812T3 (en) 2017-04-17
CN102471972A (en) 2012-05-23
EP2496747A4 (en) 2015-06-24
CN102471976B (en) 2014-09-10
CN102471972B (en) 2014-09-10
RU2499091C2 (en) 2013-11-20
BR112012002347B1 (en) 2020-01-07
AU2010283168A1 (en) 2011-12-08
BR112012002451B1 (en) 2019-10-22
BR112012002451A2 (en) 2016-11-08
EP2464778B1 (en) 2016-09-28
EP2496750A4 (en) 2015-07-01
EP2496747A2 (en) 2012-09-12
WO2011019197A1 (en) 2011-02-17
PL2464778T3 (en) 2017-04-28
ES2755887T3 (en) 2020-04-24

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TW201124584A (en) Control method of a laundry machine
RU2497992C2 (en) Method of controlling washing machine (versions)
RU2516181C2 (en) Method of washing machine control
US8713736B2 (en) Control method of a laundry machine
US9822473B2 (en) Control method of a laundry machine
US8966944B2 (en) Control method of a laundry machine
KR101634179B1 (en) Controlling Method of Washing Machine
KR101658549B1 (en) Controlling Method of Washing Machine
US20180057992A1 (en) Control method of a laundry machine
KR20110022363A (en) Controlling method of washing machine
US9695537B2 (en) Control method of a laundry machine
RU2497988C2 (en) Method of controlling washing machine (versions)
US20110099730A1 (en) Control method of a laundry machine
RU2520061C2 (en) Method of washing machine control
US10533275B2 (en) Control method of a laundry machine

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
MM4A Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees